Quotations.ch
  Directory : The Portrait of a Lady, Volume 1
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Portrait of a Lady, by Henry James
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • Title: The Portrait of a Lady
  • Volume 1 (of 2)
  • Author: Henry James
  • Posting Date: December 1, 2008 [EBook #2833]
  • Release Date: September, 2001
  • Last Updated: September 20, 2016
  • Language: English
  • Character set encoding: UTF-8
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PORTRAIT OF A LADY ***
  • Produced by Eve Sobol
  • THE PORTRAIT OF A LADY
  • VOLUME I
  • By Henry James
  • PREFACE
  • “_The Portrait of a Lady_” was, like “_Roderick Hudson_,” begun in Florence,
  • during three months spent there in the spring of 1879. Like “Roderick”
  • and like “_The American_,” it had been designed for publication in “_The
  • Atlantic Monthly_,” where it began to appear in 1880. It differed from
  • its two predecessors, however, in finding a course also open to it, from
  • month to month, in “_Macmillan’s Magazine_”; which was to be for me one of
  • the last occasions of simultaneous “serialisation” in the two countries
  • that the changing conditions of literary intercourse between England and
  • the United States had up to then left unaltered. It is a long novel, and
  • I was long in writing it; I remember being again much occupied with it,
  • the following year, during a stay of several weeks made in Venice. I had
  • rooms on Riva Schiavoni, at the top of a house near the passage leading
  • off to San Zaccaria; the waterside life, the wondrous lagoon spread
  • before me, and the ceaseless human chatter of Venice came in at my
  • windows, to which I seem to myself to have been constantly driven, in
  • the fruitless fidget of composition, as if to see whether, out in the
  • blue channel, the ship of some right suggestion, of some better phrase,
  • of the next happy twist of my subject, the next true touch for my
  • canvas, mightn’t come into sight. But I recall vividly enough that the
  • response most elicited, in general, to these restless appeals was the
  • rather grim admonition that romantic and historic sites, such as
  • the land of Italy abounds in, offer the artist a questionable aid to
  • concentration when they themselves are not to be the subject of it. They
  • are too rich in their own life and too charged with their own meanings
  • merely to help him out with a lame phrase; they draw him away from his
  • small question to their own greater ones; so that, after a little, he
  • feels, while thus yearning toward them in his difficulty, as if he were
  • asking an army of glorious veterans to help him to arrest a peddler who
  • has given him the wrong change.
  • There are pages of the book which, in the reading over, have seemed
  • to make me see again the bristling curve of the wide Riva, the large
  • colour-spots of the balconied houses and the repeated undulation of the
  • little hunchbacked bridges, marked by the rise and drop again, with the
  • wave, of foreshortened clicking pedestrians. The Venetian footfall and
  • the Venetian cry--all talk there, wherever uttered, having the pitch of
  • a call across the water--come in once more at the window, renewing one’s
  • old impression of the delighted senses and the divided, frustrated mind.
  • How can places that speak in general so to the imagination not give
  • it, at the moment, the particular thing it wants? I recollect again
  • and again, in beautiful places, dropping into that wonderment. The
  • real truth is, I think, that they express, under this appeal, only too
  • much--more than, in the given case, one has use for; so that one
  • finds one’s self working less congruously, after all, so far as the
  • surrounding picture is concerned, than in presence of the moderate and
  • the neutral, to which we may lend something of the light of our vision.
  • Such a place as Venice is too proud for such charities; Venice doesn’t
  • borrow, she but all magnificently gives. We profit by that enormously,
  • but to do so we must either be quite off duty or be on it in her service
  • alone. Such, and so rueful, are these reminiscences; though on the
  • whole, no doubt, one’s book, and one’s “literary effort” at large, were
  • to be the better for them. Strangely fertilising, in the long run, does
  • a wasted effort of attention often prove. It all depends on _how_ the
  • attention has been cheated, has been squandered. There are high-handed
  • insolent frauds, and there are insidious sneaking ones. And there is,
  • I fear, even on the most designing artist’s part, always witless enough
  • good faith, always anxious enough desire, to fail to guard him against
  • their deceits.
  • Trying to recover here, for recognition, the germ of my idea, I see that
  • it must have consisted not at all in any conceit of a “plot,” nefarious
  • name, in any flash, upon the fancy, of a set of relations, or in any one
  • of those situations that, by a logic of their own, immediately fall, for
  • the fabulist, into movement, into a march or a rush, a patter of quick
  • steps; but altogether in the sense of a single character, the character
  • and aspect of a particular engaging young woman, to which all the usual
  • elements of a “subject,” certainly of a setting, were to need to be
  • super added. Quite as interesting as the young woman herself at her
  • best, do I find, I must again repeat, this projection of memory upon the
  • whole matter of the growth, in one’s imagination, of some such apology
  • for a motive. These are the fascinations of the fabulist’s art, these
  • lurking forces of expansion, these necessities of upspringing in
  • the seed, these beautiful determinations, on the part of the idea
  • entertained, to grow as tall as possible, to push into the light and
  • the air and thickly flower there; and, quite as much, these fine
  • possibilities of recovering, from some good standpoint on the ground
  • gained, the intimate history of the business--of retracing and
  • reconstructing its steps and stages. I have always fondly remembered a
  • remark that I heard fall years ago from the lips of Ivan Turgenieff in
  • regard to his own experience of the usual origin of the fictive picture.
  • It began for him almost always with the vision of some person or
  • persons, who hovered before him, soliciting him, as the active or
  • passive figure, interesting him and appealing to him just as they were
  • and by what they were. He saw them, in that fashion, as disponibles,
  • saw them subject to the chances, the complications of existence, and saw
  • them vividly, but then had to find for them the right relations, those
  • that would most bring them out; to imagine, to invent and select and
  • piece together the situations most useful and favourable to the sense of
  • the creatures themselves, the complications they would be most likely to
  • produce and to feel.
  • “To arrive at these things is to arrive at my story,” he said, “and
  • that’s the way I look for it. The result is that I’m often accused
  • of not having ‘story’ enough. I seem to myself to have as much as I
  • need--to show my people, to exhibit their relations with each other;
  • for that is all my measure. If I watch them long enough I see them come
  • together, I see them _placed_, I see them engaged in this or that act and
  • in this or that difficulty. How they look and move and speak and behave,
  • always in the setting I have found for them, is my account of them--of
  • which I dare say, alas, _que cela manque souvent d’architecture_. But I
  • would rather, I think, have too little architecture than too much--when
  • there’s danger of its interfering with my measure of the truth. The
  • French of course like more of it than I give--having by their own genius
  • such a hand for it; and indeed one must give all one can. As for the
  • origin of one’s wind-blown germs themselves, who shall say, as you ask,
  • where _they_ come from? We have to go too far back, too far behind,
  • to say. Isn’t it all we can say that they come from every quarter
  • of heaven, that they are _there_ at almost any turn of the road? They
  • accumulate, and we are always picking them over, selecting among them.
  • They are the breath of life--by which I mean that life, in its own
  • way, breathes them upon us. They are so, in a manner prescribed and
  • imposed--floated into our minds by the current of life. That reduces to
  • imbecility the vain critic’s quarrel, so often, with one’s subject, when
  • he hasn’t the wit to accept it. Will he point out then which other it
  • should properly have been?--his office being, essentially to point out.
  • _Il en serait bien embarrassé_. Ah, when he points out what I’ve done or
  • failed to do with it, that’s another matter: there he’s on his ground. I
  • give him up my ‘sarchitecture,’” my distinguished friend concluded, “as
  • much as he will.”
  • So this beautiful genius, and I recall with comfort the gratitude I drew
  • from his reference to the intensity of suggestion that may reside in the
  • stray figure, the unattached character, the image _en disponibilité_.
  • It gave me higher warrant than I seemed then to have met for just
  • that blest habit of one’s own imagination, the trick of investing some
  • conceived or encountered individual, some brace or group of individuals,
  • with the germinal property and authority. I was myself so much more
  • antecedently conscious of my figures than of their setting--a too
  • preliminary, a preferential interest in which struck me as in general
  • such a putting of the cart before the horse. I might envy, though I
  • couldn’t emulate, the imaginative writer so constituted as to see his
  • fable first and to make out its agents afterwards. I could think so
  • little of any fable that didn’t need its agents positively to launch
  • it; I could think so little of any situation that didn’t depend for its
  • interest on the nature of the persons situated, and thereby on their
  • way of taking it. There are methods of so-called presentation, I believe
  • among novelists who have appeared to flourish--that offer the situation
  • as indifferent to that support; but I have not lost the sense of the
  • value for me, at the time, of the admirable Russian’s testimony to my
  • not needing, all superstitiously, to try and perform any such gymnastic.
  • Other echoes from the same source linger with me, I confess, as
  • unfadingly--if it be not all indeed one much-embracing echo. It was
  • impossible after that not to read, for one’s uses, high lucidity into
  • the tormented and disfigured and bemuddled question of the objective
  • value, and even quite into that of the critical appreciation, of
  • “subject” in the novel.
  • One had had from an early time, for that matter, the instinct of the
  • right estimate of such values and of its reducing to the inane the
  • dull dispute over the “immoral” subject and the moral. Recognising so
  • promptly the one measure of the worth of a given subject, the question
  • about it that, rightly answered, disposes of all others--is it valid,
  • in a word, is it genuine, is it sincere, the result of some direct
  • impression or perception of life?--I had found small edification,
  • mostly, in a critical pretension that had neglected from the first
  • all delimitation of ground and all definition of terms. The air of
  • my earlier time shows, to memory, as darkened, all round, with that
  • vanity--unless the difference to-day be just in one’s own final
  • impatience, the lapse of one’s attention. There is, I think, no more
  • nutritive or suggestive truth in this connexion than that of the perfect
  • dependence of the “moral” sense of a work of art on the amount of felt
  • life concerned in producing it. The question comes back thus, obviously,
  • to the kind and the degree of the artist’s prime sensibility, which is
  • the soil out of which his subject springs. The quality and capacity of
  • that soil, its ability to “grow” with due freshness and straightness any
  • vision of life, represents, strongly or weakly, the projected morality.
  • That element is but another name for the more or less close connexion of
  • the subject with some mark made on the intelligence, with some sincere
  • experience. By which, at the same time, of course, one is far from
  • contending that this enveloping air of the artist’s humanity--which
  • gives the last touch to the worth of the work--is not a widely and
  • wondrously varying element; being on one occasion a rich and magnificent
  • medium and on another a comparatively poor and ungenerous one. Here we
  • get exactly the high price of the novel as a literary form--its power
  • not only, while preserving that form with closeness, to range
  • through all the differences of the individual relation to its general
  • subject-matter, all the varieties of outlook on life, of disposition to
  • reflect and project, created by conditions that are never the same from
  • man to man (or, so far as that goes, from man to woman), but positively
  • to appear more true to its character in proportion as it strains, or
  • tends to burst, with a latent extravagance, its mould.
  • The house of fiction has in short not one window, but a million--a
  • number of possible windows not to be reckoned, rather; every one of
  • which has been pierced, or is still pierceable, in its vast front, by
  • the need of the individual vision and by the pressure of the individual
  • will. These apertures, of dissimilar shape and size, hang so, all
  • together, over the human scene that we might have expected of them a
  • greater sameness of report than we find. They are but windows at the
  • best, mere holes in a dead wall, disconnected, perched aloft; they are
  • not hinged doors opening straight upon life. But they have this mark of
  • their own that at each of them stands a figure with a pair of eyes,
  • or at least with a field-glass, which forms, again and again, for
  • observation, a unique instrument, insuring to the person making use of
  • it an impression distinct from every other. He and his neighbours are
  • watching the same show, but one seeing more where the other sees less,
  • one seeing black where the other sees white, one seeing big where the
  • other sees small, one seeing coarse where the other sees fine. And
  • so on, and so on; there is fortunately no saying on what, for the
  • particular pair of eyes, the window may _not_ open; “fortunately” by
  • reason, precisely, of this incalculability of range. The spreading
  • field, the human scene, is the “choice of subject”; the pierced
  • aperture, either broad or balconied or slit-like and low-browed, is the
  • “literary form”; but they are, singly or together, as nothing without
  • the posted presence of the watcher--without, in other words, the
  • consciousness of the artist. Tell me what the artist is, and I will tell
  • you of what he has _been_ conscious. Thereby I shall express to you at
  • once his boundless freedom and his “moral” reference.
  • All this is a long way round, however, for my word about my dim first
  • move toward “The Portrait,” which was exactly my grasp of a single
  • character--an acquisition I had made, moreover, after a fashion not
  • here to be retraced. Enough that I was, as seemed to me, in complete
  • possession of it, that I had been so for a long time, that this had made
  • it familiar and yet had not blurred its charm, and that, all urgently,
  • all tormentingly, I saw it in motion and, so to speak, in transit. This
  • amounts to saying that I saw it as bent upon its fate--some fate or
  • other; which, among the possibilities, being precisely the question.
  • Thus I had my vivid individual--vivid, so strangely, in spite of being
  • still at large, not confined by the conditions, not engaged in the
  • tangle, to which we look for much of the impress that constitutes an
  • identity. If the apparition was still all to be placed how came it to
  • be vivid?--since we puzzle such quantities out, mostly, just by the
  • business of placing them. One could answer such a question beautifully,
  • doubtless, if one could do so subtle, if not so monstrous, a thing as to
  • write the history of the growth of one’s imagination. One would describe
  • then what, at a given time, had extraordinarily happened to it, and one
  • would so, for instance, be in a position to tell, with an approach to
  • clearness, how, under favour of occasion, it had been able to take over
  • (take over straight from life) such and such a constituted, animated
  • figure or form. The figure has to that extent, as you see, _been_
  • placed--placed in the imagination that detains it, preserves,
  • protects, enjoys it, conscious of its presence in the dusky, crowded,
  • heterogeneous back-shop of the mind very much as a wary dealer in
  • precious odds and ends, competent to make an “advance” on rare objects
  • confided to him, is conscious of the rare little “piece” left in deposit
  • by the reduced, mysterious lady of title or the speculative amateur,
  • and which is already there to disclose its merit afresh as soon as a key
  • shall have clicked in a cupboard-door.
  • That may he, I recognise, a somewhat superfine analogy for the
  • particular “value” I here speak of, the image of the young feminine
  • nature that I had had for so considerable a time all curiously at my
  • disposal; but it appears to fond memory quite to fit the fact--with the
  • recall, in addition, of my pious desire but to place my treasure right.
  • I quite remind myself thus of the dealer resigned not to “realise,”
  • resigned to keeping the precious object locked up indefinitely rather
  • than commit it, at no matter what price, to vulgar hands. For there
  • _are_ dealers in these forms and figures and treasures capable of that
  • refinement. The point is, however, that this single small corner-stone,
  • the conception of a certain young woman affronting her destiny, had
  • begun with being all my outfit for the large building of “The Portrait
  • of a Lady.” It came to be a square and spacious house--or has at least
  • seemed so to me in this going over it again; but, such as it is, it
  • had to be put up round my young woman while she stood there in perfect
  • isolation. That is to me, artistically speaking, the circumstance of
  • interest; for I have lost myself once more, I confess, in the curiosity
  • of analysing the structure. By what process of logical accretion was
  • this slight “personality,” the mere slim shade of an intelligent but
  • presumptuous girl, to find itself endowed with the high attributes of a
  • Subject?--and indeed by what thinness, at the best, would such a subject
  • not be vitiated? Millions of presumptuous girls, intelligent or not
  • intelligent, daily affront their destiny, and what is it open to their
  • destiny to be, at the most, that we should make an ado about it? The
  • novel is of its very nature an “ado,” an ado about something, and the
  • larger the form it takes the greater of course the ado. Therefore,
  • consciously, that was what one was in for--for positively organising an
  • ado about Isabel Archer.
  • One looked it well in the face, I seem to remember, this extravagance;
  • and with the effect precisely of recognising the charm of the problem.
  • Challenge any such problem with any intelligence, and you immediately
  • see how full it is of substance; the wonder being, all the while, as we
  • look at the world, how absolutely, how inordinately, the Isabel Archers,
  • and even much smaller female fry, insist on mattering. George Eliot has
  • admirably noted it--“In these frail vessels is borne onward through the
  • ages the treasure of human affection.” In “Romeo and Juliet” Juliet has
  • to be important, just as, in “Adam Bede” and “The Mill on the Floss” and
  • “Middlemarch” and “Daniel Deronda,” Hetty Sorrel and Maggie Tulliver and
  • Rosamond Vincy and Gwendolen Harleth have to be; with that much of firm
  • ground, that much of bracing air, at the disposal all the while of
  • their feet and their lungs. They are typical, none the less, of a class
  • difficult, in the individual case, to make a centre of interest; so
  • difficult in fact that many an expert painter, as for instance Dickens
  • and Walter Scott, as for instance even, in the main, so subtle a hand
  • as that of R. L. Stevenson, has preferred to leave the task unattempted.
  • There are in fact writers as to whom we make out that their refuge
  • from this is to assume it to be not worth their attempting; by which
  • pusillanimity in truth their honour is scantly saved. It is never an
  • attestation of a value, or even of our imperfect sense of one, it is
  • never a tribute to any truth at all, that we shall represent that value
  • badly. It never makes up, artistically, for an artist’s dim feeling
  • about a thing that he shall “do” the thing as ill as possible. There are
  • better ways than that, the best of all of which is to begin with less
  • stupidity.
  • It may be answered meanwhile, in regard to Shakespeare’s and to George
  • Eliot’s testimony, that their concession to the “importance” of their
  • Juliets and Cleopatras and Portias (even with Portia as the very type
  • and model of the young person intelligent and presumptuous) and to that
  • of their Hettys and Maggies and Rosamonds and Gwendolens, suffers the
  • abatement that these slimnesses are, when figuring as the main props of
  • the theme, never suffered to be sole ministers of its appeal, but have
  • their inadequacy eked out with comic relief and underplots, as the
  • playwrights say, when not with murders and battles and the great
  • mutations of the world. If they are shown as “mattering” as much as
  • they could possibly pretend to, the proof of it is in a hundred other
  • persons, made of much stouter stuff; and each involved moreover in a
  • hundred relations which matter to _them_ concomitantly with that one.
  • Cleopatra matters, beyond bounds, to Antony, but his colleagues,
  • his antagonists, the state of Rome and the impending battle also
  • prodigiously matter; Portia matters to Antonio, and to Shylock, and
  • to the Prince of Morocco, to the fifty aspiring princes, but for these
  • gentry there are other lively concerns; for Antonio, notably, there
  • are Shylock and Bassanio and his lost ventures and the extremity of
  • his predicament. This extremity indeed, by the same token, matters to
  • Portia--though its doing so becomes of interest all by the fact that
  • Portia matters to _us_. That she does so, at any rate, and that almost
  • everything comes round to it again, supports my contention as to this
  • fine example of the value recognised in the mere young thing. (I say
  • “mere” young thing because I guess that even Shakespeare, preoccupied
  • mainly though he may have been with the passions of princes, would
  • scarce have pretended to found the best of his appeal for her on her
  • high social position.) It is an example exactly of the deep difficulty
  • braved--the difficulty of making George Eliot’s “frail vessel,” if not
  • the all-in-all for our attention, at least the clearest of the call.
  • Now to see deep difficulty braved is at any time, for the really
  • addicted artist, to feel almost even as a pang the beautiful incentive,
  • and to feel it verily in such sort as to wish the danger intensified.
  • The difficulty most worth tackling can only be for him, in these
  • conditions, the greatest the case permits of. So I remember feeling
  • here (in presence, always, that is, of the particular uncertainty of my
  • ground), that there would be one way better than another--oh, ever so
  • much better than any other!--of making it fight out its battle. The
  • frail vessel, that charged with George Eliot’s “treasure,” and thereby
  • of such importance to those who curiously approach it, has likewise
  • possibilities of importance to itself, possibilities which permit of
  • treatment and in fact peculiarly require it from the moment they are
  • considered at all. There is always the escape from any close account
  • of the weak agent of such spells by using as a bridge for evasion, for
  • retreat and flight, the view of her relation to those surrounding her.
  • Make it predominantly a view of _their_ relation and the trick is played:
  • you give the general sense of her effect, and you give it, so far as the
  • raising on it of a superstructure goes, with the maximum of ease. Well,
  • I recall perfectly how little, in my now quite established connexion,
  • the maximum of ease appealed to me, and how I seemed to get rid of it
  • by an honest transposition of the weights in the two scales. “Place the
  • centre of the subject in the young woman’s own consciousness,” I said to
  • myself, “and you get as interesting and as beautiful a difficulty as you
  • could wish. Stick to _that_--for the centre; put the heaviest weight
  • into _that_ scale, which will be so largely the scale of her relation
  • to herself. Make her only interested enough, at the same time, in the
  • things that are not herself, and this relation needn’t fear to be too
  • limited. Place meanwhile in the other scale the lighter weight (which is
  • usually the one that tips the balance of interest): press least hard, in
  • short, on the consciousness of your heroine’s satellites, especially the
  • male; make it an interest contributive only to the greater one. See, at
  • all events, what can be done in this way. What better field could there
  • be for a due ingenuity? The girl hovers, inextinguishable, as a charming
  • creature, and the job will be to translate her into the highest terms
  • of that formula, and as nearly as possible moreover into _all_ of them. To
  • depend upon her and her little concerns wholly to see you through will
  • necessitate, remember, your really ‘doing’ her.”
  • So far I reasoned, and it took nothing less than that technical rigour,
  • I now easily see, to inspire me with the right confidence for erecting
  • on such a plot of ground the neat and careful and proportioned pile of
  • bricks that arches over it and that was thus to form, constructionally
  • speaking, a literary monument. Such is the aspect that to-day “The
  • Portrait” wears for me: a structure reared with an “architectural”
  • competence, as Turgenieff would have said, that makes it, to the
  • author’s own sense, the most proportioned of his productions after “The
  • Ambassadors” which was to follow it so many years later and which has,
  • no doubt, a superior roundness. On one thing I was determined; that,
  • though I should clearly have to pile brick upon brick for the creation
  • of an interest, I would leave no pretext for saying that anything is
  • out of line, scale or perspective. I would build large--in fine embossed
  • vaults and painted arches, as who should say, and yet never let it
  • appear that the chequered pavement, the ground under the reader’s
  • feet, fails to stretch at every point to the base of the walls. That
  • precautionary spirit, on re-perusal of the book, is the old note that
  • most touches me: it testifies so, for my own ear, to the anxiety of my
  • provision for the reader’s amusement. I felt, in view of the possible
  • limitations of my subject, that no such provision could be excessive,
  • and the development of the latter was simply the general form of that
  • earnest quest. And I find indeed that this is the only account I can
  • give myself of the evolution of the fable it is all under the head thus
  • named that I conceive the needful accretion as having taken place, the
  • right complications as having started. It was naturally of the essence
  • that the young woman should be herself complex; that was rudimentary--or
  • was at any rate the light in which Isabel Archer had originally dawned.
  • It went, however, but a certain way, and other lights, contending,
  • conflicting lights, and of as many different colours, if possible, as
  • the rockets, the Roman candles and Catherine-wheels of a “pyrotechnic
  • display,” would be employable to attest that she was. I had, no doubt, a
  • groping instinct for the right complications, since I am quite unable
  • to track the footsteps of those that constitute, as the case stands, the
  • general situation exhibited. They are there, for what they are worth,
  • and as numerous as might be; but my memory, I confess, is a blank as to
  • how and whence they came.
  • I seem to myself to have waked up one morning in possession of them--of
  • Ralph Touchett and his parents, of Madame Merle, of Gilbert Osmond and
  • his daughter and his sister, of Lord Warburton, Caspar Goodwood and
  • Miss Stackpole, the definite array of contributions to Isabel Archer’s
  • history. I recognised them, I knew them, they were the numbered pieces
  • of my puzzle, the concrete terms of my “plot.” It was as if they had
  • simply, by an impulse of their own, floated into my ken, and all in
  • response to my primary question: “Well, what will she _do_?” Their answer
  • seemed to be that if I would trust them they would show me; on which,
  • with an urgent appeal to them to make it at least as interesting as
  • they could, I trusted them. They were like the group of attendants and
  • entertainers who come down by train when people in the country give a
  • party; they represented the contract for carrying the party on. That was
  • an excellent relation with them--a possible one even with so broken a
  • reed (from her slightness of cohesion) as Henrietta Stackpole. It is a
  • familiar truth to the novelist, at the strenuous hour, that, as certain
  • elements in any work are of the essence, so others are only of the
  • form; that as this or that character, this or that disposition of the
  • material, belongs to the subject directly, so to speak, so this or that
  • other belongs to it but indirectly--belongs intimately to the treatment.
  • This is a truth, however, of which he rarely gets the benefit--since it
  • could be assured to him, really, but by criticism based upon perception,
  • criticism which is too little of this world. He must not think of
  • benefits, moreover, I freely recognise, for that way dishonour lies:
  • he has, that is, but one to think of--the benefit, whatever it may be,
  • involved in his having cast a spell upon the simpler, the very simplest,
  • forms of attention. This is all he is entitled to; he is entitled to
  • nothing, he is bound to admit, that can come to him, from the reader, as
  • a result on the latter’s part of any act of reflexion or discrimination.
  • He may _enjoy_ this finer tribute--that is another affair, but on
  • condition only of taking it as a gratuity “thrown in,” a mere miraculous
  • windfall, the fruit of a tree he may not pretend to have shaken. Against
  • reflexion, against discrimination, in his interest, all earth and air
  • conspire; wherefore it is that, as I say, he must in many a case have
  • schooled himself, from the first, to work but for a “living wage.” The
  • living wage is the reader’s grant of the least possible quantity of
  • attention required for consciousness of a “spell.” The occasional
  • charming “tip” is an act of his intelligence over and beyond this, a
  • golden apple, for the writer’s lap, straight from the wind-stirred tree.
  • The artist may of course, in wanton moods, dream of some Paradise (for
  • art) where the direct appeal to the intelligence might be legalised; for
  • to such extravagances as these his yearning mind can scarce hope ever
  • completely to close itself. The most he can do is to remember they _are_
  • extravagances.
  • All of which is perhaps but a gracefully devious way of saying that
  • Henrietta Stackpole was a good example, in “The Portrait,” of the truth
  • to which I just adverted--as good an example as I could name were it not
  • that Maria Gostrey, in “The Ambassadors,” then in the bosom of time,
  • may be mentioned as a better. Each of these persons is but wheels to the
  • coach; neither belongs to the body of that vehicle, or is for a moment
  • accommodated with a seat inside. There the subject alone is ensconced,
  • in the form of its “hero and heroine,” and of the privileged high
  • officials, say, who ride with the king and queen. There are reasons
  • why one would have liked this to be felt, as in general one would like
  • almost anything to be felt, in one’s work, that one has one’s self
  • contributively felt. We have seen, however, how idle is that pretension,
  • which I should be sorry to make too much of. Maria Gostrey and Miss
  • Stackpole then are cases, each, of the light _ficelle_, not of the true
  • agent; they may run beside the coach “for all they are worth,” they may
  • cling to it till they are out of breath (as poor Miss Stackpole all so
  • visibly does), but neither, all the while, so much as gets her foot on
  • the step, neither ceases for a moment to tread the dusty road. Put it
  • even that they are like the fishwives who helped to bring back to Paris
  • from Versailles, on that most ominous day of the first half of the
  • French Revolution, the carriage of the royal family. The only thing
  • is that I may well be asked, I acknowledge, why then, in the present
  • fiction, I have suffered Henrietta (of whom we have indubitably too
  • much) so officiously, so strangely, so almost inexplicably, to pervade.
  • I will presently say what I can for that anomaly--and in the most
  • conciliatory fashion.
  • A point I wish still more to make is that if my relation of confidence
  • with the actors in my drama who _were_, unlike Miss Stackpole, true
  • agents, was an excellent one to have arrived at, there still remained my
  • relation with the reader, which was another affair altogether and as to
  • which I felt no one to be trusted but myself. That solicitude was to be
  • accordingly expressed in the artful patience with which, as I have
  • said, I piled brick upon brick. The bricks, for the whole
  • counting-over--putting for bricks little touches and inventions and
  • enhancements by the way--affect me in truth as well-nigh innumerable and
  • as ever so scrupulously fitted together and packed-in. It is an effect
  • of detail, of the minutest; though, if one were in this connexion to say
  • all, one would express the hope that the general, the ampler air of the
  • modest monument still survives. I do at least seem to catch the key to
  • a part of this abundance of small anxious, ingenious illustration as I
  • recollect putting my finger, in my young woman’s interest, on the most
  • obvious of her predicates. “What will she ‘do’? Why, the first thing
  • she’ll do will be to come to Europe; which in fact will form, and all
  • inevitably, no small part of her principal adventure. Coming to
  • Europe is even for the ‘frail vessels,’ in this wonderful age, a mild
  • adventure; but what is truer than that on one side--the side of their
  • independence of flood and field, of the moving accident, of battle and
  • murder and sudden death--her adventures are to be mild? Without her
  • sense of them, her sense _for_ them, as one may say, they are next to
  • nothing at all; but isn’t the beauty and the difficulty just in showing
  • their mystic conversion by that sense, conversion into the stuff of
  • drama or, even more delightful word still, of ‘story’?” It was all
  • as clear, my contention, as a silver bell. Two very good instances, I
  • think, of this effect of conversion, two cases of the rare chemistry,
  • are the pages in which Isabel, coming into the drawing-room at
  • Gardencourt, coming in from a wet walk or whatever, that rainy
  • afternoon, finds Madame Merle in possession of the place, Madame
  • Merle seated, all absorbed but all serene, at the piano, and deeply
  • recognises, in the striking of such an hour, in the presence there,
  • among the gathering shades, of this personage, of whom a moment before
  • she had never so much as heard, a turning-point in her life. It is
  • dreadful to have too much, for any artistic demonstration, to dot one’s
  • i’s and insist on one’s intentions, and I am not eager to do it now; but
  • the question here was that of producing the maximum of intensity with
  • the minimum of strain.
  • The interest was to be raised to its pitch and yet the elements to be
  • kept in their key; so that, should the whole thing duly impress, I might
  • show what an “exciting” inward life may do for the person leading it
  • even while it remains perfectly normal. And I cannot think of a more
  • consistent application of that ideal unless it be in the long statement,
  • just beyond the middle of the book, of my young woman’s extraordinary
  • meditative vigil on the occasion that was to become for her such a
  • landmark. Reduced to its essence, it is but the vigil of searching
  • criticism; but it throws the action further forward that twenty
  • “incidents” might have done. It was designed to have all the vivacity
  • of incidents and all the economy of picture. She sits up, by her dying
  • fire, far into the night, under the spell of recognitions on which she
  • finds the last sharpness suddenly wait. It is a representation simply
  • of her motionlessly _seeing_, and an attempt withal to make the mere still
  • lucidity of her act as “interesting” as the surprise of a caravan or the
  • identification of a pirate. It represents, for that matter, one of the
  • identifications dear to the novelist, and even indispensable to him;
  • but it all goes on without her being approached by another person and
  • without her leaving her chair. It is obviously the best thing in the
  • book, but it is only a supreme illustration of the general plan. As to
  • Henrietta, my apology for whom I just left incomplete, she exemplifies,
  • I fear, in her superabundance, not an element of my plan, but only
  • an excess of my zeal. So early was to begin my tendency to _overtreat_,
  • rather than undertreat (when there was choice or danger) my subject.
  • (Many members of my craft, I gather, are far from agreeing with me, but
  • I have always held overtreating the minor disservice.) “Treating” that
  • of “The Portrait” amounted to never forgetting, by any lapse, that the
  • thing was under a special obligation to be amusing. There was the danger
  • of the noted “thinness”--which was to be averted, tooth and nail,
  • by cultivation of the lively. That is at least how I see it to-day.
  • Henrietta must have been at that time a part of my wonderful notion of
  • the lively. And then there was another matter. I had, within the few
  • preceding years, come to live in London, and the “international” light
  • lay, in those days, to my sense, thick and rich upon the scene. It was
  • the light in which so much of the picture hung. But that _is_ another
  • matter. There is really too much to say.
  • HENRY JAMES
  • THE PORTRAIT OF A LADY
  • CHAPTER I
  • Under certain circumstances there are few hours in life more agreeable
  • than the hour dedicated to the ceremony known as afternoon tea. There
  • are circumstances in which, whether you partake of the tea or not--some
  • people of course never do,--the situation is in itself delightful. Those
  • that I have in mind in beginning to unfold this simple history offered
  • an admirable setting to an innocent pastime. The implements of
  • the little feast had been disposed upon the lawn of an old English
  • country-house, in what I should call the perfect middle of a splendid
  • summer afternoon. Part of the afternoon had waned, but much of it was
  • left, and what was left was of the finest and rarest quality. Real dusk
  • would not arrive for many hours; but the flood of summer light had begun
  • to ebb, the air had grown mellow, the shadows were long upon the smooth,
  • dense turf. They lengthened slowly, however, and the scene expressed
  • that sense of leisure still to come which is perhaps the chief source
  • of one’s enjoyment of such a scene at such an hour. From five o’clock to
  • eight is on certain occasions a little eternity; but on such an occasion
  • as this the interval could be only an eternity of pleasure. The persons
  • concerned in it were taking their pleasure quietly, and they were not
  • of the sex which is supposed to furnish the regular votaries of the
  • ceremony I have mentioned. The shadows on the perfect lawn were straight
  • and angular; they were the shadows of an old man sitting in a deep
  • wicker-chair near the low table on which the tea had been served, and
  • of two younger men strolling to and fro, in desultory talk, in front of
  • him. The old man had his cup in his hand; it was an unusually large cup,
  • of a different pattern from the rest of the set and painted in brilliant
  • colours. He disposed of its contents with much circumspection, holding
  • it for a long time close to his chin, with his face turned to the house.
  • His companions had either finished their tea or were indifferent to
  • their privilege; they smoked cigarettes as they continued to stroll.
  • One of them, from time to time, as he passed, looked with a certain
  • attention at the elder man, who, unconscious of observation, rested his
  • eyes upon the rich red front of his dwelling. The house that rose beyond
  • the lawn was a structure to repay such consideration and was the most
  • characteristic object in the peculiarly English picture I have attempted
  • to sketch.
  • It stood upon a low hill, above the river--the river being the Thames at
  • some forty miles from London. A long gabled front of red brick, with
  • the complexion of which time and the weather had played all sorts of
  • pictorial tricks, only, however, to improve and refine it, presented
  • to the lawn its patches of ivy, its clustered chimneys, its windows
  • smothered in creepers. The house had a name and a history; the old
  • gentleman taking his tea would have been delighted to tell you these
  • things: how it had been built under Edward the Sixth, had offered a
  • night’s hospitality to the great Elizabeth (whose august person had
  • extended itself upon a huge, magnificent and terribly angular bed which
  • still formed the principal honour of the sleeping apartments), had been
  • a good deal bruised and defaced in Cromwell’s wars, and then, under the
  • Restoration, repaired and much enlarged; and how, finally, after having
  • been remodelled and disfigured in the eighteenth century, it had passed
  • into the careful keeping of a shrewd American banker, who had bought it
  • originally because (owing to circumstances too complicated to set forth)
  • it was offered at a great bargain: bought it with much grumbling at its
  • ugliness, its antiquity, its incommodity, and who now, at the end of
  • twenty years, had become conscious of a real aesthetic passion for it,
  • so that he knew all its points and would tell you just where to stand
  • to see them in combination and just the hour when the shadows of
  • its various protuberances which fell so softly upon the warm, weary
  • brickwork--were of the right measure. Besides this, as I have said,
  • he could have counted off most of the successive owners and occupants,
  • several of whom were known to general fame; doing so, however, with an
  • undemonstrative conviction that the latest phase of its destiny was not
  • the least honourable. The front of the house overlooking that portion
  • of the lawn with which we are concerned was not the entrance-front; this
  • was in quite another quarter. Privacy here reigned supreme, and the wide
  • carpet of turf that covered the level hill-top seemed but the extension
  • of a luxurious interior. The great still oaks and beeches flung down a
  • shade as dense as that of velvet curtains; and the place was furnished,
  • like a room, with cushioned seats, with rich-coloured rugs, with
  • the books and papers that lay upon the grass. The river was at some
  • distance; where the ground began to slope the lawn, properly speaking,
  • ceased. But it was none the less a charming walk down to the water.
  • The old gentleman at the tea-table, who had come from America thirty
  • years before, had brought with him, at the top of his baggage, his
  • American physiognomy; and he had not only brought it with him, but he
  • had kept it in the best order, so that, if necessary, he might have
  • taken it back to his own country with perfect confidence. At present,
  • obviously, nevertheless, he was not likely to displace himself; his
  • journeys were over and he was taking the rest that precedes the
  • great rest. He had a narrow, clean-shaven face, with features evenly
  • distributed and an expression of placid acuteness. It was evidently a
  • face in which the range of representation was not large, so that the air
  • of contented shrewdness was all the more of a merit. It seemed to tell
  • that he had been successful in life, yet it seemed to tell also that his
  • success had not been exclusive and invidious, but had had much of the
  • inoffensiveness of failure. He had certainly had a great experience of
  • men, but there was an almost rustic simplicity in the faint smile that
  • played upon his lean, spacious cheek and lighted up his humorous eye
  • as he at last slowly and carefully deposited his big tea-cup upon the
  • table. He was neatly dressed, in well-brushed black; but a shawl was
  • folded upon his knees, and his feet were encased in thick, embroidered
  • slippers. A beautiful collie dog lay upon the grass near his chair,
  • watching the master’s face almost as tenderly as the master took in the
  • still more magisterial physiognomy of the house; and a little bristling,
  • bustling terrier bestowed a desultory attendance upon the other
  • gentlemen.
  • One of these was a remarkably well-made man of five-and-thirty, with a
  • face as English as that of the old gentleman I have just sketched was
  • something else; a noticeably handsome face, fresh-coloured, fair and
  • frank, with firm, straight features, a lively grey eye and the rich
  • adornment of a chestnut beard. This person had a certain fortunate,
  • brilliant exceptional look--the air of a happy temperament fertilised by
  • a high civilisation--which would have made almost any observer envy him
  • at a venture. He was booted and spurred, as if he had dismounted from a
  • long ride; he wore a white hat, which looked too large for him; he
  • held his two hands behind him, and in one of them--a large, white,
  • well-shaped fist--was crumpled a pair of soiled dog-skin gloves.
  • His companion, measuring the length of the lawn beside him, was a person
  • of quite a different pattern, who, although he might have excited
  • grave curiosity, would not, like the other, have provoked you to wish
  • yourself, almost blindly, in his place. Tall, lean, loosely and feebly
  • put together, he had an ugly, sickly, witty, charming face, furnished,
  • but by no means decorated, with a straggling moustache and whisker. He
  • looked clever and ill--a combination by no means felicitous; and he wore
  • a brown velvet jacket. He carried his hands in his pockets, and there
  • was something in the way he did it that showed the habit was inveterate.
  • His gait had a shambling, wandering quality; he was not very firm on
  • his legs. As I have said, whenever he passed the old man in the chair he
  • rested his eyes upon him; and at this moment, with their faces brought
  • into relation, you would easily have seen they were father and son.
  • The father caught his son’s eye at last and gave him a mild, responsive
  • smile.
  • “I’m getting on very well,” he said.
  • “Have you drunk your tea?” asked the son.
  • “Yes, and enjoyed it.”
  • “Shall I give you some more?”
  • The old man considered, placidly. “Well, I guess I’ll wait and see.” He
  • had, in speaking, the American tone.
  • “Are you cold?” the son enquired.
  • The father slowly rubbed his legs. “Well, I don’t know. I can’t tell
  • till I feel.”
  • “Perhaps some one might feel for you,” said the younger man, laughing.
  • “Oh, I hope some one will always feel for me! Don’t you feel for me,
  • Lord Warburton?”
  • “Oh yes, immensely,” said the gentleman addressed as Lord Warburton,
  • promptly. “I’m bound to say you look wonderfully comfortable.”
  • “Well, I suppose I am, in most respects.” And the old man looked down at
  • his green shawl and smoothed it over his knees. “The fact is I’ve been
  • comfortable so many years that I suppose I’ve got so used to it I don’t
  • know it.”
  • “Yes, that’s the bore of comfort,” said Lord Warburton. “We only know
  • when we’re uncomfortable.”
  • “It strikes me we’re rather particular,” his companion remarked.
  • “Oh yes, there’s no doubt we’re particular,” Lord Warburton murmured.
  • And then the three men remained silent a while; the two younger ones
  • standing looking down at the other, who presently asked for more tea. “I
  • should think you would be very unhappy with that shawl,” Lord Warburton
  • resumed while his companion filled the old man’s cup again.
  • “Oh no, he must have the shawl!” cried the gentleman in the velvet coat.
  • “Don’t put such ideas as that into his head.”
  • “It belongs to my wife,” said the old man simply.
  • “Oh, if it’s for sentimental reasons--” And Lord Warburton made a
  • gesture of apology.
  • “I suppose I must give it to her when she comes,” the old man went on.
  • “You’ll please to do nothing of the kind. You’ll keep it to cover your
  • poor old legs.”
  • “Well, you mustn’t abuse my legs,” said the old man. “I guess they are
  • as good as yours.”
  • “Oh, you’re perfectly free to abuse mine,” his son replied, giving him
  • his tea.
  • “Well, we’re two lame ducks; I don’t think there’s much difference.”
  • “I’m much obliged to you for calling me a duck. How’s your tea?”
  • “Well, it’s rather hot.”
  • “That’s intended to be a merit.”
  • “Ah, there’s a great deal of merit,” murmured the old man, kindly. “He’s
  • a very good nurse, Lord Warburton.”
  • “Isn’t he a bit clumsy?” asked his lordship.
  • “Oh no, he’s not clumsy--considering that he’s an invalid himself. He’s
  • a very good nurse--for a sick-nurse. I call him my sick-nurse because
  • he’s sick himself.”
  • “Oh, come, daddy!” the ugly young man exclaimed.
  • “Well, you are; I wish you weren’t. But I suppose you can’t help it.”
  • “I might try: that’s an idea,” said the young man.
  • “Were you ever sick, Lord Warburton?” his father asked.
  • Lord Warburton considered a moment. “Yes, sir, once, in the Persian
  • Gulf.”
  • “He’s making light of you, daddy,” said the other young man. “That’s a
  • sort of joke.”
  • “Well, there seem to be so many sorts now,” daddy replied, serenely.
  • “You don’t look as if you had been sick, anyway, Lord Warburton.”
  • “He’s sick of life; he was just telling me so; going on fearfully about
  • it,” said Lord Warburton’s friend.
  • “Is that true, sir?” asked the old man gravely.
  • “If it is, your son gave me no consolation. He’s a wretched fellow to
  • talk to--a regular cynic. He doesn’t seem to believe in anything.”
  • “That’s another sort of joke,” said the person accused of cynicism.
  • “It’s because his health is so poor,” his father explained to Lord
  • Warburton. “It affects his mind and colours his way of looking at
  • things; he seems to feel as if he had never had a chance. But it’s
  • almost entirely theoretical, you know; it doesn’t seem to affect his
  • spirits. I’ve hardly ever seen him when he wasn’t cheerful--about as he
  • is at present. He often cheers me up.”
  • The young man so described looked at Lord Warburton and laughed. “Is it
  • a glowing eulogy or an accusation of levity? Should you like me to carry
  • out my theories, daddy?”
  • “By Jove, we should see some queer things!” cried Lord Warburton.
  • “I hope you haven’t taken up that sort of tone,” said the old man.
  • “Warburton’s tone is worse than mine; he pretends to be bored. I’m not
  • in the least bored; I find life only too interesting.”
  • “Ah, too interesting; you shouldn’t allow it to be that, you know!”
  • “I’m never bored when I come here,” said Lord Warburton. “One gets such
  • uncommonly good talk.”
  • “Is that another sort of joke?” asked the old man. “You’ve no excuse for
  • being bored anywhere. When I was your age I had never heard of such a
  • thing.”
  • “You must have developed very late.”
  • “No, I developed very quick; that was just the reason. When I was twenty
  • years old I was very highly developed indeed. I was working tooth and
  • nail. You wouldn’t be bored if you had something to do; but all you
  • young men are too idle. You think too much of your pleasure. You’re too
  • fastidious, and too indolent, and too rich.”
  • “Oh, I say,” cried Lord Warburton, “you’re hardly the person to accuse a
  • fellow-creature of being too rich!”
  • “Do you mean because I’m a banker?” asked the old man.
  • “Because of that, if you like; and because you have--haven’t you?--such
  • unlimited means.”
  • “He isn’t very rich,” the other young man mercifully pleaded. “He has
  • given away an immense deal of money.”
  • “Well, I suppose it was his own,” said Lord Warburton; “and in that case
  • could there be a better proof of wealth? Let not a public benefactor
  • talk of one’s being too fond of pleasure.”
  • “Daddy’s very fond of pleasure--of other people’s.”
  • The old man shook his head. “I don’t pretend to have contributed
  • anything to the amusement of my contemporaries.”
  • “My dear father, you’re too modest!”
  • “That’s a kind of joke, sir,” said Lord Warburton.
  • “You young men have too many jokes. When there are no jokes you’ve
  • nothing left.”
  • “Fortunately there are always more jokes,” the ugly young man remarked.
  • “I don’t believe it--I believe things are getting more serious. You
  • young men will find that out.”
  • “The increasing seriousness of things, then that’s the great opportunity
  • of jokes.”
  • “They’ll have to be grim jokes,” said the old man. “I’m convinced there
  • will be great changes, and not all for the better.”
  • “I quite agree with you, sir,” Lord Warburton declared. “I’m very sure
  • there will be great changes, and that all sorts of queer things will
  • happen. That’s why I find so much difficulty in applying your advice;
  • you know you told me the other day that I ought to ‘take hold’ of
  • something. One hesitates to take hold of a thing that may the next
  • moment be knocked sky-high.”
  • “You ought to take hold of a pretty woman,” said his companion. “He’s
  • trying hard to fall in love,” he added, by way of explanation, to his
  • father.
  • “The pretty women themselves may be sent flying!” Lord Warburton
  • exclaimed.
  • “No, no, they’ll be firm,” the old man rejoined; “they’ll not be
  • affected by the social and political changes I just referred to.”
  • “You mean they won’t be abolished? Very well, then, I’ll lay hands on
  • one as soon as possible and tie her round my neck as a life-preserver.”
  • “The ladies will save us,” said the old man; “that is the best of them
  • will--for I make a difference between them. Make up to a good one and
  • marry her, and your life will become much more interesting.”
  • A momentary silence marked perhaps on the part of his auditors a sense
  • of the magnanimity of this speech, for it was a secret neither for his
  • son nor for his visitor that his own experiment in matrimony had not
  • been a happy one. As he said, however, he made a difference; and these
  • words may have been intended as a confession of personal error; though
  • of course it was not in place for either of his companions to remark
  • that apparently the lady of his choice had not been one of the best.
  • “If I marry an interesting woman I shall be interested: is that what you
  • say?” Lord Warburton asked. “I’m not at all keen about marrying--your
  • son misrepresented me; but there’s no knowing what an interesting woman
  • might do with me.”
  • “I should like to see your idea of an interesting woman,” said his
  • friend.
  • “My dear fellow, you can’t see ideas--especially such highly ethereal
  • ones as mine. If I could only see it myself--that would be a great step
  • in advance.”
  • “Well, you may fall in love with whomsoever you please; but you mustn’t
  • fall in love with my niece,” said the old man.
  • His son broke into a laugh. “He’ll think you mean that as a provocation!
  • My dear father, you’ve lived with the English for thirty years, and
  • you’ve picked up a good many of the things they say. But you’ve never
  • learned the things they don’t say!”
  • “I say what I please,” the old man returned with all his serenity.
  • “I haven’t the honour of knowing your niece,” Lord Warburton said. “I
  • think it’s the first time I’ve heard of her.”
  • “She’s a niece of my wife’s; Mrs. Touchett brings her to England.”
  • Then young Mr. Touchett explained. “My mother, you know, has been
  • spending the winter in America, and we’re expecting her back. She writes
  • that she has discovered a niece and that she has invited her to come out
  • with her.”
  • “I see,--very kind of her,” said Lord Warburton. Is the young lady
  • interesting?”
  • “We hardly know more about her than you; my mother has not gone into
  • details. She chiefly communicates with us by means of telegrams, and her
  • telegrams are rather inscrutable. They say women don’t know how to write
  • them, but my mother has thoroughly mastered the art of condensation.
  • ‘Tired America, hot weather awful, return England with niece, first
  • steamer decent cabin.’ That’s the sort of message we get from her--that
  • was the last that came. But there had been another before, which I think
  • contained the first mention of the niece. ‘Changed hotel, very bad,
  • impudent clerk, address here. Taken sister’s girl, died last year, go to
  • Europe, two sisters, quite independent.’ Over that my father and I
  • have scarcely stopped puzzling; it seems to admit of so many
  • interpretations.”
  • “There’s one thing very clear in it,” said the old man; “she has given
  • the hotel-clerk a dressing.”
  • “I’m not sure even of that, since he has driven her from the field. We
  • thought at first that the sister mentioned might be the sister of the
  • clerk; but the subsequent mention of a niece seems to prove that the
  • allusion is to one of my aunts. Then there was a question as to whose
  • the two other sisters were; they are probably two of my late aunt’s
  • daughters. But who’s ‘quite independent,’ and in what sense is the term
  • used?--that point’s not yet settled. Does the expression apply more
  • particularly to the young lady my mother has adopted, or does it
  • characterise her sisters equally?--and is it used in a moral or in a
  • financial sense? Does it mean that they’ve been left well off, or
  • that they wish to be under no obligations? or does it simply mean that
  • they’re fond of their own way?”
  • “Whatever else it means, it’s pretty sure to mean that,” Mr. Touchett
  • remarked.
  • “You’ll see for yourself,” said Lord Warburton. “When does Mrs. Touchett
  • arrive?”
  • “We’re quite in the dark; as soon as she can find a decent cabin.
  • She may be waiting for it yet; on the other hand she may already have
  • disembarked in England.”
  • “In that case she would probably have telegraphed to you.”
  • “She never telegraphs when you would expect it--only when you don’t,”
  • said the old man. “She likes to drop on me suddenly; she thinks she’ll
  • find me doing something wrong. She has never done so yet, but she’s not
  • discouraged.”
  • “It’s her share in the family trait, the independence she speaks of.”
  • Her son’s appreciation of the matter was more favourable. “Whatever the
  • high spirit of those young ladies may be, her own is a match for it. She
  • likes to do everything for herself and has no belief in any one’s power
  • to help her. She thinks me of no more use than a postage-stamp without
  • gum, and she would never forgive me if I should presume to go to
  • Liverpool to meet her.”
  • “Will you at least let me know when your cousin arrives?” Lord Warburton
  • asked.
  • “Only on the condition I’ve mentioned--that you don’t fall in love with
  • her!” Mr. Touchett replied.
  • “That strikes me as hard, don’t you think me good enough?”
  • “I think you too good--because I shouldn’t like her to marry you. She
  • hasn’t come here to look for a husband, I hope; so many young ladies are
  • doing that, as if there were no good ones at home. Then she’s probably
  • engaged; American girls are usually engaged, I believe. Moreover I’m not
  • sure, after all, that you’d be a remarkable husband.”
  • “Very likely she’s engaged; I’ve known a good many American girls, and
  • they always were; but I could never see that it made any difference,
  • upon my word! As for my being a good husband,” Mr. Touchett’s visitor
  • pursued, “I’m not sure of that either. One can but try!”
  • “Try as much as you please, but don’t try on my niece,” smiled the old
  • man, whose opposition to the idea was broadly humorous.
  • “Ah, well,” said Lord Warburton with a humour broader still, “perhaps,
  • after all, she’s not worth trying on!”
  • CHAPTER II
  • While this exchange of pleasantries took place between the two Ralph
  • Touchett wandered away a little, with his usual slouching gait, his
  • hands in his pockets and his little rowdyish terrier at his heels. His
  • face was turned toward the house, but his eyes were bent musingly on the
  • lawn; so that he had been an object of observation to a person who had
  • just made her appearance in the ample doorway for some moments before
  • he perceived her. His attention was called to her by the conduct of
  • his dog, who had suddenly darted forward with a little volley of shrill
  • barks, in which the note of welcome, however, was more sensible than
  • that of defiance. The person in question was a young lady, who seemed
  • immediately to interpret the greeting of the small beast. He advanced
  • with great rapidity and stood at her feet, looking up and barking hard;
  • whereupon, without hesitation, she stooped and caught him in her hands,
  • holding him face to face while he continued his quick chatter. His
  • master now had had time to follow and to see that Bunchie’s new friend
  • was a tall girl in a black dress, who at first sight looked pretty.
  • She was bareheaded, as if she were staying in the house--a fact which
  • conveyed perplexity to the son of its master, conscious of that immunity
  • from visitors which had for some time been rendered necessary by the
  • latter’s ill-health. Meantime the two other gentlemen had also taken
  • note of the new-comer.
  • “Dear me, who’s that strange woman?” Mr. Touchett had asked.
  • “Perhaps it’s Mrs. Touchett’s niece--the independent young lady,” Lord
  • Warburton suggested. “I think she must be, from the way she handles the
  • dog.”
  • The collie, too, had now allowed his attention to be diverted, and he
  • trotted toward the young lady in the doorway, slowly setting his tail in
  • motion as he went.
  • “But where’s my wife then?” murmured the old man.
  • “I suppose the young lady has left her somewhere: that’s a part of the
  • independence.”
  • The girl spoke to Ralph, smiling, while she still held up the terrier.
  • “Is this your little dog, sir?”
  • “He was mine a moment ago; but you’ve suddenly acquired a remarkable air
  • of property in him.”
  • “Couldn’t we share him?” asked the girl. “He’s such a perfect little
  • darling.”
  • Ralph looked at her a moment; she was unexpectedly pretty. “You may have
  • him altogether,” he then replied.
  • The young lady seemed to have a great deal of confidence, both in
  • herself and in others; but this abrupt generosity made her blush. “I
  • ought to tell you that I’m probably your cousin,” she brought out,
  • putting down the dog. “And here’s another!” she added quickly, as the
  • collie came up.
  • “Probably?” the young man exclaimed, laughing. “I supposed it was quite
  • settled! Have you arrived with my mother?”
  • “Yes, half an hour ago.”
  • “And has she deposited you and departed again?”
  • “No, she went straight to her room, and she told me that, if I should
  • see you, I was to say to you that you must come to her there at a
  • quarter to seven.”
  • The young man looked at his watch. “Thank you very much; I shall be
  • punctual.” And then he looked at his cousin. “You’re very welcome here.
  • I’m delighted to see you.”
  • She was looking at everything, with an eye that denoted clear
  • perception--at her companion, at the two dogs, at the two gentlemen
  • under the trees, at the beautiful scene that surrounded her. “I’ve never
  • seen anything so lovely as this place. I’ve been all over the house;
  • it’s too enchanting.”
  • “I’m sorry you should have been here so long without our knowing it.”
  • “Your mother told me that in England people arrived very quietly; so I
  • thought it was all right. Is one of those gentlemen your father?”
  • “Yes, the elder one--the one sitting down,” said Ralph.
  • The girl gave a laugh. “I don’t suppose it’s the other. Who’s the
  • other?”
  • “He’s a friend of ours--Lord Warburton.”
  • “Oh, I hoped there would be a lord; it’s just like a novel!” And then,
  • “Oh you adorable creature!” she suddenly cried, stooping down and
  • picking up the small dog again.
  • She remained standing where they had met, making no offer to advance or
  • to speak to Mr. Touchett, and while she lingered so near the threshold,
  • slim and charming, her interlocutor wondered if she expected the old man
  • to come and pay her his respects. American girls were used to a great
  • deal of deference, and it had been intimated that this one had a high
  • spirit. Indeed Ralph could see that in her face.
  • “Won’t you come and make acquaintance with my father?” he nevertheless
  • ventured to ask. “He’s old and infirm--he doesn’t leave his chair.”
  • “Ah, poor man, I’m very sorry!” the girl exclaimed, immediately moving
  • forward. “I got the impression from your mother that he was rather
  • intensely active.”
  • Ralph Touchett was silent a moment. “She hasn’t seen him for a year.”
  • “Well, he has a lovely place to sit. Come along, little hound.”
  • “It’s a dear old place,” said the young man, looking sidewise at his
  • neighbour.
  • “What’s his name?” she asked, her attention having again reverted to the
  • terrier.
  • “My father’s name?”
  • “Yes,” said the young lady with amusement; “but don’t tell him I asked
  • you.”
  • They had come by this time to where old Mr. Touchett was sitting, and he
  • slowly got up from his chair to introduce himself.
  • “My mother has arrived,” said Ralph, “and this is Miss Archer.”
  • The old man placed his two hands on her shoulders, looked at her a
  • moment with extreme benevolence and then gallantly kissed her. “It’s
  • a great pleasure to me to see you here; but I wish you had given us a
  • chance to receive you.”
  • “Oh, we were received,” said the girl. “There were about a dozen
  • servants in the hall. And there was an old woman curtseying at the
  • gate.”
  • “We can do better than that--if we have notice!” And the old man stood
  • there smiling, rubbing his hands and slowly shaking his head at her.
  • “But Mrs. Touchett doesn’t like receptions.”
  • “She went straight to her room.”
  • “Yes--and locked herself in. She always does that. Well, I suppose I
  • shall see her next week.” And Mrs. Touchett’s husband slowly resumed his
  • former posture.
  • “Before that,” said Miss Archer. “She’s coming down to dinner--at eight
  • o’clock. Don’t you forget a quarter to seven,” she added, turning with a
  • smile to Ralph.
  • “What’s to happen at a quarter to seven?”
  • “I’m to see my mother,” said Ralph.
  • “Ah, happy boy!” the old man commented. “You must sit down--you must
  • have some tea,” he observed to his wife’s niece.
  • “They gave me some tea in my room the moment I got there,” this young
  • lady answered. “I’m sorry you’re out of health,” she added, resting her
  • eyes upon her venerable host.
  • “Oh, I’m an old man, my dear; it’s time for me to be old. But I shall be
  • the better for having you here.”
  • She had been looking all round her again--at the lawn, the great trees,
  • the reedy, silvery Thames, the beautiful old house; and while engaged
  • in this survey she had made room in it for her companions; a
  • comprehensiveness of observation easily conceivable on the part of a
  • young woman who was evidently both intelligent and excited. She had
  • seated herself and had put away the little dog; her white hands, in
  • her lap, were folded upon her black dress; her head was erect, her eye
  • lighted, her flexible figure turned itself easily this way and that, in
  • sympathy with the alertness with which she evidently caught impressions.
  • Her impressions were numerous, and they were all reflected in a clear,
  • still smile. “I’ve never seen anything so beautiful as this.”
  • “It’s looking very well,” said Mr. Touchett. “I know the way it strikes
  • you. I’ve been through all that. But you’re very beautiful yourself,” he
  • added with a politeness by no means crudely jocular and with the happy
  • consciousness that his advanced age gave him the privilege of saying
  • such things--even to young persons who might possibly take alarm at
  • them.
  • What degree of alarm this young person took need not be exactly
  • measured; she instantly rose, however, with a blush which was not a
  • refutation. “Oh yes, of course I’m lovely!” she returned with a quick
  • laugh. “How old is your house? Is it Elizabethan?”
  • “It’s early Tudor,” said Ralph Touchett.
  • She turned toward him, watching his face. “Early Tudor? How very
  • delightful! And I suppose there are a great many others.”
  • “There are many much better ones.”
  • “Don’t say that, my son!” the old man protested. “There’s nothing better
  • than this.”
  • “I’ve got a very good one; I think in some respects it’s rather better,”
  • said Lord Warburton, who as yet had not spoken, but who had kept an
  • attentive eye upon Miss Archer. He slightly inclined himself, smiling;
  • he had an excellent manner with women. The girl appreciated it in an
  • instant; she had not forgotten that this was Lord Warburton. “I should
  • like very much to show it to you,” he added.
  • “Don’t believe him,” cried the old man; “don’t look at it! It’s a
  • wretched old barrack--not to be compared with this.”
  • “I don’t know--I can’t judge,” said the girl, smiling at Lord Warburton.
  • In this discussion Ralph Touchett took no interest whatever; he stood
  • with his hands in his pockets, looking greatly as if he should like to
  • renew his conversation with his new-found cousin.
  • “Are you very fond of dogs?” he enquired by way of beginning. He seemed
  • to recognise that it was an awkward beginning for a clever man.
  • “Very fond of them indeed.”
  • “You must keep the terrier, you know,” he went on, still awkwardly.
  • “I’ll keep him while I’m here, with pleasure.”
  • “That will be for a long time, I hope.”
  • “You’re very kind. I hardly know. My aunt must settle that.”
  • “I’ll settle it with her--at a quarter to seven.” And Ralph looked at
  • his watch again.
  • “I’m glad to be here at all,” said the girl.
  • “I don’t believe you allow things to be settled for you.”
  • “Oh yes; if they’re settled as I like them.”
  • “I shall settle this as I like it,” said Ralph. “It’s most unaccountable
  • that we should never have known you.”
  • “I was there--you had only to come and see me.”
  • “There? Where do you mean?”
  • “In the United States: in New York and Albany and other American
  • places.”
  • “I’ve been there--all over, but I never saw you. I can’t make it out.”
  • Miss Archer just hesitated. “It was because there had been some
  • disagreement between your mother and my father, after my mother’s death,
  • which took place when I was a child. In consequence of it we never
  • expected to see you.”
  • “Ah, but I don’t embrace all my mother’s quarrels--heaven forbid!”
  • the young man cried. “You’ve lately lost your father?” he went on more
  • gravely.
  • “Yes; more than a year ago. After that my aunt was very kind to me; she
  • came to see me and proposed that I should come with her to Europe.”
  • “I see,” said Ralph. “She has adopted you.”
  • “Adopted me?” The girl stared, and her blush came back to her, together
  • with a momentary look of pain which gave her interlocutor some alarm. He
  • had underestimated the effect of his words. Lord Warburton, who appeared
  • constantly desirous of a nearer view of Miss Archer, strolled toward the
  • two cousins at the moment, and as he did so she rested her wider eyes on
  • him.
  • “Oh no; she has not adopted me. I’m not a candidate for adoption.”
  • “I beg a thousand pardons,” Ralph murmured. “I meant--I meant--” He
  • hardly knew what he meant.
  • “You meant she has taken me up. Yes; she likes to take people up.
  • She has been very kind to me; but,” she added with a certain visible
  • eagerness of desire to be explicit, “I’m very fond of my liberty.”
  • “Are you talking about Mrs. Touchett?” the old man called out from his
  • chair. “Come here, my dear, and tell me about her. I’m always thankful
  • for information.”
  • The girl hesitated again, smiling. “She’s really very benevolent,”
  • she answered; after which she went over to her uncle, whose mirth was
  • excited by her words.
  • Lord Warburton was left standing with Ralph Touchett, to whom in a
  • moment he said: “You wished a while ago to see my idea of an interesting
  • woman. There it is!”
  • CHAPTER III
  • Mrs. Touchett was certainly a person of many oddities, of which her
  • behaviour on returning to her husband’s house after many months was a
  • noticeable specimen. She had her own way of doing all that she did, and
  • this is the simplest description of a character which, although by no
  • means without liberal motions, rarely succeeded in giving an impression
  • of suavity. Mrs. Touchett might do a great deal of good, but she
  • never pleased. This way of her own, of which she was so fond, was not
  • intrinsically offensive--it was just unmistakeably distinguished from
  • the ways of others. The edges of her conduct were so very clear-cut that
  • for susceptible persons it sometimes had a knife-like effect. That hard
  • fineness came out in her deportment during the first hours of her return
  • from America, under circumstances in which it might have seemed that
  • her first act would have been to exchange greetings with her husband
  • and son. Mrs. Touchett, for reasons which she deemed excellent, always
  • retired on such occasions into impenetrable seclusion, postponing the
  • more sentimental ceremony until she had repaired the disorder of dress
  • with a completeness which had the less reason to be of high importance
  • as neither beauty nor vanity were concerned in it. She was a plain-faced
  • old woman, without graces and without any great elegance, but with an
  • extreme respect for her own motives. She was usually prepared to explain
  • these--when the explanation was asked as a favour; and in such a case
  • they proved totally different from those that had been attributed to
  • her. She was virtually separated from her husband, but she appeared to
  • perceive nothing irregular in the situation. It had become clear, at an
  • early stage of their community, that they should never desire the same
  • thing at the same moment, and this appearance had prompted her to rescue
  • disagreement from the vulgar realm of accident. She did what she could
  • to erect it into a law--a much more edifying aspect of it--by going to
  • live in Florence, where she bought a house and established herself; and
  • by leaving her husband to take care of the English branch of his bank.
  • This arrangement greatly pleased her; it was so felicitously definite.
  • It struck her husband in the same light, in a foggy square in London,
  • where it was at times the most definite fact he discerned; but he
  • would have preferred that such unnatural things should have a greater
  • vagueness. To agree to disagree had cost him an effort; he was ready to
  • agree to almost anything but that, and saw no reason why either assent
  • or dissent should be so terribly consistent. Mrs. Touchett indulged in
  • no regrets nor speculations, and usually came once a year to spend a
  • month with her husband, a period during which she apparently took pains
  • to convince him that she had adopted the right system. She was not fond
  • of the English style of life, and had three or four reasons for it to
  • which she currently alluded; they bore upon minor points of that ancient
  • order, but for Mrs. Touchett they amply justified non-residence. She
  • detested bread-sauce, which, as she said, looked like a poultice
  • and tasted like soap; she objected to the consumption of beer by
  • her maid-servants; and she affirmed that the British laundress (Mrs.
  • Touchett was very particular about the appearance of her linen) was not
  • a mistress of her art. At fixed intervals she paid a visit to her own
  • country; but this last had been longer than any of its predecessors.
  • She had taken up her niece--there was little doubt of that. One wet
  • afternoon, some four months earlier than the occurrence lately narrated,
  • this young lady had been seated alone with a book. To say she was so
  • occupied is to say that her solitude did not press upon her; for her
  • love of knowledge had a fertilising quality and her imagination was
  • strong. There was at this time, however, a want of fresh taste in
  • her situation which the arrival of an unexpected visitor did much to
  • correct. The visitor had not been announced; the girl heard her at last
  • walking about the adjoining room. It was in an old house at Albany, a
  • large, square, double house, with a notice of sale in the windows of one
  • of the lower apartments. There were two entrances, one of which had
  • long been out of use but had never been removed. They were exactly
  • alike--large white doors, with an arched frame and wide side-lights,
  • perched upon little “stoops” of red stone, which descended sidewise
  • to the brick pavement of the street. The two houses together formed a
  • single dwelling, the party-wall having been removed and the rooms placed
  • in communication. These rooms, above-stairs, were extremely numerous,
  • and were painted all over exactly alike, in a yellowish white which had
  • grown sallow with time. On the third floor there was a sort of arched
  • passage, connecting the two sides of the house, which Isabel and her
  • sisters used in their childhood to call the tunnel and which, though it
  • was short and well lighted, always seemed to the girl to be strange and
  • lonely, especially on winter afternoons. She had been in the house,
  • at different periods, as a child; in those days her grandmother lived
  • there. Then there had been an absence of ten years, followed by a return
  • to Albany before her father’s death. Her grandmother, old Mrs. Archer,
  • had exercised, chiefly within the limits of the family, a large
  • hospitality in the early period, and the little girls often spent weeks
  • under her roof--weeks of which Isabel had the happiest memory. The
  • manner of life was different from that of her own home--larger, more
  • plentiful, practically more festal; the discipline of the nursery was
  • delightfully vague and the opportunity of listening to the conversation
  • of one’s elders (which with Isabel was a highly-valued pleasure) almost
  • unbounded. There was a constant coming and going; her grandmother’s
  • sons and daughters and their children appeared to be in the enjoyment of
  • standing invitations to arrive and remain, so that the house offered to
  • a certain extent the appearance of a bustling provincial inn kept by a
  • gentle old landlady who sighed a great deal and never presented a bill.
  • Isabel of course knew nothing about bills; but even as a child she
  • thought her grandmother’s home romantic. There was a covered piazza
  • behind it, furnished with a swing which was a source of tremulous
  • interest; and beyond this was a long garden, sloping down to the stable
  • and containing peach-trees of barely credible familiarity. Isabel had
  • stayed with her grandmother at various seasons, but somehow all her
  • visits had a flavour of peaches. On the other side, across the street,
  • was an old house that was called the Dutch House--a peculiar structure
  • dating from the earliest colonial time, composed of bricks that had been
  • painted yellow, crowned with a gable that was pointed out to strangers,
  • defended by a rickety wooden paling and standing sidewise to the street.
  • It was occupied by a primary school for children of both sexes, kept
  • or rather let go, by a demonstrative lady of whom Isabel’s chief
  • recollection was that her hair was fastened with strange bedroomy combs
  • at the temples and that she was the widow of some one of consequence.
  • The little girl had been offered the opportunity of laying a foundation
  • of knowledge in this establishment; but having spent a single day in it,
  • she had protested against its laws and had been allowed to stay at home,
  • where, in the September days, when the windows of the Dutch House
  • were open, she used to hear the hum of childish voices repeating the
  • multiplication table--an incident in which the elation of liberty and
  • the pain of exclusion were indistinguishably mingled. The foundation
  • of her knowledge was really laid in the idleness of her grandmother’s
  • house, where, as most of the other inmates were not reading people,
  • she had uncontrolled use of a library full of books with frontispieces,
  • which she used to climb upon a chair to take down. When she had found
  • one to her taste--she was guided in the selection chiefly by the
  • frontispiece--she carried it into a mysterious apartment which lay
  • beyond the library and which was called, traditionally, no one knew
  • why, the office. Whose office it had been and at what period it had
  • flourished, she never learned; it was enough for her that it contained
  • an echo and a pleasant musty smell and that it was a chamber of disgrace
  • for old pieces of furniture whose infirmities were not always apparent
  • (so that the disgrace seemed unmerited and rendered them victims
  • of injustice) and with which, in the manner of children, she had
  • established relations almost human, certainly dramatic. There was an old
  • haircloth sofa in especial, to which she had confided a hundred childish
  • sorrows. The place owed much of its mysterious melancholy to the fact
  • that it was properly entered from the second door of the house, the
  • door that had been condemned, and that it was secured by bolts which a
  • particularly slender little girl found it impossible to slide. She
  • knew that this silent, motionless portal opened into the street; if the
  • sidelights had not been filled with green paper she might have looked
  • out upon the little brown stoop and the well-worn brick pavement. But
  • she had no wish to look out, for this would have interfered with her
  • theory that there was a strange, unseen place on the other side--a place
  • which became to the child’s imagination, according to its different
  • moods, a region of delight or of terror.
  • It was in the “office” still that Isabel was sitting on that melancholy
  • afternoon of early spring which I have just mentioned. At this time
  • she might have had the whole house to choose from, and the room she had
  • selected was the most depressed of its scenes. She had never opened the
  • bolted door nor removed the green paper (renewed by other hands) from
  • its sidelights; she had never assured herself that the vulgar street lay
  • beyond. A crude, cold rain fell heavily; the spring-time was indeed an
  • appeal--and it seemed a cynical, insincere appeal--to patience. Isabel,
  • however, gave as little heed as possible to cosmic treacheries; she kept
  • her eyes on her book and tried to fix her mind. It had lately occurred
  • to her that her mind was a good deal of a vagabond, and she had spent
  • much ingenuity in training it to a military step and teaching it
  • to advance, to halt, to retreat, to perform even more complicated
  • manoeuvres, at the word of command. Just now she had given it marching
  • orders and it had been trudging over the sandy plains of a history of
  • German Thought. Suddenly she became aware of a step very different from
  • her own intellectual pace; she listened a little and perceived that some
  • one was moving in the library, which communicated with the office. It
  • struck her first as the step of a person from whom she was looking for a
  • visit, then almost immediately announced itself as the tread of a
  • woman and a stranger--her possible visitor being neither. It had an
  • inquisitive, experimental quality which suggested that it would not stop
  • short of the threshold of the office; and in fact the doorway of this
  • apartment was presently occupied by a lady who paused there and looked
  • very hard at our heroine. She was a plain, elderly woman, dressed in
  • a comprehensive waterproof mantle; she had a face with a good deal of
  • rather violent point.
  • “Oh,” she began, “is that where you usually sit?” She looked about at
  • the heterogeneous chairs and tables.
  • “Not when I have visitors,” said Isabel, getting up to receive the
  • intruder.
  • She directed their course back to the library while the visitor
  • continued to look about her. “You seem to have plenty of other rooms;
  • they’re in rather better condition. But everything’s immensely worn.”
  • “Have you come to look at the house?” Isabel asked. “The servant will
  • show it to you.”
  • “Send her away; I don’t want to buy it. She has probably gone to
  • look for you and is wandering about upstairs; she didn’t seem at all
  • intelligent. You had better tell her it’s no matter.” And then, since
  • the girl stood there hesitating and wondering, this unexpected critic
  • said to her abruptly: “I suppose you’re one of the daughters?”
  • Isabel thought she had very strange manners. “It depends upon whose
  • daughters you mean.”
  • “The late Mr. Archer’s--and my poor sister’s.”
  • “Ah,” said Isabel slowly, “you must be our crazy Aunt Lydia!”
  • “Is that what your father told you to call me? I’m your Aunt Lydia, but
  • I’m not at all crazy: I haven’t a delusion! And which of the daughters
  • are you?”
  • “I’m the youngest of the three, and my name’s Isabel.”
  • “Yes; the others are Lilian and Edith. And are you the prettiest?”
  • “I haven’t the least idea,” said the girl.
  • “I think you must be.” And in this way the aunt and the niece made
  • friends. The aunt had quarrelled years before with her brother-in-law,
  • after the death of her sister, taking him to task for the manner in
  • which he brought up his three girls. Being a high-tempered man he had
  • requested her to mind her own business, and she had taken him at his
  • word. For many years she held no communication with him and after his
  • death had addressed not a word to his daughters, who had been bred in
  • that disrespectful view of her which we have just seen Isabel betray.
  • Mrs. Touchett’s behaviour was, as usual, perfectly deliberate. She
  • intended to go to America to look after her investments (with which her
  • husband, in spite of his great financial position, had nothing to
  • do) and would take advantage of this opportunity to enquire into the
  • condition of her nieces. There was no need of writing, for she should
  • attach no importance to any account of them she should elicit by letter;
  • she believed, always, in seeing for one’s self. Isabel found, however,
  • that she knew a good deal about them, and knew about the marriage of the
  • two elder girls; knew that their poor father had left very little money,
  • but that the house in Albany, which had passed into his hands, was to
  • be sold for their benefit; knew, finally, that Edmund Ludlow,
  • Lilian’s husband, had taken upon himself to attend to this matter, in
  • consideration of which the young couple, who had come to Albany during
  • Mr. Archer’s illness, were remaining there for the present and, as well
  • as Isabel herself, occupying the old place.
  • “How much money do you expect for it?” Mrs. Touchett asked of her
  • companion, who had brought her to sit in the front parlour, which she
  • had inspected without enthusiasm.
  • “I haven’t the least idea,” said the girl.
  • “That’s the second time you have said that to me,” her aunt rejoined.
  • “And yet you don’t look at all stupid.”
  • “I’m not stupid; but I don’t know anything about money.”
  • “Yes, that’s the way you were brought up--as if you were to inherit a
  • million. What have you in point of fact inherited?”
  • “I really can’t tell you. You must ask Edmund and Lilian; they’ll be
  • back in half an hour.”
  • “In Florence we should call it a very bad house,” said Mrs. Touchett;
  • “but here, I dare say, it will bring a high price. It ought to make
  • a considerable sum for each of you. In addition to that you must have
  • something else; it’s most extraordinary your not knowing. The position’s
  • of value, and they’ll probably pull it down and make a row of shops.
  • I wonder you don’t do that yourself; you might let the shops to great
  • advantage.”
  • Isabel stared; the idea of letting shops was new to her. “I hope they
  • won’t pull it down,” she said; “I’m extremely fond of it.”
  • “I don’t see what makes you fond of it; your father died here.”
  • “Yes; but I don’t dislike it for that,” the girl rather strangely
  • returned. “I like places in which things have happened--even if they’re
  • sad things. A great many people have died here; the place has been full
  • of life.”
  • “Is that what you call being full of life?”
  • “I mean full of experience--of people’s feelings and sorrows. And not of
  • their sorrows only, for I’ve been very happy here as a child.”
  • “You should go to Florence if you like houses in which things have
  • happened--especially deaths. I live in an old palace in which three
  • people have been murdered; three that were known and I don’t know how
  • many more besides.”
  • “In an old palace?” Isabel repeated.
  • “Yes, my dear; a very different affair from this. This is very
  • bourgeois.”
  • Isabel felt some emotion, for she had always thought highly of her
  • grandmother’s house. But the emotion was of a kind which led her to say:
  • “I should like very much to go to Florence.”
  • “Well, if you’ll be very good, and do everything I tell you I’ll take
  • you there,” Mrs. Touchett declared.
  • Our young woman’s emotion deepened; she flushed a little and smiled at
  • her aunt in silence. “Do everything you tell me? I don’t think I can
  • promise that.”
  • “No, you don’t look like a person of that sort. You’re fond of your own
  • way; but it’s not for me to blame you.”
  • “And yet, to go to Florence,” the girl exclaimed in a moment, “I’d
  • promise almost anything!”
  • Edmund and Lilian were slow to return, and Mrs. Touchett had an
  • hour’s uninterrupted talk with her niece, who found her a strange and
  • interesting figure: a figure essentially--almost the first she had ever
  • met. She was as eccentric as Isabel had always supposed; and hitherto,
  • whenever the girl had heard people described as eccentric, she had
  • thought of them as offensive or alarming. The term had always suggested
  • to her something grotesque and even sinister. But her aunt made it a
  • matter of high but easy irony, or comedy, and led her to ask herself
  • if the common tone, which was all she had known, had ever been as
  • interesting. No one certainly had on any occasion so held her as this
  • little thin-lipped, bright-eyed, foreign-looking woman, who retrieved an
  • insignificant appearance by a distinguished manner and, sitting there in
  • a well-worn waterproof, talked with striking familiarity of the courts
  • of Europe. There was nothing flighty about Mrs. Touchett, but she
  • recognised no social superiors, and, judging the great ones of the earth
  • in a way that spoke of this, enjoyed the consciousness of making
  • an impression on a candid and susceptible mind. Isabel at first had
  • answered a good many questions, and it was from her answers apparently
  • that Mrs. Touchett derived a high opinion of her intelligence. But after
  • this she had asked a good many, and her aunt’s answers, whatever turn
  • they took, struck her as food for deep reflexion. Mrs. Touchett waited
  • for the return of her other niece as long as she thought reasonable, but
  • as at six o’clock Mrs. Ludlow had not come in she prepared to take her
  • departure.
  • “Your sister must be a great gossip. Is she accustomed to staying out so
  • many hours?”
  • “You’ve been out almost as long as she,” Isabel replied; “she can have
  • left the house but a short time before you came in.”
  • Mrs. Touchett looked at the girl without resentment; she appeared to
  • enjoy a bold retort and to be disposed to be gracious. “Perhaps she
  • hasn’t had so good an excuse as I. Tell her at any rate that she must
  • come and see me this evening at that horrid hotel. She may bring her
  • husband if she likes, but she needn’t bring you. I shall see plenty of
  • you later.”
  • CHAPTER IV
  • Mrs. Ludlow was the eldest of the three sisters, and was usually thought
  • the most sensible; the classification being in general that Lilian
  • was the practical one, Edith the beauty and Isabel the “intellectual”
  • superior. Mrs. Keyes, the second of the group, was the wife of an
  • officer of the United States Engineers, and as our history is not
  • further concerned with her it will suffice that she was indeed very
  • pretty and that she formed the ornament of those various military
  • stations, chiefly in the unfashionable West, to which, to her deep
  • chagrin, her husband was successively relegated. Lilian had married a
  • New York lawyer, a young man with a loud voice and an enthusiasm for
  • his profession; the match was not brilliant, any more than Edith’s, but
  • Lilian had occasionally been spoken of as a young woman who might be
  • thankful to marry at all--she was so much plainer than her sisters.
  • She was, however, very happy, and now, as the mother of two peremptory
  • little boys and the mistress of a wedge of brown stone violently driven
  • into Fifty-third Street, seemed to exult in her condition as in a bold
  • escape. She was short and solid, and her claim to figure was questioned,
  • but she was conceded presence, though not majesty; she had moreover, as
  • people said, improved since her marriage, and the two things in life
  • of which she was most distinctly conscious were her husband’s force in
  • argument and her sister Isabel’s originality. “I’ve never kept up with
  • Isabel--it would have taken all my time,” she had often remarked;
  • in spite of which, however, she held her rather wistfully in sight;
  • watching her as a motherly spaniel might watch a free greyhound. “I want
  • to see her safely married--that’s what I want to see,” she frequently
  • noted to her husband.
  • “Well, I must say I should have no particular desire to marry her,”
  • Edmund Ludlow was accustomed to answer in an extremely audible tone.
  • “I know you say that for argument; you always take the opposite ground.
  • I don’t see what you’ve against her except that she’s so original.”
  • “Well, I don’t like originals; I like translations,” Mr. Ludlow had more
  • than once replied. “Isabel’s written in a foreign tongue. I can’t make
  • her out. She ought to marry an Armenian or a Portuguese.”
  • “That’s just what I’m afraid she’ll do!” cried Lilian, who thought
  • Isabel capable of anything.
  • She listened with great interest to the girl’s account of Mrs.
  • Touchett’s appearance and in the evening prepared to comply with their
  • aunt’s commands. Of what Isabel then said no report has remained, but
  • her sister’s words had doubtless prompted a word spoken to her husband
  • as the two were making ready for their visit. “I do hope immensely
  • she’ll do something handsome for Isabel; she has evidently taken a great
  • fancy to her.”
  • “What is it you wish her to do?” Edmund Ludlow asked. “Make her a big
  • present?”
  • “No indeed; nothing of the sort. But take an interest in her--sympathise
  • with her. She’s evidently just the sort of person to appreciate her. She
  • has lived so much in foreign society; she told Isabel all about it. You
  • know you’ve always thought Isabel rather foreign.”
  • “You want her to give her a little foreign sympathy, eh? Don’t you think
  • she gets enough at home?”
  • “Well, she ought to go abroad,” said Mrs. Ludlow. “She’s just the person
  • to go abroad.”
  • “And you want the old lady to take her, is that it?”
  • “She has offered to take her--she’s dying to have Isabel go. But what
  • I want her to do when she gets her there is to give her all the
  • advantages. I’m sure all we’ve got to do,” said Mrs. Ludlow, “is to give
  • her a chance.”
  • “A chance for what?”
  • “A chance to develop.”
  • “Oh Moses!” Edmund Ludlow exclaimed. “I hope she isn’t going to develop
  • any more!”
  • “If I were not sure you only said that for argument I should feel very
  • badly,” his wife replied. “But you know you love her.”
  • “Do you know I love you?” the young man said, jocosely, to Isabel a
  • little later, while he brushed his hat.
  • “I’m sure I don’t care whether you do or not!” exclaimed the girl; whose
  • voice and smile, however, were less haughty than her words.
  • “Oh, she feels so grand since Mrs. Touchett’s visit,” said her sister.
  • But Isabel challenged this assertion with a good deal of seriousness.
  • “You must not say that, Lily. I don’t feel grand at all.”
  • “I’m sure there’s no harm,” said the conciliatory Lily.
  • “Ah, but there’s nothing in Mrs. Touchett’s visit to make one feel
  • grand.”
  • “Oh,” exclaimed Ludlow, “she’s grander than ever!”
  • “Whenever I feel grand,” said the girl, “it will be for a better
  • reason.”
  • Whether she felt grand or no, she at any rate felt different, as if
  • something had happened to her. Left to herself for the evening she sat
  • a while under the lamp, her hands empty, her usual avocations unheeded.
  • Then she rose and moved about the room, and from one room to another,
  • preferring the places where the vague lamplight expired. She was
  • restless and even agitated; at moments she trembled a little. The
  • importance of what had happened was out of proportion to its appearance;
  • there had really been a change in her life. What it would bring with it
  • was as yet extremely indefinite; but Isabel was in a situation that gave
  • a value to any change. She had a desire to leave the past behind her
  • and, as she said to herself, to begin afresh. This desire indeed was not
  • a birth of the present occasion; it was as familiar as the sound of the
  • rain upon the window and it had led to her beginning afresh a great many
  • times. She closed her eyes as she sat in one of the dusky corners of the
  • quiet parlour; but it was not with a desire for dozing forgetfulness. It
  • was on the contrary because she felt too wide-eyed and wished to check
  • the sense of seeing too many things at once. Her imagination was by
  • habit ridiculously active; when the door was not open it jumped out of
  • the window. She was not accustomed indeed to keep it behind bolts; and
  • at important moments, when she would have been thankful to make use
  • of her judgement alone, she paid the penalty of having given undue
  • encouragement to the faculty of seeing without judging. At present, with
  • her sense that the note of change had been struck, came gradually a host
  • of images of the things she was leaving behind her. The years and hours
  • of her life came back to her, and for a long time, in a stillness broken
  • only by the ticking of the big bronze clock, she passed them in
  • review. It had been a very happy life and she had been a very fortunate
  • person--this was the truth that seemed to emerge most vividly. She had
  • had the best of everything, and in a world in which the circumstances
  • of so many people made them unenviable it was an advantage never to have
  • known anything particularly unpleasant. It appeared to Isabel that the
  • unpleasant had been even too absent from her knowledge, for she had
  • gathered from her acquaintance with literature that it was often a
  • source of interest and even of instruction. Her father had kept it
  • away from her--her handsome, much loved father, who always had such
  • an aversion to it. It was a great felicity to have been his daughter;
  • Isabel rose even to pride in her parentage. Since his death she had
  • seemed to see him as turning his braver side to his children and as
  • not having managed to ignore the ugly quite so much in practice as in
  • aspiration. But this only made her tenderness for him greater; it
  • was scarcely even painful to have to suppose him too generous, too
  • good-natured, too indifferent to sordid considerations. Many persons
  • had held that he carried this indifference too far, especially the large
  • number of those to whom he owed money. Of their opinions Isabel was
  • never very definitely informed; but it may interest the reader to know
  • that, while they had recognised in the late Mr. Archer a remarkably
  • handsome head and a very taking manner (indeed, as one of them had said,
  • he was always taking something), they had declared that he was making a
  • very poor use of his life. He had squandered a substantial fortune, he
  • had been deplorably convivial, he was known to have gambled freely.
  • A few very harsh critics went so far as to say that he had not even
  • brought up his daughters. They had had no regular education and no
  • permanent home; they had been at once spoiled and neglected; they had
  • lived with nursemaids and governesses (usually very bad ones) or had
  • been sent to superficial schools, kept by the French, from which, at the
  • end of a month, they had been removed in tears. This view of the matter
  • would have excited Isabel’s indignation, for to her own sense her
  • opportunities had been large. Even when her father had left his
  • daughters for three months at Neufchatel with a French _bonne_ who had
  • eloped with a Russian nobleman staying at the same hotel--even in this
  • irregular situation (an incident of the girl’s eleventh year) she had
  • been neither frightened nor ashamed, but had thought it a romantic
  • episode in a liberal education. Her father had a large way of looking at
  • life, of which his restlessness and even his occasional incoherency
  • of conduct had been only a proof. He wished his daughters, even as
  • children, to see as much of the world as possible; and it was for this
  • purpose that, before Isabel was fourteen, he had transported them three
  • times across the Atlantic, giving them on each occasion, however, but a
  • few months’ view of the subject proposed: a course which had whetted
  • our heroine’s curiosity without enabling her to satisfy it. She ought to
  • have been a partisan of her father, for she was the member of his trio
  • who most “made up” to him for the disagreeables he didn’t mention. In
  • his last days his general willingness to take leave of a world in which
  • the difficulty of doing as one liked appeared to increase as one grew
  • older had been sensibly modified by the pain of separation from his
  • clever, his superior, his remarkable girl. Later, when the journeys to
  • Europe ceased, he still had shown his children all sorts of indulgence,
  • and if he had been troubled about money-matters nothing ever disturbed
  • their irreflective consciousness of many possessions. Isabel, though she
  • danced very well, had not the recollection of having been in New York a
  • successful member of the choreographic circle; her sister Edith was,
  • as every one said, so very much more fetching. Edith was so striking
  • an example of success that Isabel could have no illusions as to what
  • constituted this advantage, or as to the limits of her own power to
  • frisk and jump and shriek--above all with rightness of effect. Nineteen
  • persons out of twenty (including the younger sister herself) pronounced
  • Edith infinitely the prettier of the two; but the twentieth, besides
  • reversing this judgement, had the entertainment of thinking all the
  • others aesthetic vulgarians. Isabel had in the depths of her nature an
  • even more unquenchable desire to please than Edith; but the depths of
  • this young lady’s nature were a very out-of-the-way place, between which
  • and the surface communication was interrupted by a dozen capricious
  • forces. She saw the young men who came in large numbers to see her
  • sister; but as a general thing they were afraid of her; they had a
  • belief that some special preparation was required for talking with her.
  • Her reputation of reading a great deal hung about her like the cloudy
  • envelope of a goddess in an epic; it was supposed to engender difficult
  • questions and to keep the conversation at a low temperature. The poor
  • girl liked to be thought clever, but she hated to be thought bookish;
  • she used to read in secret and, though her memory was excellent, to
  • abstain from showy reference. She had a great desire for knowledge, but
  • she really preferred almost any source of information to the printed
  • page; she had an immense curiosity about life and was constantly staring
  • and wondering. She carried within herself a great fund of life, and her
  • deepest enjoyment was to feel the continuity between the movements of
  • her own soul and the agitations of the world. For this reason she was
  • fond of seeing great crowds and large stretches of country, of reading
  • about revolutions and wars, of looking at historical pictures--a class
  • of efforts as to which she had often committed the conscious solecism of
  • forgiving them much bad painting for the sake of the subject. While the
  • Civil War went on she was still a very young girl; but she passed months
  • of this long period in a state of almost passionate excitement, in which
  • she felt herself at times (to her extreme confusion) stirred
  • almost indiscriminately by the valour of either army. Of course the
  • circumspection of suspicious swains had never gone the length of making
  • her a social proscript; for the number of those whose hearts, as they
  • approached her, beat only just fast enough to remind them they had heads
  • as well, had kept her unacquainted with the supreme disciplines of
  • her sex and age. She had had everything a girl could have: kindness,
  • admiration, bonbons, bouquets, the sense of exclusion from none of the
  • privileges of the world she lived in, abundant opportunity for dancing,
  • plenty of new dresses, the London _Spectator_, the latest publications,
  • the music of Gounod, the poetry of Browning, the prose of George Eliot.
  • These things now, as memory played over them, resolved themselves into a
  • multitude of scenes and figures. Forgotten things came back to her; many
  • others, which she had lately thought of great moment, dropped out of
  • sight. The result was kaleidoscopic, but the movement of the instrument
  • was checked at last by the servant’s coming in with the name of a
  • gentleman. The name of the gentleman was Caspar Goodwood; he was a
  • straight young man from Boston, who had known Miss Archer for the last
  • twelvemonth and who, thinking her the most beautiful young woman of her
  • time, had pronounced the time, according to the rule I have hinted at,
  • a foolish period of history. He sometimes wrote to her and had within a
  • week or two written from New York. She had thought it very possible he
  • would come in--had indeed all the rainy day been vaguely expecting him.
  • Now that she learned he was there, nevertheless, she felt no eagerness
  • to receive him. He was the finest young man she had ever seen, was
  • indeed quite a splendid young man; he inspired her with a sentiment of
  • high, of rare respect. She had never felt equally moved to it by any
  • other person. He was supposed by the world in general to wish to marry
  • her, but this of course was between themselves. It at least may be
  • affirmed that he had travelled from New York to Albany expressly to see
  • her; having learned in the former city, where he was spending a few
  • days and where he had hoped to find her, that she was still at the State
  • capital. Isabel delayed for some minutes to go to him; she moved about
  • the room with a new sense of complications. But at last she presented
  • herself and found him standing near the lamp. He was tall, strong and
  • somewhat stiff; he was also lean and brown. He was not romantically, he
  • was much rather obscurely, handsome; but his physiognomy had an air of
  • requesting your attention, which it rewarded according to the charm you
  • found in blue eyes of remarkable fixedness, the eyes of a complexion
  • other than his own, and a jaw of the somewhat angular mould which is
  • supposed to bespeak resolution. Isabel said to herself that it bespoke
  • resolution to-night; in spite of which, in half an hour, Caspar
  • Goodwood, who had arrived hopeful as well as resolute, took his way back
  • to his lodging with the feeling of a man defeated. He was not, it may be
  • added, a man weakly to accept defeat.
  • CHAPTER V
  • Ralph Touchett was a philosopher, but nevertheless he knocked at his
  • mother’s door (at a quarter to seven) with a good deal of eagerness.
  • Even philosophers have their preferences, and it must be admitted
  • that of his progenitors his father ministered most to his sense of the
  • sweetness of filial dependence. His father, as he had often said to
  • himself, was the more motherly; his mother, on the other hand, was
  • paternal, and even, according to the slang of the day, gubernatorial.
  • She was nevertheless very fond of her only child and had always insisted
  • on his spending three months of the year with her. Ralph rendered
  • perfect justice to her affection and knew that in her thoughts and her
  • thoroughly arranged and servanted life his turn always came after the
  • other nearest subjects of her solicitude, the various punctualities of
  • performance of the workers of her will. He found her completely dressed
  • for dinner, but she embraced her boy with her gloved hands and made
  • him sit on the sofa beside her. She enquired scrupulously about her
  • husband’s health and about the young man’s own, and, receiving no
  • very brilliant account of either, remarked that she was more than ever
  • convinced of her wisdom in not exposing herself to the English climate.
  • In this case she also might have given way. Ralph smiled at the idea of
  • his mother’s giving way, but made no point of reminding her that his
  • own infirmity was not the result of the English climate, from which he
  • absented himself for a considerable part of each year.
  • He had been a very small boy when his father, Daniel Tracy Touchett,
  • a native of Rutland, in the State of Vermont, came to England as
  • subordinate partner in a banking-house where some ten years later he
  • gained preponderant control. Daniel Touchett saw before him a life-long
  • residence in his adopted country, of which, from the first, he took a
  • simple, sane and accommodating view. But, as he said to himself, he had
  • no intention of disamericanising, nor had he a desire to teach his
  • only son any such subtle art. It had been for himself so very soluble a
  • problem to live in England assimilated yet unconverted that it seemed to
  • him equally simple his lawful heir should after his death carry on the
  • grey old bank in the white American light. He was at pains to intensify
  • this light, however, by sending the boy home for his education. Ralph
  • spent several terms at an American school and took a degree at an
  • American university, after which, as he struck his father on his return
  • as even redundantly native, he was placed for some three years in
  • residence at Oxford. Oxford swallowed up Harvard, and Ralph became
  • at last English enough. His outward conformity to the manners that
  • surrounded him was none the less the mask of a mind that greatly enjoyed
  • its independence, on which nothing long imposed itself, and which,
  • naturally inclined to adventure and irony, indulged in a boundless
  • liberty of appreciation. He began with being a young man of promise; at
  • Oxford he distinguished himself, to his father’s ineffable satisfaction,
  • and the people about him said it was a thousand pities so clever a
  • fellow should be shut out from a career. He might have had a career
  • by returning to his own country (though this point is shrouded in
  • uncertainty) and even if Mr. Touchett had been willing to part with
  • him (which was not the case) it would have gone hard with him to put
  • a watery waste permanently between himself and the old man whom he
  • regarded as his best friend. Ralph was not only fond of his father,
  • he admired him--he enjoyed the opportunity of observing him. Daniel
  • Touchett, to his perception, was a man of genius, and though he himself
  • had no aptitude for the banking mystery he made a point of learning
  • enough of it to measure the great figure his father had played. It was
  • not this, however, he mainly relished; it was the fine ivory surface,
  • polished as by the English air, that the old man had opposed to
  • possibilities of penetration. Daniel Touchett had been neither at
  • Harvard nor at Oxford, and it was his own fault if he had placed in his
  • son’s hands the key to modern criticism. Ralph, whose head was full
  • of ideas which his father had never guessed, had a high esteem for the
  • latter’s originality. Americans, rightly or wrongly, are commended for
  • the ease with which they adapt themselves to foreign conditions; but Mr.
  • Touchett had made of the very limits of his pliancy half the ground
  • of his general success. He had retained in their freshness most of
  • his marks of primary pressure; his tone, as his son always noted with
  • pleasure, was that of the more luxuriant parts of New England. At the
  • end of his life he had become, on his own ground, as mellow as he
  • was rich; he combined consummate shrewdness with the disposition
  • superficially to fraternise, and his “social position,” on which he had
  • never wasted a care, had the firm perfection of an unthumbed fruit. It
  • was perhaps his want of imagination and of what is called the historic
  • consciousness; but to many of the impressions usually made by English
  • life upon the cultivated stranger his sense was completely closed. There
  • were certain differences he had never perceived, certain habits he had
  • never formed, certain obscurities he had never sounded. As regards these
  • latter, on the day he had sounded them his son would have thought less
  • well of him.
  • Ralph, on leaving Oxford, had spent a couple of years in travelling;
  • after which he had found himself perched on a high stool in his father’s
  • bank. The responsibility and honour of such positions is not, I
  • believe, measured by the height of the stool, which depends upon other
  • considerations: Ralph, indeed, who had very long legs, was fond of
  • standing, and even of walking about, at his work. To this exercise,
  • however, he was obliged to devote but a limited period, for at the end
  • of some eighteen months he had become aware of his being seriously out
  • of health. He had caught a violent cold, which fixed itself on his lungs
  • and threw them into dire confusion. He had to give up work and apply,
  • to the letter, the sorry injunction to take care of himself. At first he
  • slighted the task; it appeared to him it was not himself in the least
  • he was taking care of, but an uninteresting and uninterested person
  • with whom he had nothing in common. This person, however, improved
  • on acquaintance, and Ralph grew at last to have a certain grudging
  • tolerance, even an undemonstrative respect, for him. Misfortune makes
  • strange bedfellows, and our young man, feeling that he had something
  • at stake in the matter--it usually struck him as his reputation for
  • ordinary wit--devoted to his graceless charge an amount of attention of
  • which note was duly taken and which had at least the effect of keeping
  • the poor fellow alive. One of his lungs began to heal, the other
  • promised to follow its example, and he was assured he might outweather
  • a dozen winters if he would betake himself to those climates in which
  • consumptives chiefly congregate. As he had grown extremely fond of
  • London, he cursed the flatness of exile: but at the same time that he
  • cursed he conformed, and gradually, when he found his sensitive organ
  • grateful even for grim favours, he conferred them with a lighter hand.
  • He wintered abroad, as the phrase is; basked in the sun, stopped at home
  • when the wind blew, went to bed when it rained, and once or twice, when
  • it had snowed overnight, almost never got up again.
  • A secret hoard of indifference--like a thick cake a fond old nurse might
  • have slipped into his first school outfit--came to his aid and helped to
  • reconcile him to sacrifice; since at the best he was too ill for aught
  • but that arduous game. As he said to himself, there was really nothing
  • he had wanted very much to do, so that he had at least not renounced the
  • field of valour. At present, however, the fragrance of forbidden fruit
  • seemed occasionally to float past him and remind him that the finest of
  • pleasures is the rush of action. Living as he now lived was like reading
  • a good book in a poor translation--a meagre entertainment for a young
  • man who felt that he might have been an excellent linguist. He had good
  • winters and poor winters, and while the former lasted he was sometimes
  • the sport of a vision of virtual recovery. But this vision was dispelled
  • some three years before the occurrence of the incidents with which this
  • history opens: he had on that occasion remained later than usual in
  • England and had been overtaken by bad weather before reaching Algiers.
  • He arrived more dead than alive and lay there for several weeks between
  • life and death. His convalescence was a miracle, but the first use he
  • made of it was to assure himself that such miracles happen but once. He
  • said to himself that his hour was in sight and that it behoved him to
  • keep his eyes upon it, yet that it was also open to him to spend the
  • interval as agreeably as might be consistent with such a preoccupation.
  • With the prospect of losing them the simple use of his faculties became
  • an exquisite pleasure; it seemed to him the joys of contemplation had
  • never been sounded. He was far from the time when he had found it hard
  • that he should be obliged to give up the idea of distinguishing himself;
  • an idea none the less importunate for being vague and none the less
  • delightful for having had to struggle in the same breast with bursts
  • of inspiring self-criticism. His friends at present judged him more
  • cheerful, and attributed it to a theory, over which they shook their
  • heads knowingly, that he would recover his health. His serenity was but
  • the array of wild flowers niched in his ruin.
  • It was very probably this sweet-tasting property of the observed thing
  • in itself that was mainly concerned in Ralph’s quickly-stirred interest
  • in the advent of a young lady who was evidently not insipid. If he was
  • consideringly disposed, something told him, here was occupation enough
  • for a succession of days. It may be added, in summary fashion, that the
  • imagination of loving--as distinguished from that of being loved--had
  • still a place in his reduced sketch. He had only forbidden himself the
  • riot of expression. However, he shouldn’t inspire his cousin with a
  • passion, nor would she be able, even should she try, to help him to one.
  • “And now tell me about the young lady,” he said to his mother. “What do
  • you mean to do with her?”
  • Mrs. Touchett was prompt. “I mean to ask your father to invite her to
  • stay three or four weeks at Gardencourt.”
  • “You needn’t stand on any such ceremony as that,” said Ralph. “My father
  • will ask her as a matter of course.”
  • “I don’t know about that. She’s my niece; she’s not his.”
  • “Good Lord, dear mother; what a sense of property! That’s all the more
  • reason for his asking her. But after that--I mean after three months
  • (for its absurd asking the poor girl to remain but for three or four
  • paltry weeks)--what do you mean to do with her?”
  • “I mean to take her to Paris. I mean to get her clothing.”
  • “Ah yes, that’s of course. But independently of that?”
  • “I shall invite her to spend the autumn with me in Florence.”
  • “You don’t rise above detail, dear mother,” said Ralph. “I should like
  • to know what you mean to do with her in a general way.”
  • “My duty!” Mrs. Touchett declared. “I suppose you pity her very much,”
  • she added.
  • “No, I don’t think I pity her. She doesn’t strike me as inviting
  • compassion. I think I envy her. Before being sure, however, give me a
  • hint of where you see your duty.”
  • “In showing her four European countries--I shall leave her the choice of
  • two of them--and in giving her the opportunity of perfecting herself in
  • French, which she already knows very well.”
  • Ralph frowned a little. “That sounds rather dry--even allowing her the
  • choice of two of the countries.”
  • “If it’s dry,” said his mother with a laugh, “you can leave Isabel alone
  • to water it! She is as good as a summer rain, any day.”
  • “Do you mean she’s a gifted being?”
  • “I don’t know whether she’s a gifted being, but she’s a clever
  • girl--with a strong will and a high temper. She has no idea of being
  • bored.”
  • “I can imagine that,” said Ralph; and then he added abruptly: “How do
  • you two get on?”
  • “Do you mean by that that I’m a bore? I don’t think she finds me one.
  • Some girls might, I know; but Isabel’s too clever for that. I think I
  • greatly amuse her. We get on because I understand her, I know the sort
  • of girl she is. She’s very frank, and I’m very frank: we know just what
  • to expect of each other.”
  • “Ah, dear mother,” Ralph exclaimed, “one always knows what to expect
  • of you! You’ve never surprised me but once, and that’s to-day--in
  • presenting me with a pretty cousin whose existence I had never
  • suspected.”
  • “Do you think her so very pretty?”
  • “Very pretty indeed; but I don’t insist upon that. It’s her general
  • air of being some one in particular that strikes me. Who is this rare
  • creature, and what is she? Where did you find her, and how did you make
  • her acquaintance?”
  • “I found her in an old house at Albany, sitting in a dreary room on a
  • rainy day, reading a heavy book and boring herself to death. She didn’t
  • know she was bored, but when I left her no doubt of it she seemed very
  • grateful for the service. You may say I shouldn’t have enlightened her--I
  • should have let her alone. There’s a good deal in that, but I acted
  • conscientiously; I thought she was meant for something better. It
  • occurred to me that it would be a kindness to take her about and
  • introduce her to the world. She thinks she knows a great deal of
  • it--like most American girls; but like most American girls she’s
  • ridiculously mistaken. If you want to know, I thought she would do me
  • credit. I like to be well thought of, and for a woman of my age there’s
  • no greater convenience, in some ways, than an attractive niece. You
  • know I had seen nothing of my sister’s children for years; I disapproved
  • entirely of the father. But I always meant to do something for them when
  • he should have gone to his reward. I ascertained where they were to be
  • found and, without any preliminaries, went and introduced myself. There
  • are two others of them, both of whom are married; but I saw only the
  • elder, who has, by the way, a very uncivil husband. The wife, whose name
  • is Lily, jumped at the idea of my taking an interest in Isabel; she
  • said it was just what her sister needed--that some one should take
  • an interest in her. She spoke of her as you might speak of some young
  • person of genius--in want of encouragement and patronage. It may be that
  • Isabel’s a genius; but in that case I’ve not yet learned her special
  • line. Mrs. Ludlow was especially keen about my taking her to Europe;
  • they all regard Europe over there as a land of emigration, of rescue, a
  • refuge for their superfluous population. Isabel herself seemed very
  • glad to come, and the thing was easily arranged. There was a little
  • difficulty about the money-question, as she seemed averse to being
  • under pecuniary obligations. But she has a small income and she supposes
  • herself to be travelling at her own expense.”
  • Ralph had listened attentively to this judicious report, by which his
  • interest in the subject of it was not impaired. “Ah, if she’s a genius,”
  • he said, “we must find out her special line. Is it by chance for
  • flirting?”
  • “I don’t think so. You may suspect that at first, but you’ll be wrong.
  • You won’t, I think, in any way, be easily right about her.”
  • “Warburton’s wrong then!” Ralph rejoicingly exclaimed. “He flatters
  • himself he has made that discovery.”
  • His mother shook her head. “Lord Warburton won’t understand her. He
  • needn’t try.”
  • “He’s very intelligent,” said Ralph; “but it’s right he should be
  • puzzled once in a while.”
  • “Isabel will enjoy puzzling a lord,” Mrs. Touchett remarked.
  • Her son frowned a little. “What does she know about lords?”
  • “Nothing at all: that will puzzle him all the more.”
  • Ralph greeted these words with a laugh and looked out of the window.
  • Then, “Are you not going down to see my father?” he asked.
  • “At a quarter to eight,” said Mrs. Touchett.
  • Her son looked at his watch. “You’ve another quarter of an hour then.
  • Tell me some more about Isabel.” After which, as Mrs. Touchett declined
  • his invitation, declaring that he must find out for himself, “Well,” he
  • pursued, “she’ll certainly do you credit. But won’t she also give you
  • trouble?”
  • “I hope not; but if she does I shall not shrink from it. I never do
  • that.”
  • “She strikes me as very natural,” said Ralph.
  • “Natural people are not the most trouble.”
  • “No,” said Ralph; “you yourself are a proof of that. You’re extremely
  • natural, and I’m sure you have never troubled any one. It takes trouble
  • to do that. But tell me this; it just occurs to me. Is Isabel capable of
  • making herself disagreeable?”
  • “Ah,” cried his mother, “you ask too many questions! Find that out for
  • yourself.”
  • His questions, however, were not exhausted. “All this time,” he said,
  • “you’ve not told me what you intend to do with her.”
  • “Do with her? You talk as if she were a yard of calico. I shall do
  • absolutely nothing with her, and she herself will do everything she
  • chooses. She gave me notice of that.”
  • “What you meant then, in your telegram, was that her character’s
  • independent.”
  • “I never know what I mean in my telegrams--especially those I send from
  • America. Clearness is too expensive. Come down to your father.”
  • “It’s not yet a quarter to eight,” said Ralph.
  • “I must allow for his impatience,” Mrs. Touchett answered. Ralph knew
  • what to think of his father’s impatience; but, making no rejoinder, he
  • offered his mother his arm. This put it in his power, as they
  • descended together, to stop her a moment on the middle landing of the
  • staircase--the broad, low, wide-armed staircase of time-blackened oak
  • which was one of the most striking features of Gardencourt. “You’ve no
  • plan of marrying her?” he smiled.
  • “Marrying her? I should be sorry to play her such a trick! But apart
  • from that, she’s perfectly able to marry herself. She has every
  • facility.”
  • “Do you mean to say she has a husband picked out?”
  • “I don’t know about a husband, but there’s a young man in Boston--!”
  • Ralph went on; he had no desire to hear about the young man in Boston.
  • “As my father says, they’re always engaged!”
  • His mother had told him that he must satisfy his curiosity at the
  • source, and it soon became evident he should not want for occasion. He
  • had a good deal of talk with his young kinswoman when the two had been
  • left together in the drawing-room. Lord Warburton, who had ridden over
  • from his own house, some ten miles distant, remounted and took his
  • departure before dinner; and an hour after this meal was ended Mr. and
  • Mrs. Touchett, who appeared to have quite emptied the measure of their
  • forms, withdrew, under the valid pretext of fatigue, to their respective
  • apartments. The young man spent an hour with his cousin; though she had
  • been travelling half the day she appeared in no degree spent. She was
  • really tired; she knew it, and knew she should pay for it on the morrow;
  • but it was her habit at this period to carry exhaustion to the furthest
  • point and confess to it only when dissimulation broke down. A fine
  • hypocrisy was for the present possible; she was interested; she was, as
  • she said to herself, floated. She asked Ralph to show her the pictures;
  • there were a great many in the house, most of them of his own choosing.
  • The best were arranged in an oaken gallery, of charming proportions,
  • which had a sitting-room at either end of it and which in the evening
  • was usually lighted. The light was insufficient to show the pictures
  • to advantage, and the visit might have stood over to the morrow.
  • This suggestion Ralph had ventured to make; but Isabel looked
  • disappointed--smiling still, however--and said: “If you please I should
  • like to see them just a little.” She was eager, she knew she was eager
  • and now seemed so; she couldn’t help it. “She doesn’t take suggestions,”
  • Ralph said to himself; but he said it without irritation; her pressure
  • amused and even pleased him. The lamps were on brackets, at intervals,
  • and if the light was imperfect it was genial. It fell upon the vague
  • squares of rich colour and on the faded gilding of heavy frames; it made
  • a sheen on the polished floor of the gallery. Ralph took a candlestick
  • and moved about, pointing out the things he liked; Isabel, inclining to
  • one picture after another, indulged in little exclamations and murmurs.
  • She was evidently a judge; she had a natural taste; he was struck with
  • that. She took a candlestick herself and held it slowly here and there;
  • she lifted it high, and as she did so he found himself pausing in the
  • middle of the place and bending his eyes much less upon the pictures
  • than on her presence. He lost nothing, in truth, by these wandering
  • glances, for she was better worth looking at than most works of art.
  • She was undeniably spare, and ponderably light, and proveably tall; when
  • people had wished to distinguish her from the other two Miss Archers
  • they had always called her the willowy one. Her hair, which was dark
  • even to blackness, had been an object of envy to many women; her light
  • grey eyes, a little too firm perhaps in her graver moments, had an
  • enchanting range of concession. They walked slowly up one side of the
  • gallery and down the other, and then she said: “Well, now I know more
  • than I did when I began!”
  • “You apparently have a great passion for knowledge,” her cousin
  • returned.
  • “I think I have; most girls are horridly ignorant.”
  • “You strike me as different from most girls.”
  • “Ah, some of them would--but the way they’re talked to!” murmured
  • Isabel, who preferred not to dilate just yet on herself. Then in a
  • moment, to change the subject, “Please tell me--isn’t there a ghost?”
  • she went on.
  • “A ghost?”
  • “A castle-spectre, a thing that appears. We call them ghosts in
  • America.”
  • “So we do here, when we see them.”
  • “You do see them then? You ought to, in this romantic old house.”
  • “It’s not a romantic old house,” said Ralph. “You’ll be disappointed if
  • you count on that. It’s a dismally prosaic one; there’s no romance here
  • but what you may have brought with you.”
  • “I’ve brought a great deal; but it seems to me I’ve brought it to the
  • right place.”
  • “To keep it out of harm, certainly; nothing will ever happen to it here,
  • between my father and me.”
  • Isabel looked at him a moment. “Is there never any one here but your
  • father and you?”
  • “My mother, of course.”
  • “Oh, I know your mother; she’s not romantic. Haven’t you other people?”
  • “Very few.”
  • “I’m sorry for that; I like so much to see people.”
  • “Oh, we’ll invite all the county to amuse you,” said Ralph.
  • “Now you’re making fun of me,” the girl answered rather gravely. “Who
  • was the gentleman on the lawn when I arrived?”
  • “A county neighbour; he doesn’t come very often.”
  • “I’m sorry for that; I liked him,” said Isabel.
  • “Why, it seemed to me that you barely spoke to him,” Ralph objected.
  • “Never mind, I like him all the same. I like your father too,
  • immensely.”
  • “You can’t do better than that. He’s the dearest of the dear.”
  • “I’m so sorry he is ill,” said Isabel.
  • “You must help me to nurse him; you ought to be a good nurse.”
  • “I don’t think I am; I’ve been told I’m not; I’m said to have too many
  • theories. But you haven’t told me about the ghost,” she added.
  • Ralph, however, gave no heed to this observation. “You like my father
  • and you like Lord Warburton. I infer also that you like my mother.”
  • “I like your mother very much, because--because--” And Isabel found
  • herself attempting to assign a reason for her affection for Mrs.
  • Touchett.
  • “Ah, we never know why!” said her companion, laughing.
  • “I always know why,” the girl answered. “It’s because she doesn’t expect
  • one to like her. She doesn’t care whether one does or not.”
  • “So you adore her--out of perversity? Well, I take greatly after my
  • mother,” said Ralph.
  • “I don’t believe you do at all. You wish people to like you, and you try
  • to make them do it.”
  • “Good heavens, how you see through one!” he cried with a dismay that was
  • not altogether jocular.
  • “But I like you all the same,” his cousin went on. “The way to clinch
  • the matter will be to show me the ghost.”
  • Ralph shook his head sadly. “I might show it to you, but you’d never see
  • it. The privilege isn’t given to every one; it’s not enviable. It has
  • never been seen by a young, happy, innocent person like you. You must
  • have suffered first, have suffered greatly, have gained some miserable
  • knowledge. In that way your eyes are opened to it. I saw it long ago,”
  • said Ralph.
  • “I told you just now I’m very fond of knowledge,” Isabel answered.
  • “Yes, of happy knowledge--of pleasant knowledge. But you haven’t
  • suffered, and you’re not made to suffer. I hope you’ll never see the
  • ghost!”
  • She had listened to him attentively, with a smile on her lips, but with
  • a certain gravity in her eyes. Charming as he found her, she had struck
  • him as rather presumptuous--indeed it was a part of her charm; and he
  • wondered what she would say. “I’m not afraid, you know,” she said: which
  • seemed quite presumptuous enough.
  • “You’re not afraid of suffering?”
  • “Yes, I’m afraid of suffering. But I’m not afraid of ghosts. And I think
  • people suffer too easily,” she added.
  • “I don’t believe you do,” said Ralph, looking at her with his hands in
  • his pockets.
  • “I don’t think that’s a fault,” she answered. “It’s not absolutely
  • necessary to suffer; we were not made for that.”
  • “You were not, certainly.”
  • “I’m not speaking of myself.” And she wandered off a little.
  • “No, it isn’t a fault,” said her cousin. “It’s a merit to be strong.”
  • “Only, if you don’t suffer they call you hard,” Isabel remarked.
  • They passed out of the smaller drawing-room, into which they had
  • returned from the gallery, and paused in the hall, at the foot of the
  • staircase. Here Ralph presented his companion with her bedroom candle,
  • which he had taken from a niche. “Never mind what they call you. When
  • you do suffer they call you an idiot. The great point’s to be as happy
  • as possible.”
  • She looked at him a little; she had taken her candle and placed her foot
  • on the oaken stair. “Well,” she said, “that’s what I came to Europe for,
  • to be as happy as possible. Good-night.”
  • “Good-night! I wish you all success, and shall be very glad to
  • contribute to it!”
  • She turned away, and he watched her as she slowly ascended. Then, with
  • his hands always in his pockets, he went back to the empty drawing-room.
  • CHAPTER VI
  • Isabel Archer was a young person of many theories; her imagination was
  • remarkably active. It had been her fortune to possess a finer mind
  • than most of the persons among whom her lot was cast; to have a larger
  • perception of surrounding facts and to care for knowledge that was
  • tinged with the unfamiliar. It is true that among her contemporaries
  • she passed for a young woman of extraordinary profundity; for these
  • excellent people never withheld their admiration from a reach of
  • intellect of which they themselves were not conscious, and spoke of
  • Isabel as a prodigy of learning, a creature reported to have read the
  • classic authors--in translations. Her paternal aunt, Mrs. Varian, once
  • spread the rumour that Isabel was writing a book--Mrs. Varian having a
  • reverence for books, and averred that the girl would distinguish herself
  • in print. Mrs. Varian thought highly of literature, for which she
  • entertained that esteem that is connected with a sense of privation.
  • Her own large house, remarkable for its assortment of mosaic tables and
  • decorated ceilings, was unfurnished with a library, and in the way of
  • printed volumes contained nothing but half a dozen novels in paper on
  • a shelf in the apartment of one of the Miss Varians. Practically, Mrs.
  • Varian’s acquaintance with literature was confined to The New York
  • _Interviewer_; as she very justly said, after you had read the _Interviewer_
  • you had lost all faith in culture. Her tendency, with this, was rather
  • to keep the _Interviewer_ out of the way of her daughters; she was
  • determined to bring them up properly, and they read nothing at all. Her
  • impression with regard to Isabel’s labours was quite illusory; the girl
  • had never attempted to write a book and had no desire for the laurels
  • of authorship. She had no talent for expression and too little of the
  • consciousness of genius; she only had a general idea that people were
  • right when they treated her as if she were rather superior. Whether or
  • no she were superior, people were right in admiring her if they thought
  • her so; for it seemed to her often that her mind moved more quickly
  • than theirs, and this encouraged an impatience that might easily be
  • confounded with superiority. It may be affirmed without delay that
  • Isabel was probably very liable to the sin of self-esteem; she often
  • surveyed with complacency the field of her own nature; she was in the
  • habit of taking for granted, on scanty evidence, that she was right;
  • she treated herself to occasions of homage. Meanwhile her errors and
  • delusions were frequently such as a biographer interested in preserving
  • the dignity of his subject must shrink from specifying. Her thoughts
  • were a tangle of vague outlines which had never been corrected by the
  • judgement of people speaking with authority. In matters of opinion
  • she had had her own way, and it had led her into a thousand ridiculous
  • zigzags. At moments she discovered she was grotesquely wrong, and then
  • she treated herself to a week of passionate humility. After this she
  • held her head higher than ever again; for it was of no use, she had an
  • unquenchable desire to think well of herself. She had a theory that it
  • was only under this provision life was worth living; that one should
  • be one of the best, should be conscious of a fine organisation (she
  • couldn’t help knowing her organisation was fine), should move in a realm
  • of light, of natural wisdom, of happy impulse, of inspiration gracefully
  • chronic. It was almost as unnecessary to cultivate doubt of one’s self
  • as to cultivate doubt of one’s best friend: one should try to be one’s
  • own best friend and to give one’s self, in this manner, distinguished
  • company. The girl had a certain nobleness of imagination which rendered
  • her a good many services and played her a great many tricks. She spent
  • half her time in thinking of beauty and bravery and magnanimity; she had
  • a fixed determination to regard the world as a place of brightness, of
  • free expansion, of irresistible action: she held it must be detestable
  • to be afraid or ashamed. She had an infinite hope that she should never
  • do anything wrong. She had resented so strongly, after discovering them,
  • her mere errors of feeling (the discovery always made her tremble as if
  • she had escaped from a trap which might have caught her and smothered
  • her) that the chance of inflicting a sensible injury upon another
  • person, presented only as a contingency, caused her at moments to hold
  • her breath. That always struck her as the worst thing that could happen
  • to her. On the whole, reflectively, she was in no uncertainty about
  • the things that were wrong. She had no love of their look, but when
  • she fixed them hard she recognised them. It was wrong to be mean, to be
  • jealous, to be false, to be cruel; she had seen very little of the evil
  • of the world, but she had seen women who lied and who tried to hurt
  • each other. Seeing such things had quickened her high spirit; it seemed
  • indecent not to scorn them. Of course the danger of a high spirit was
  • the danger of inconsistency--the danger of keeping up the flag after the
  • place has surrendered; a sort of behaviour so crooked as to be almost
  • a dishonour to the flag. But Isabel, who knew little of the sorts of
  • artillery to which young women are exposed, flattered herself that such
  • contradictions would never be noted in her own conduct. Her life should
  • always be in harmony with the most pleasing impression she should
  • produce; she would be what she appeared, and she would appear what she
  • was. Sometimes she went so far as to wish that she might find herself
  • some day in a difficult position, so that she should have the pleasure
  • of being as heroic as the occasion demanded. Altogether, with her meagre
  • knowledge, her inflated ideals, her confidence at once innocent and
  • dogmatic, her temper at once exacting and indulgent, her mixture of
  • curiosity and fastidiousness, of vivacity and indifference, her desire
  • to look very well and to be if possible even better, her determination
  • to see, to try, to know, her combination of the delicate, desultory,
  • flame-like spirit and the eager and personal creature of conditions: she
  • would be an easy victim of scientific criticism if she were not intended
  • to awaken on the reader’s part an impulse more tender and more purely
  • expectant.
  • It was one of her theories that Isabel Archer was very fortunate in
  • being independent, and that she ought to make some very enlightened use
  • of that state. She never called it the state of solitude, much less of
  • singleness; she thought such descriptions weak, and, besides, her sister
  • Lily constantly urged her to come and abide. She had a friend whose
  • acquaintance she had made shortly before her father’s death, who offered
  • so high an example of useful activity that Isabel always thought of her
  • as a model. Henrietta Stackpole had the advantage of an admired ability;
  • she was thoroughly launched in journalism, and her letters to the
  • _Interviewer_, from Washington, Newport, the White Mountains and other
  • places, were universally quoted. Isabel pronounced them with confidence
  • “ephemeral,” but she esteemed the courage, energy and good-humour of the
  • writer, who, without parents and without property, had adopted three
  • of the children of an infirm and widowed sister and was paying their
  • school-bills out of the proceeds of her literary labour. Henrietta was
  • in the van of progress and had clear-cut views on most subjects; her
  • cherished desire had long been to come to Europe and write a series of
  • letters to the _Interviewer_ from the radical point of view--an enterprise
  • the less difficult as she knew perfectly in advance what her opinions
  • would be and to how many objections most European institutions lay
  • open. When she heard that Isabel was coming she wished to start at once;
  • thinking, naturally, that it would be delightful the two should travel
  • together. She had been obliged, however, to postpone this enterprise.
  • She thought Isabel a glorious creature, and had spoken of her covertly
  • in some of her letters, though she never mentioned the fact to her
  • friend, who would not have taken pleasure in it and was not a regular
  • student of the _Interviewer_. Henrietta, for Isabel, was chiefly a proof
  • that a woman might suffice to herself and be happy. Her resources were
  • of the obvious kind; but even if one had not the journalistic talent and
  • a genius for guessing, as Henrietta said, what the public was going to
  • want, one was not therefore to conclude that one had no vocation,
  • no beneficent aptitude of any sort, and resign one’s self to being
  • frivolous and hollow. Isabel was stoutly determined not to be hollow. If
  • one should wait with the right patience one would find some happy work
  • to one’s hand. Of course, among her theories, this young lady was not
  • without a collection of views on the subject of marriage. The first on
  • the list was a conviction of the vulgarity of thinking too much of it.
  • From lapsing into eagerness on this point she earnestly prayed she might
  • be delivered; she held that a woman ought to be able to live to herself,
  • in the absence of exceptional flimsiness, and that it was perfectly
  • possible to be happy without the society of a more or less coarse-minded
  • person of another sex. The girl’s prayer was very sufficiently answered;
  • something pure and proud that there was in her--something cold and dry
  • an unappreciated suitor with a taste for analysis might have called
  • it--had hitherto kept her from any great vanity of conjecture on the
  • article of possible husbands. Few of the men she saw seemed worth a
  • ruinous expenditure, and it made her smile to think that one of them
  • should present himself as an incentive to hope and a reward of patience.
  • Deep in her soul--it was the deepest thing there--lay a belief that if
  • a certain light should dawn she could give herself completely; but
  • this image, on the whole, was too formidable to be attractive. Isabel’s
  • thoughts hovered about it, but they seldom rested on it long; after a
  • little it ended in alarms. It often seemed to her that she thought too
  • much about herself; you could have made her colour, any day in the
  • year, by calling her a rank egoist. She was always planning out her
  • development, desiring her perfection, observing her progress. Her nature
  • had, in her conceit, a certain garden-like quality, a suggestion of
  • perfume and murmuring boughs, of shady bowers and lengthening vistas,
  • which made her feel that introspection was, after all, an exercise
  • in the open air, and that a visit to the recesses of one’s spirit was
  • harmless when one returned from it with a lapful of roses. But she was
  • often reminded that there were other gardens in the world than those of
  • her remarkable soul, and that there were moreover a great many places
  • which were not gardens at all--only dusky pestiferous tracts, planted
  • thick with ugliness and misery. In the current of that repaid curiosity
  • on which she had lately been floating, which had conveyed her to this
  • beautiful old England and might carry her much further still, she often
  • checked herself with the thought of the thousands of people who were
  • less happy than herself--a thought which for the moment made her fine,
  • full consciousness appear a kind of immodesty. What should one do with
  • the misery of the world in a scheme of the agreeable for one’s self? It
  • must be confessed that this question never held her long. She was too
  • young, too impatient to live, too unacquainted with pain. She always
  • returned to her theory that a young woman whom after all every one
  • thought clever should begin by getting a general impression of life.
  • This impression was necessary to prevent mistakes, and after it should
  • be secured she might make the unfortunate condition of others a subject
  • of special attention.
  • England was a revelation to her, and she found herself as diverted as a
  • child at a pantomime. In her infantine excursions to Europe she had
  • seen only the Continent, and seen it from the nursery window; Paris, not
  • London, was her father’s Mecca, and into many of his interests there his
  • children had naturally not entered. The images of that time moreover had
  • grown faint and remote, and the old-world quality in everything that
  • she now saw had all the charm of strangeness. Her uncle’s house seemed a
  • picture made real; no refinement of the agreeable was lost upon
  • Isabel; the rich perfection of Gardencourt at once revealed a world and
  • gratified a need. The large, low rooms, with brown ceilings and dusky
  • corners, the deep embrasures and curious casements, the quiet light on
  • dark, polished panels, the deep greenness outside, that seemed always
  • peeping in, the sense of well-ordered privacy in the centre of a
  • “property”--a place where sounds were felicitously accidental, where
  • the tread was muffed by the earth itself and in the thick mild air all
  • friction dropped out of contact and all shrillness out of talk--these
  • things were much to the taste of our young lady, whose taste played a
  • considerable part in her emotions. She formed a fast friendship with her
  • uncle, and often sat by his chair when he had had it moved out to the
  • lawn. He passed hours in the open air, sitting with folded hands like
  • a placid, homely household god, a god of service, who had done his work
  • and received his wages and was trying to grow used to weeks and months
  • made up only of off-days. Isabel amused him more than she suspected--the
  • effect she produced upon people was often different from what she
  • supposed--and he frequently gave himself the pleasure of making her
  • chatter. It was by this term that he qualified her conversation, which
  • had much of the “point” observable in that of the young ladies of her
  • country, to whom the ear of the world is more directly presented than to
  • their sisters in other lands. Like the mass of American girls Isabel had
  • been encouraged to express herself; her remarks had been attended
  • to; she had been expected to have emotions and opinions. Many of her
  • opinions had doubtless but a slender value, many of her emotions passed
  • away in the utterance; but they had left a trace in giving her the habit
  • of seeming at least to feel and think, and in imparting moreover to
  • her words when she was really moved that prompt vividness which so many
  • people had regarded as a sign of superiority. Mr. Touchett used to think
  • that she reminded him of his wife when his wife was in her teens. It was
  • because she was fresh and natural and quick to understand, to speak--so
  • many characteristics of her niece--that he had fallen in love with Mrs.
  • Touchett. He never expressed this analogy to the girl herself, however;
  • for if Mrs. Touchett had once been like Isabel, Isabel was not at all
  • like Mrs. Touchett. The old man was full of kindness for her; it was a
  • long time, as he said, since they had had any young life in the house;
  • and our rustling, quickly-moving, clear-voiced heroine was as agreeable
  • to his sense as the sound of flowing water. He wanted to do something
  • for her and wished she would ask it of him. She would ask nothing but
  • questions; it is true that of these she asked a quantity. Her uncle had
  • a great fund of answers, though her pressure sometimes came in forms
  • that puzzled him. She questioned him immensely about England, about the
  • British constitution, the English character, the state of politics,
  • the manners and customs of the royal family, the peculiarities of the
  • aristocracy, the way of living and thinking of his neighbours; and in
  • begging to be enlightened on these points she usually enquired whether
  • they corresponded with the descriptions in the books. The old man always
  • looked at her a little with his fine dry smile while he smoothed down
  • the shawl spread across his legs.
  • “The books?” he once said; “well, I don’t know much about the books. You
  • must ask Ralph about that. I’ve always ascertained for myself--got my
  • information in the natural form. I never asked many questions even;
  • I just kept quiet and took notice. Of course I’ve had very good
  • opportunities--better than what a young lady would naturally have. I’m
  • of an inquisitive disposition, though you mightn’t think it if you were
  • to watch me: however much you might watch me I should be watching you
  • more. I’ve been watching these people for upwards of thirty-five years,
  • and I don’t hesitate to say that I’ve acquired considerable information.
  • It’s a very fine country on the whole--finer perhaps than what we give
  • it credit for on the other side. Several improvements I should like to
  • see introduced; but the necessity of them doesn’t seem to be generally
  • felt as yet. When the necessity of a thing is generally felt they
  • usually manage to accomplish it; but they seem to feel pretty
  • comfortable about waiting till then. I certainly feel more at home among
  • them than I expected to when I first came over; I suppose it’s because
  • I’ve had a considerable degree of success. When you’re successful you
  • naturally feel more at home.”
  • “Do you suppose that if I’m successful I shall feel at home?” Isabel
  • asked.
  • “I should think it very probable, and you certainly will be successful.
  • They like American young ladies very much over here; they show them
  • a great deal of kindness. But you mustn’t feel too much at home, you
  • know.”
  • “Oh, I’m by no means sure it will satisfy me,” Isabel judicially
  • emphasised. “I like the place very much, but I’m not sure I shall like
  • the people.”
  • “The people are very good people; especially if you like them.”
  • “I’ve no doubt they’re good,” Isabel rejoined; “but are they pleasant
  • in society? They won’t rob me nor beat me; but will they make themselves
  • agreeable to me? That’s what I like people to do. I don’t hesitate to
  • say so, because I always appreciate it. I don’t believe they’re very
  • nice to girls; they’re not nice to them in the novels.”
  • “I don’t know about the novels,” said Mr. Touchett. “I believe the
  • novels have a great deal but I don’t suppose they’re very accurate.
  • We once had a lady who wrote novels staying here; she was a friend
  • of Ralph’s and he asked her down. She was very positive, quite up to
  • everything; but she was not the sort of person you could depend on
  • for evidence. Too free a fancy--I suppose that was it. She afterwards
  • published a work of fiction in which she was understood to have given
  • a representation--something in the nature of a caricature, as you might
  • say--of my unworthy self. I didn’t read it, but Ralph just handed me
  • the book with the principal passages marked. It was understood to be
  • a description of my conversation; American peculiarities, nasal twang,
  • Yankee notions, stars and stripes. Well, it was not at all accurate;
  • she couldn’t have listened very attentively. I had no objection to her
  • giving a report of my conversation, if she liked but I didn’t like the
  • idea that she hadn’t taken the trouble to listen to it. Of course I talk
  • like an American--I can’t talk like a Hottentot. However I talk, I’ve
  • made them understand me pretty well over here. But I don’t talk like the
  • old gentleman in that lady’s novel. He wasn’t an American; we wouldn’t
  • have him over there at any price. I just mention that fact to show you
  • that they’re not always accurate. Of course, as I’ve no daughters,
  • and as Mrs. Touchett resides in Florence, I haven’t had much chance
  • to notice about the young ladies. It sometimes appears as if the young
  • women in the lower class were not very well treated; but I guess their
  • position is better in the upper and even to some extent in the middle.”
  • “Gracious,” Isabel exclaimed; “how many classes have they? About fifty,
  • I suppose.”
  • “Well, I don’t know that I ever counted them. I never took much notice
  • of the classes. That’s the advantage of being an American here; you
  • don’t belong to any class.”
  • “I hope so,” said Isabel. “Imagine one’s belonging to an English class!”
  • “Well, I guess some of them are pretty comfortable--especially towards
  • the top. But for me there are only two classes: the people I trust and
  • the people I don’t. Of those two, my dear Isabel, you belong to the
  • first.”
  • “I’m much obliged to you,” said the girl quickly. Her way of taking
  • compliments seemed sometimes rather dry; she got rid of them as rapidly
  • as possible. But as regards this she was sometimes misjudged; she was
  • thought insensible to them, whereas in fact she was simply unwilling to
  • show how infinitely they pleased her. To show that was to show too much.
  • “I’m sure the English are very conventional,” she added.
  • “They’ve got everything pretty well fixed,” Mr. Touchett admitted. “It’s
  • all settled beforehand--they don’t leave it to the last moment.”
  • “I don’t like to have everything settled beforehand,” said the girl. “I
  • like more unexpectedness.”
  • Her uncle seemed amused at her distinctness of preference. “Well, it’s
  • settled beforehand that you’ll have great success,” he rejoined. “I
  • suppose you’ll like that.”
  • “I shall not have success if they’re too stupidly conventional. I’m not
  • in the least stupidly conventional. I’m just the contrary. That’s what
  • they won’t like.”
  • “No, no, you’re all wrong,” said the old man. “You can’t tell what
  • they’ll like. They’re very inconsistent; that’s their principal
  • interest.”
  • “Ah well,” said Isabel, standing before her uncle with her hands
  • clasped about the belt of her black dress and looking up and down the
  • lawn--“that will suit me perfectly!”
  • CHAPTER VII
  • The two amused themselves, time and again, with talking of the attitude
  • of the British public as if the young lady had been in a position to
  • appeal to it; but in fact the British public remained for the present
  • profoundly indifferent to Miss Isabel Archer, whose fortune had dropped
  • her, as her cousin said, into the dullest house in England. Her gouty
  • uncle received very little company, and Mrs. Touchett, not having
  • cultivated relations with her husband’s neighbours, was not warranted
  • in expecting visits from them. She had, however, a peculiar taste; she
  • liked to receive cards. For what is usually called social intercourse
  • she had very little relish; but nothing pleased her more than to find
  • her hall-table whitened with oblong morsels of symbolic pasteboard. She
  • flattered herself that she was a very just woman, and had mastered the
  • sovereign truth that nothing in this world is got for nothing. She had
  • played no social part as mistress of Gardencourt, and it was not to be
  • supposed that, in the surrounding country, a minute account should be
  • kept of her comings and goings. But it is by no means certain that she
  • did not feel it to be wrong that so little notice was taken of them and
  • that her failure (really very gratuitous) to make herself important in
  • the neighbourhood had not much to do with the acrimony of her allusions
  • to her husband’s adopted country. Isabel presently found herself in the
  • singular situation of defending the British constitution against her
  • aunt; Mrs. Touchett having formed the habit of sticking pins into this
  • venerable instrument. Isabel always felt an impulse to pull out the
  • pins; not that she imagined they inflicted any damage on the tough old
  • parchment, but because it seemed to her her aunt might make better use
  • of her sharpness. She was very critical herself--it was incidental to
  • her age, her sex and her nationality; but she was very sentimental as
  • well, and there was something in Mrs. Touchett’s dryness that set her
  • own moral fountains flowing.
  • “Now what’s your point of view?” she asked of her aunt. “When you
  • criticise everything here you should have a point of view. Yours doesn’t
  • seem to be American--you thought everything over there so disagreeable.
  • When I criticise I have mine; it’s thoroughly American!”
  • “My dear young lady,” said Mrs. Touchett, “there are as many points of
  • view in the world as there are people of sense to take them. You may
  • say that doesn’t make them very numerous! American? Never in the world;
  • that’s shockingly narrow. My point of view, thank God, is personal!”
  • Isabel thought this a better answer than she admitted; it was a
  • tolerable description of her own manner of judging, but it would not
  • have sounded well for her to say so. On the lips of a person less
  • advanced in life and less enlightened by experience than Mrs. Touchett
  • such a declaration would savour of immodesty, even of arrogance. She
  • risked it nevertheless in talking with Ralph, with whom she talked a
  • great deal and with whom her conversation was of a sort that gave a
  • large licence to extravagance. Her cousin used, as the phrase is, to
  • chaff her; he very soon established with her a reputation for treating
  • everything as a joke, and he was not a man to neglect the privileges
  • such a reputation conferred. She accused him of an odious want of
  • seriousness, of laughing at all things, beginning with himself. Such
  • slender faculty of reverence as he possessed centred wholly upon his
  • father; for the rest, he exercised his wit indifferently upon his
  • father’s son, this gentleman’s weak lungs, his useless life, his
  • fantastic mother, his friends (Lord Warburton in especial), his adopted,
  • and his native country, his charming new-found cousin. “I keep a band
  • of music in my ante-room,” he said once to her. “It has orders to play
  • without stopping; it renders me two excellent services. It keeps the
  • sounds of the world from reaching the private apartments, and it makes
  • the world think that dancing’s going on within.” It was dance-music
  • indeed that you usually heard when you came within ear-shot of Ralph’s
  • band; the liveliest waltzes seemed to float upon the air. Isabel often
  • found herself irritated by this perpetual fiddling; she would have liked
  • to pass through the ante-room, as her cousin called it, and enter the
  • private apartments. It mattered little that he had assured her they were
  • a very dismal place; she would have been glad to undertake to sweep them
  • and set them in order. It was but half-hospitality to let her remain
  • outside; to punish him for which Isabel administered innumerable taps
  • with the ferule of her straight young wit. It must be said that her wit
  • was exercised to a large extent in self-defence, for her cousin amused
  • himself with calling her “Columbia” and accusing her of a patriotism so
  • heated that it scorched. He drew a caricature of her in which she was
  • represented as a very pretty young woman dressed, on the lines of the
  • prevailing fashion, in the folds of the national banner. Isabel’s chief
  • dread in life at this period of her development was that she should
  • appear narrow-minded; what she feared next afterwards was that she
  • should really be so. But she nevertheless made no scruple of abounding
  • in her cousin’s sense and pretending to sigh for the charms of her
  • native land. She would be as American as it pleased him to regard her,
  • and if he chose to laugh at her she would give him plenty of occupation.
  • She defended England against his mother, but when Ralph sang its praises
  • on purpose, as she said, to work her up, she found herself able to
  • differ from him on a variety of points. In fact, the quality of this
  • small ripe country seemed as sweet to her as the taste of an October
  • pear; and her satisfaction was at the root of the good spirits which
  • enabled her to take her cousin’s chaff and return it in kind. If her
  • good-humour flagged at moments it was not because she thought herself
  • ill-used, but because she suddenly felt sorry for Ralph. It seemed to
  • her he was talking as a blind and had little heart in what he said. “I
  • don’t know what’s the matter with you,” she observed to him once; “but I
  • suspect you’re a great humbug.”
  • “That’s your privilege,” Ralph answered, who had not been used to being
  • so crudely addressed.
  • “I don’t know what you care for; I don’t think you care for anything.
  • You don’t really care for England when you praise it; you don’t care for
  • America even when you pretend to abuse it.”
  • “I care for nothing but you, dear cousin,” said Ralph.
  • “If I could believe even that, I should be very glad.”
  • “Ah well, I should hope so!” the young man exclaimed.
  • Isabel might have believed it and not have been far from the truth. He
  • thought a great deal about her; she was constantly present to his mind.
  • At a time when his thoughts had been a good deal of a burden to him her
  • sudden arrival, which promised nothing and was an open-handed gift of
  • fate, had refreshed and quickened them, given them wings and something
  • to fly for. Poor Ralph had been for many weeks steeped in melancholy;
  • his outlook, habitually sombre, lay under the shadow of a deeper cloud.
  • He had grown anxious about his father, whose gout, hitherto confined to
  • his legs, had begun to ascend into regions more vital. The old man had
  • been gravely ill in the spring, and the doctors had whispered to
  • Ralph that another attack would be less easy to deal with. Just now
  • he appeared disburdened of pain, but Ralph could not rid himself of a
  • suspicion that this was a subterfuge of the enemy, who was waiting to
  • take him off his guard. If the manoeuvre should succeed there would be
  • little hope of any great resistance. Ralph had always taken for granted
  • that his father would survive him--that his own name would be the first
  • grimly called. The father and son had been close companions, and the
  • idea of being left alone with the remnant of a tasteless life on his
  • hands was not gratifying to the young man, who had always and tacitly
  • counted upon his elder’s help in making the best of a poor business.
  • At the prospect of losing his great motive Ralph lost indeed his one
  • inspiration. If they might die at the same time it would be all very
  • well; but without the encouragement of his father’s society he should
  • barely have patience to await his own turn. He had not the incentive of
  • feeling that he was indispensable to his mother; it was a rule with his
  • mother to have no regrets. He bethought himself of course that it had
  • been a small kindness to his father to wish that, of the two, the active
  • rather than the passive party should know the felt wound; he remembered
  • that the old man had always treated his own forecast of an early end as
  • a clever fallacy, which he should be delighted to discredit so far as
  • he might by dying first. But of the two triumphs, that of refuting a
  • sophistical son and that of holding on a while longer to a state of
  • being which, with all abatements, he enjoyed, Ralph deemed it no sin to
  • hope the latter might be vouchsafed to Mr. Touchett.
  • These were nice questions, but Isabel’s arrival put a stop to his
  • puzzling over them. It even suggested there might be a compensation for
  • the intolerable _ennui_ of surviving his genial sire. He wondered whether
  • he were harbouring “love” for this spontaneous young woman from Albany;
  • but he judged that on the whole he was not. After he had known her for
  • a week he quite made up his mind to this, and every day he felt a little
  • more sure. Lord Warburton had been right about her; she was a really
  • interesting little figure. Ralph wondered how their neighbour had
  • found it out so soon; and then he said it was only another proof of his
  • friend’s high abilities, which he had always greatly admired. If his
  • cousin were to be nothing more than an entertainment to him, Ralph was
  • conscious she was an entertainment of a high order. “A character like
  • that,” he said to himself--“a real little passionate force to see at
  • play is the finest thing in nature. It’s finer than the finest work
  • of art--than a Greek bas-relief, than a great Titian, than a Gothic
  • cathedral. It’s very pleasant to be so well treated where one had least
  • looked for it. I had never been more blue, more bored, than for a week
  • before she came; I had never expected less that anything pleasant would
  • happen. Suddenly I receive a Titian, by the post, to hang on my wall--a
  • Greek bas-relief to stick over my chimney-piece. The key of a beautiful
  • edifice is thrust into my hand, and I’m told to walk in and admire. My
  • poor boy, you’ve been sadly ungrateful, and now you had better keep very
  • quiet and never grumble again.” The sentiment of these reflexions was
  • very just; but it was not exactly true that Ralph Touchett had had a key
  • put into his hand. His cousin was a very brilliant girl, who would take,
  • as he said, a good deal of knowing; but she needed the knowing, and his
  • attitude with regard to her, though it was contemplative and critical,
  • was not judicial. He surveyed the edifice from the outside and admired
  • it greatly; he looked in at the windows and received an impression of
  • proportions equally fair. But he felt that he saw it only by glimpses
  • and that he had not yet stood under the roof. The door was fastened, and
  • though he had keys in his pocket he had a conviction that none of them
  • would fit. She was intelligent and generous; it was a fine free nature;
  • but what was she going to do with herself? This question was irregular,
  • for with most women one had no occasion to ask it. Most women did
  • with themselves nothing at all; they waited, in attitudes more or less
  • gracefully passive, for a man to come that way and furnish them with
  • a destiny. Isabel’s originality was that she gave one an impression of
  • having intentions of her own. “Whenever she executes them,” said Ralph,
  • “may I be there to see!”
  • It devolved upon him of course to do the honours of the place. Mr.
  • Touchett was confined to his chair, and his wife’s position was that of
  • rather a grim visitor; so that in the line of conduct that opened itself
  • to Ralph duty and inclination were harmoniously mixed. He was not a
  • great walker, but he strolled about the grounds with his cousin--a
  • pastime for which the weather remained favourable with a persistency not
  • allowed for in Isabel’s somewhat lugubrious prevision of the climate;
  • and in the long afternoons, of which the length was but the measure of
  • her gratified eagerness, they took a boat on the river, the dear little
  • river, as Isabel called it, where the opposite shore seemed still a
  • part of the foreground of the landscape; or drove over the country in a
  • phaeton--a low, capacious, thick-wheeled phaeton formerly much used by
  • Mr. Touchett, but which he had now ceased to enjoy. Isabel enjoyed it
  • largely and, handling the reins in a manner which approved itself to
  • the groom as “knowing,” was never weary of driving her uncle’s capital
  • horses through winding lanes and byways full of the rural incidents she
  • had confidently expected to find; past cottages thatched and timbered,
  • past ale-houses latticed and sanded, past patches of ancient common and
  • glimpses of empty parks, between hedgerows made thick by midsummer. When
  • they reached home they usually found tea had been served on the lawn
  • and that Mrs. Touchett had not shrunk from the extremity of handing her
  • husband his cup. But the two for the most part sat silent; the old
  • man with his head back and his eyes closed, his wife occupied with her
  • knitting and wearing that appearance of rare profundity with which some
  • ladies consider the movement of their needles.
  • One day, however, a visitor had arrived. The two young persons, after
  • spending an hour on the river, strolled back to the house and perceived
  • Lord Warburton sitting under the trees and engaged in conversation, of
  • which even at a distance the desultory character was appreciable, with
  • Mrs. Touchett. He had driven over from his own place with a portmanteau
  • and had asked, as the father and son often invited him to do, for a
  • dinner and a lodging. Isabel, seeing him for half an hour on the day of
  • her arrival, had discovered in this brief space that she liked him; he
  • had indeed rather sharply registered himself on her fine sense and
  • she had thought of him several times. She had hoped she should see him
  • again--hoped too that she should see a few others. Gardencourt was not
  • dull; the place itself was sovereign, her uncle was more and more a
  • sort of golden grandfather, and Ralph was unlike any cousin she had
  • ever encountered--her idea of cousins having tended to gloom. Then her
  • impressions were still so fresh and so quickly renewed that there was as
  • yet hardly a hint of vacancy in the view. But Isabel had need to remind
  • herself that she was interested in human nature and that her foremost
  • hope in coming abroad had been that she should see a great many people.
  • When Ralph said to her, as he had done several times, “I wonder you find
  • this endurable; you ought to see some of the neighbours and some of
  • our friends, because we have really got a few, though you would never
  • suppose it”--when he offered to invite what he called a “lot of people”
  • and make her acquainted with English society, she encouraged the
  • hospitable impulse and promised in advance to hurl herself into the
  • fray. Little, however, for the present, had come of his offers, and it
  • may be confided to the reader that if the young man delayed to carry
  • them out it was because he found the labour of providing for his
  • companion by no means so severe as to require extraneous help. Isabel
  • had spoken to him very often about “specimens;” it was a word that
  • played a considerable part in her vocabulary; she had given him to
  • understand that she wished to see English society illustrated by eminent
  • cases.
  • “Well now, there’s a specimen,” he said to her as they walked up from
  • the riverside and he recognised Lord Warburton.
  • “A specimen of what?” asked the girl.
  • “A specimen of an English gentleman.”
  • “Do you mean they’re all like him?”
  • “Oh no; they’re not all like him.”
  • “He’s a favourable specimen then,” said Isabel; “because I’m sure he’s
  • nice.”
  • “Yes, he’s very nice. And he’s very fortunate.”
  • The fortunate Lord Warburton exchanged a handshake with our heroine
  • and hoped she was very well. “But I needn’t ask that,” he said, “since
  • you’ve been handling the oars.”
  • “I’ve been rowing a little,” Isabel answered; “but how should you know
  • it?”
  • “Oh, I know he doesn’t row; he’s too lazy,” said his lordship,
  • indicating Ralph Touchett with a laugh.
  • “He has a good excuse for his laziness,” Isabel rejoined, lowering her
  • voice a little.
  • “Ah, he has a good excuse for everything!” cried Lord Warburton, still
  • with his sonorous mirth.
  • “My excuse for not rowing is that my cousin rows so well,” said Ralph.
  • “She does everything well. She touches nothing that she doesn’t adorn!”
  • “It makes one want to be touched, Miss Archer,” Lord Warburton declared.
  • “Be touched in the right sense and you’ll never look the worse for
  • it,” said Isabel, who, if it pleased her to hear it said that her
  • accomplishments were numerous, was happily able to reflect that such
  • complacency was not the indication of a feeble mind, inasmuch as there
  • were several things in which she excelled. Her desire to think well of
  • herself had at least the element of humility that it always needed to be
  • supported by proof.
  • Lord Warburton not only spent the night at Gardencourt, but he was
  • persuaded to remain over the second day; and when the second day was
  • ended he determined to postpone his departure till the morrow. During
  • this period he addressed many of his remarks to Isabel, who accepted
  • this evidence of his esteem with a very good grace. She found herself
  • liking him extremely; the first impression he had made on her had had
  • weight, but at the end of an evening spent in his society she scarce
  • fell short of seeing him--though quite without luridity--as a hero
  • of romance. She retired to rest with a sense of good fortune, with a
  • quickened consciousness of possible felicities. “It’s very nice to know
  • two such charming people as those,” she said, meaning by “those” her
  • cousin and her cousin’s friend. It must be added moreover that an
  • incident had occurred which might have seemed to put her good-humour to
  • the test. Mr. Touchett went to bed at half-past nine o’clock, but his
  • wife remained in the drawing-room with the other members of the party.
  • She prolonged her vigil for something less than an hour, and then,
  • rising, observed to Isabel that it was time they should bid the
  • gentlemen good-night. Isabel had as yet no desire to go to bed; the
  • occasion wore, to her sense, a festive character, and feasts were not
  • in the habit of terminating so early. So, without further thought, she
  • replied, very simply--
  • “Need I go, dear aunt? I’ll come up in half an hour.”
  • “It’s impossible I should wait for you,” Mrs. Touchett answered.
  • “Ah, you needn’t wait! Ralph will light my candle,” Isabel gaily
  • engaged.
  • “I’ll light your candle; do let me light your candle, Miss Archer!” Lord
  • Warburton exclaimed. “Only I beg it shall not be before midnight.”
  • Mrs. Touchett fixed her bright little eyes upon him a moment and
  • transferred them coldly to her niece. “You can’t stay alone with the
  • gentlemen. You’re not--you’re not at your blest Albany, my dear.”
  • Isabel rose, blushing. “I wish I were,” she said.
  • “Oh, I say, mother!” Ralph broke out.
  • “My dear Mrs. Touchett!” Lord Warburton murmured.
  • “I didn’t make your country, my lord,” Mrs. Touchett said majestically.
  • “I must take it as I find it.”
  • “Can’t I stay with my own cousin?” Isabel enquired.
  • “I’m not aware that Lord Warburton is your cousin.”
  • “Perhaps I had better go to bed!” the visitor suggested. “That will
  • arrange it.”
  • Mrs. Touchett gave a little look of despair and sat down again. “Oh, if
  • it’s necessary I’ll stay up till midnight.”
  • Ralph meanwhile handed Isabel her candlestick. He had been watching her;
  • it had seemed to him her temper was involved--an accident that might
  • be interesting. But if he had expected anything of a flare he was
  • disappointed, for the girl simply laughed a little, nodded good-night
  • and withdrew accompanied by her aunt. For himself he was annoyed at his
  • mother, though he thought she was right. Above-stairs the two ladies
  • separated at Mrs. Touchett’s door. Isabel had said nothing on her way
  • up.
  • “Of course you’re vexed at my interfering with you,” said Mrs. Touchett.
  • Isabel considered. “I’m not vexed, but I’m surprised--and a good deal
  • mystified. Wasn’t it proper I should remain in the drawing-room?”
  • “Not in the least. Young girls here--in decent houses--don’t sit alone
  • with the gentlemen late at night.”
  • “You were very right to tell me then,” said Isabel. “I don’t understand
  • it, but I’m very glad to know it.
  • “I shall always tell you,” her aunt answered, “whenever I see you taking
  • what seems to me too much liberty.”
  • “Pray do; but I don’t say I shall always think your remonstrance just.”
  • “Very likely not. You’re too fond of your own ways.”
  • “Yes, I think I’m very fond of them. But I always want to know the
  • things one shouldn’t do.”
  • “So as to do them?” asked her aunt.
  • “So as to choose,” said Isabel.
  • CHAPTER VIII
  • As she was devoted to romantic effects Lord Warburton ventured to
  • express a hope that she would come some day and see his house, a very
  • curious old place. He extracted from Mrs. Touchett a promise that she
  • would bring her niece to Lockleigh, and Ralph signified his willingness
  • to attend the ladies if his father should be able to spare him. Lord
  • Warburton assured our heroine that in the mean time his sisters would
  • come and see her. She knew something about his sisters, having sounded
  • him, during the hours they spent together while he was at Gardencourt,
  • on many points connected with his family. When Isabel was interested she
  • asked a great many questions, and as her companion was a copious talker
  • she urged him on this occasion by no means in vain. He told her he
  • had four sisters and two brothers and had lost both his parents. The
  • brothers and sisters were very good people--“not particularly clever,
  • you know,” he said, “but very decent and pleasant;” and he was so good
  • as to hope Miss Archer might know them well. One of the brothers was in
  • the Church, settled in the family living, that of Lockleigh, which was
  • a heavy, sprawling parish, and was an excellent fellow in spite of his
  • thinking differently from himself on every conceivable topic. And then
  • Lord Warburton mentioned some of the opinions held by his brother, which
  • were opinions Isabel had often heard expressed and that she supposed to
  • be entertained by a considerable portion of the human family. Many of
  • them indeed she supposed she had held herself, till he assured her
  • she was quite mistaken, that it was really impossible, that she had
  • doubtless imagined she entertained them, but that she might depend that,
  • if she thought them over a little, she would find there was nothing
  • in them. When she answered that she had already thought several of the
  • questions involved over very attentively he declared that she was only
  • another example of what he had often been struck with--the fact that,
  • of all the people in the world, the Americans were the most grossly
  • superstitious. They were rank Tories and bigots, every one of them;
  • there were no conservatives like American conservatives. Her uncle and
  • her cousin were there to prove it; nothing could be more medieval than
  • many of their views; they had ideas that people in England nowadays were
  • ashamed to confess to; and they had the impudence moreover, said his
  • lordship, laughing, to pretend they knew more about the needs and
  • dangers of this poor dear stupid old England than he who was born in it
  • and owned a considerable slice of it--the more shame to him! From all of
  • which Isabel gathered that Lord Warburton was a nobleman of the newest
  • pattern, a reformer, a radical, a contemner of ancient ways. His other
  • brother, who was in the army in India, was rather wild and pig-headed
  • and had not been of much use as yet but to make debts for Warburton to
  • pay--one of the most precious privileges of an elder brother. “I don’t
  • think I shall pay any more,” said her friend; “he lives a monstrous deal
  • better than I do, enjoys unheard-of luxuries and thinks himself a much
  • finer gentleman than I. As I’m a consistent radical I go in only for
  • equality; I don’t go in for the superiority of the younger brothers.”
  • Two of his four sisters, the second and fourth, were married, one of
  • them having done very well, as they said, the other only so-so.
  • The husband of the elder, Lord Haycock, was a very good fellow, but
  • unfortunately a horrid Tory; and his wife, like all good English wives,
  • was worse than her husband. The other had espoused a smallish squire
  • in Norfolk and, though married but the other day, had already five
  • children. This information and much more Lord Warburton imparted to his
  • young American listener, taking pains to make many things clear and to
  • lay bare to her apprehension the peculiarities of English life. Isabel
  • was often amused at his explicitness and at the small allowance he
  • seemed to make either for her own experience or for her imagination. “He
  • thinks I’m a barbarian,” she said, “and that I’ve never seen forks and
  • spoons;” and she used to ask him artless questions for the pleasure of
  • hearing him answer seriously. Then when he had fallen into the trap,
  • “It’s a pity you can’t see me in my war-paint and feathers,” she
  • remarked; “if I had known how kind you are to the poor savages I would
  • have brought over my native costume!” Lord Warburton had travelled
  • through the United States and knew much more about them than Isabel; he
  • was so good as to say that America was the most charming country in the
  • world, but his recollections of it appeared to encourage the idea that
  • Americans in England would need to have a great many things explained
  • to them. “If I had only had you to explain things to me in America!”
  • he said. “I was rather puzzled in your country; in fact I was quite
  • bewildered, and the trouble was that the explanations only puzzled me
  • more. You know I think they often gave me the wrong ones on purpose;
  • they’re rather clever about that over there. But when I explain you
  • can trust me; about what I tell you there’s no mistake.” There was no
  • mistake at least about his being very intelligent and cultivated and
  • knowing almost everything in the world. Although he gave the most
  • interesting and thrilling glimpses Isabel felt he never did it to
  • exhibit himself, and though he had had rare chances and had tumbled in,
  • as she put it, for high prizes, he was as far as possible from making
  • a merit of it. He had enjoyed the best things of life, but they had not
  • spoiled his sense of proportion. His quality was a mixture of the effect
  • of rich experience--oh, so easily come by!--with a modesty at times
  • almost boyish; the sweet and wholesome savour of which--it was as
  • agreeable as something tasted--lost nothing from the addition of a tone
  • of responsible kindness.
  • “I like your specimen English gentleman very much,” Isabel said to Ralph
  • after Lord Warburton had gone.
  • “I like him too--I love him well,” Ralph returned. “But I pity him
  • more.”
  • Isabel looked at him askance. “Why, that seems to me his only
  • fault--that one can’t pity him a little. He appears to have everything,
  • to know everything, to be everything.”
  • “Oh, he’s in a bad way!” Ralph insisted.
  • “I suppose you don’t mean in health?”
  • “No, as to that he’s detestably sound. What I mean is that he’s a man
  • with a great position who’s playing all sorts of tricks with it. He
  • doesn’t take himself seriously.”
  • “Does he regard himself as a joke?”
  • “Much worse; he regards himself as an imposition--as an abuse.”
  • “Well, perhaps he is,” said Isabel.
  • “Perhaps he is--though on the whole I don’t think so. But in that case
  • what’s more pitiable than a sentient, self-conscious abuse planted by
  • other hands, deeply rooted but aching with a sense of its injustice?
  • For me, in his place, I could be as solemn as a statue of Buddha.
  • He occupies a position that appeals to my imagination. Great
  • responsibilities, great opportunities, great consideration, great
  • wealth, great power, a natural share in the public affairs of a great
  • country. But he’s all in a muddle about himself, his position, his
  • power, and indeed about everything in the world. He’s the victim of a
  • critical age; he has ceased to believe in himself and he doesn’t know
  • what to believe in. When I attempt to tell him (because if I were he I
  • know very well what I should believe in) he calls me a pampered bigot.
  • I believe he seriously thinks me an awful Philistine; he says I don’t
  • understand my time. I understand it certainly better than he, who
  • can neither abolish himself as a nuisance nor maintain himself as an
  • institution.”
  • “He doesn’t look very wretched,” Isabel observed.
  • “Possibly not; though, being a man of a good deal of charming taste, I
  • think he often has uncomfortable hours. But what is it to say of a being
  • of his opportunities that he’s not miserable? Besides, I believe he is.”
  • “I don’t,” said Isabel.
  • “Well,” her cousin rejoined, “if he isn’t he ought to be!”
  • In the afternoon she spent an hour with her uncle on the lawn, where the
  • old man sat, as usual, with his shawl over his legs and his large cup
  • of diluted tea in his hands. In the course of conversation he asked her
  • what she thought of their late visitor.
  • Isabel was prompt. “I think he’s charming.”
  • “He’s a nice person,” said Mr. Touchett, “but I don’t recommend you to
  • fall in love with him.”
  • “I shall not do it then; I shall never fall in love but on your
  • recommendation. Moreover,” Isabel added, “my cousin gives me rather a
  • sad account of Lord Warburton.”
  • “Oh, indeed? I don’t know what there may be to say, but you must
  • remember that Ralph must talk.”
  • “He thinks your friend’s too subversive--or not subversive enough! I
  • don’t quite understand which,” said Isabel.
  • The old man shook his head slowly, smiled and put down his cup. “I don’t
  • know which either. He goes very far, but it’s quite possible he doesn’t
  • go far enough. He seems to want to do away with a good many things, but
  • he seems to want to remain himself. I suppose that’s natural, but it’s
  • rather inconsistent.”
  • “Oh, I hope he’ll remain himself,” said Isabel. “If he were to be done
  • away with his friends would miss him sadly.”
  • “Well,” said the old man, “I guess he’ll stay and amuse his friends.
  • I should certainly miss him very much here at Gardencourt. He always
  • amuses me when he comes over, and I think he amuses himself as well.
  • There’s a considerable number like him, round in society; they’re very
  • fashionable just now. I don’t know what they’re trying to do--whether
  • they’re trying to get up a revolution. I hope at any rate they’ll put it
  • off till after I’m gone. You see they want to disestablish everything;
  • but I’m a pretty big landowner here, and I don’t want to be
  • disestablished. I wouldn’t have come over if I had thought they
  • were going to behave like that,” Mr. Touchett went on with expanding
  • hilarity. “I came over because I thought England was a safe country. I
  • call it a regular fraud if they are going to introduce any considerable
  • changes; there’ll be a large number disappointed in that case.”
  • “Oh, I do hope they’ll make a revolution!” Isabel exclaimed. “I should
  • delight in seeing a revolution.”
  • “Let me see,” said her uncle, with a humorous intention; “I forget
  • whether you’re on the side of the old or on the side of the new. I’ve
  • heard you take such opposite views.”
  • “I’m on the side of both. I guess I’m a little on the side of
  • everything. In a revolution--after it was well begun--I think I should
  • be a high, proud loyalist. One sympathises more with them, and they’ve a
  • chance to behave so exquisitely. I mean so picturesquely.”
  • “I don’t know that I understand what you mean by behaving picturesquely,
  • but it seems to me that you do that always, my dear.”
  • “Oh, you lovely man, if I could believe that!” the girl interrupted.
  • “I’m afraid, after all, you won’t have the pleasure of going gracefully
  • to the guillotine here just now,” Mr. Touchett went on. “If you want to
  • see a big outbreak you must pay us a long visit. You see, when you come
  • to the point it wouldn’t suit them to be taken at their word.”
  • “Of whom are you speaking?”
  • “Well, I mean Lord Warburton and his friends--the radicals of the upper
  • class. Of course I only know the way it strikes me. They talk about the
  • changes, but I don’t think they quite realise. You and I, you know, we
  • know what it is to have lived under democratic institutions: I always
  • thought them very comfortable, but I was used to them from the first.
  • And then I ain’t a lord; you’re a lady, my dear, but I ain’t a lord. Now
  • over here I don’t think it quite comes home to them. It’s a matter of
  • every day and every hour, and I don’t think many of them would find it
  • as pleasant as what they’ve got. Of course if they want to try, it’s
  • their own business; but I expect they won’t try very hard.”
  • “Don’t you think they’re sincere?” Isabel asked.
  • “Well, they want to _feel_ earnest,” Mr. Touchett allowed; “but it seems
  • as if they took it out in theories mostly. Their radical views are a
  • kind of amusement; they’ve got to have some amusement, and they might
  • have coarser tastes than that. You see they’re very luxurious, and these
  • progressive ideas are about their biggest luxury. They make them feel
  • moral and yet don’t damage their position. They think a great deal of
  • their position; don’t let one of them ever persuade you he doesn’t, for
  • if you were to proceed on that basis you’d be pulled up very short.”
  • Isabel followed her uncle’s argument, which he unfolded with his quaint
  • distinctness, most attentively, and though she was unacquainted with the
  • British aristocracy she found it in harmony with her general impressions
  • of human nature. But she felt moved to put in a protest on Lord
  • Warburton’s behalf. “I don’t believe Lord Warburton’s a humbug; I don’t
  • care what the others are. I should like to see Lord Warburton put to the
  • test.”
  • “Heaven deliver me from my friends!” Mr. Touchett answered. “Lord
  • Warburton’s a very amiable young man--a very fine young man. He has a
  • hundred thousand a year. He owns fifty thousand acres of the soil of
  • this little island and ever so many other things besides. He has half a
  • dozen houses to live in. He has a seat in Parliament as I have one at my
  • own dinner-table. He has elegant tastes--cares for literature, for art,
  • for science, for charming young ladies. The most elegant is his taste
  • for the new views. It affords him a great deal of pleasure--more
  • perhaps than anything else, except the young ladies. His old house over
  • there--what does he call it, Lockleigh?--is very attractive; but I don’t
  • think it’s as pleasant as this. That doesn’t matter, however--he has
  • so many others. His views don’t hurt any one as far as I can see; they
  • certainly don’t hurt himself. And if there were to be a revolution he
  • would come off very easily. They wouldn’t touch him, they’d leave him as
  • he is: he’s too much liked.”
  • “Ah, he couldn’t be a martyr even if he wished!” Isabel sighed. “That’s
  • a very poor position.”
  • “He’ll never be a martyr unless you make him one,” said the old man.
  • Isabel shook her head; there might have been something laughable in the
  • fact that she did it with a touch of melancholy. “I shall never make any
  • one a martyr.”
  • “You’ll never be one, I hope.”
  • “I hope not. But you don’t pity Lord Warburton then as Ralph does?”
  • Her uncle looked at her a while with genial acuteness. “Yes, I do, after
  • all!”
  • CHAPTER IX
  • The two Misses Molyneux, this nobleman’s sisters, came presently to call
  • upon her, and Isabel took a fancy to the young ladies, who appeared to
  • her to show a most original stamp. It is true that when she described
  • them to her cousin by that term he declared that no epithet could be
  • less applicable than this to the two Misses Molyneux, since there
  • were fifty thousand young women in England who exactly resembled them.
  • Deprived of this advantage, however, Isabel’s visitors retained that
  • of an extreme sweetness and shyness of demeanour, and of having, as
  • she thought, eyes like the balanced basins, the circles of “ornamental
  • water,” set, in parterres, among the geraniums.
  • “They’re not morbid, at any rate, whatever they are,” our heroine said
  • to herself; and she deemed this a great charm, for two or three of the
  • friends of her girlhood had been regrettably open to the charge (they
  • would have been so nice without it), to say nothing of Isabel’s having
  • occasionally suspected it as a tendency of her own. The Misses Molyneux
  • were not in their first youth, but they had bright, fresh complexions
  • and something of the smile of childhood. Yes, their eyes, which Isabel
  • admired, were round, quiet and contented, and their figures, also of a
  • generous roundness, were encased in sealskin jackets. Their friendliness
  • was great, so great that they were almost embarrassed to show it; they
  • seemed somewhat afraid of the young lady from the other side of the
  • world and rather looked than spoke their good wishes. But they made it
  • clear to her that they hoped she would come to luncheon at Lockleigh,
  • where they lived with their brother, and then they might see her very,
  • very often. They wondered if she wouldn’t come over some day, and sleep:
  • they were expecting some people on the twenty-ninth, so perhaps she
  • would come while the people were there.
  • “I’m afraid it isn’t any one very remarkable,” said the elder sister;
  • “but I dare say you’ll take us as you find us.”
  • “I shall find you delightful; I think you’re enchanting just as you
  • are,” replied Isabel, who often praised profusely.
  • Her visitors flushed, and her cousin told her, after they were gone,
  • that if she said such things to those poor girls they would think she
  • was in some wild, free manner practising on them: he was sure it was the
  • first time they had been called enchanting.
  • “I can’t help it,” Isabel answered. “I think it’s lovely to be so quiet
  • and reasonable and satisfied. I should like to be like that.”
  • “Heaven forbid!” cried Ralph with ardour.
  • “I mean to try and imitate them,” said Isabel. “I want very much to see
  • them at home.”
  • She had this pleasure a few days later, when, with Ralph and his mother,
  • she drove over to Lockleigh. She found the Misses Molyneux sitting in a
  • vast drawing-room (she perceived afterwards it was one of several) in a
  • wilderness of faded chintz; they were dressed on this occasion in black
  • velveteen. Isabel liked them even better at home than she had done at
  • Gardencourt, and was more than ever struck with the fact that they were
  • not morbid. It had seemed to her before that if they had a fault it was
  • a want of play of mind; but she presently saw they were capable of deep
  • emotion. Before luncheon she was alone with them for some time, on one
  • side of the room, while Lord Warburton, at a distance, talked to Mrs.
  • Touchett.
  • “Is it true your brother’s such a great radical?” Isabel asked. She
  • knew it was true, but we have seen that her interest in human nature was
  • keen, and she had a desire to draw the Misses Molyneux out.
  • “Oh dear, yes; he’s immensely advanced,” said Mildred, the younger
  • sister.
  • “At the same time Warburton’s very reasonable,” Miss Molyneux observed.
  • Isabel watched him a moment at the other side of the room; he was
  • clearly trying hard to make himself agreeable to Mrs. Touchett. Ralph
  • had met the frank advances of one of the dogs before the fire that the
  • temperature of an English August, in the ancient expanses, had not
  • made an impertinence. “Do you suppose your brother’s sincere?” Isabel
  • enquired with a smile.
  • “Oh, he must be, you know!” Mildred exclaimed quickly, while the elder
  • sister gazed at our heroine in silence.
  • “Do you think he would stand the test?”
  • “The test?”
  • “I mean for instance having to give up all this.”
  • “Having to give up Lockleigh?” said Miss Molyneux, finding her voice.
  • “Yes, and the other places; what are they called?”
  • The two sisters exchanged an almost frightened glance. “Do you mean--do
  • you mean on account of the expense?” the younger one asked.
  • “I dare say he might let one or two of his houses,” said the other.
  • “Let them for nothing?” Isabel demanded.
  • “I can’t fancy his giving up his property,” said Miss Molyneux.
  • “Ah, I’m afraid he is an impostor!” Isabel returned. “Don’t you think
  • it’s a false position?”
  • Her companions, evidently, had lost themselves. “My brother’s position?”
  • Miss Molyneux enquired.
  • “It’s thought a very good position,” said the younger sister. “It’s the
  • first position in this part of the county.”
  • “I dare say you think me very irreverent,” Isabel took occasion to
  • remark. “I suppose you revere your brother and are rather afraid of
  • him.”
  • “Of course one looks up to one’s brother,” said Miss Molyneux simply.
  • “If you do that he must be very good--because you, evidently, are
  • beautifully good.”
  • “He’s most kind. It will never be known, the good he does.”
  • “His ability is known,” Mildred added; “every one thinks it’s immense.”
  • “Oh, I can see that,” said Isabel. “But if I were he I should wish to
  • fight to the death: I mean for the heritage of the past. I should hold
  • it tight.”
  • “I think one ought to be liberal,” Mildred argued gently. “We’ve always
  • been so, even from the earliest times.”
  • “Ah well,” said Isabel, “you’ve made a great success of it; I don’t
  • wonder you like it. I see you’re very fond of crewels.”
  • When Lord Warburton showed her the house, after luncheon, it seemed to
  • her a matter of course that it should be a noble picture. Within, it
  • had been a good deal modernised--some of its best points had lost their
  • purity; but as they saw it from the gardens, a stout grey pile, of the
  • softest, deepest, most weather-fretted hue, rising from a broad, still
  • moat, it affected the young visitor as a castle in a legend. The day was
  • cool and rather lustreless; the first note of autumn had been struck,
  • and the watery sunshine rested on the walls in blurred and desultory
  • gleams, washing them, as it were, in places tenderly chosen, where the
  • ache of antiquity was keenest. Her host’s brother, the Vicar, had come
  • to luncheon, and Isabel had had five minutes’ talk with him--time enough
  • to institute a search for a rich ecclesiasticism and give it up as
  • vain. The marks of the Vicar of Lockleigh were a big, athletic figure,
  • a candid, natural countenance, a capacious appetite and a tendency to
  • indiscriminate laughter. Isabel learned afterwards from her cousin
  • that before taking orders he had been a mighty wrestler and that he
  • was still, on occasion--in the privacy of the family circle as it
  • were--quite capable of flooring his man. Isabel liked him--she was in
  • the mood for liking everything; but her imagination was a good deal
  • taxed to think of him as a source of spiritual aid. The whole party, on
  • leaving lunch, went to walk in the grounds; but Lord Warburton exercised
  • some ingenuity in engaging his least familiar guest in a stroll apart
  • from the others.
  • “I wish you to see the place properly, seriously,” he said. “You can’t
  • do so if your attention is distracted by irrelevant gossip.” His own
  • conversation (though he told Isabel a good deal about the house, which
  • had a very curious history) was not purely archaeological; he reverted
  • at intervals to matters more personal--matters personal to the young
  • lady as well as to himself. But at last, after a pause of some duration,
  • returning for a moment to their ostensible theme, “Ah, well,” he said,
  • “I’m very glad indeed you like the old barrack. I wish you could see
  • more of it--that you could stay here a while. My sisters have taken an
  • immense fancy to you--if that would be any inducement.”
  • “There’s no want of inducements,” Isabel answered; “but I’m afraid I
  • can’t make engagements. I’m quite in my aunt’s hands.”
  • “Ah, pardon me if I say I don’t exactly believe that. I’m pretty sure
  • you can do whatever you want.”
  • “I’m sorry if I make that impression on you; I don’t think it’s a nice
  • impression to make.”
  • “It has the merit of permitting me to hope.” And Lord Warburton paused a
  • moment.
  • “To hope what?”
  • “That in future I may see you often.”
  • “Ah,” said Isabel, “to enjoy that pleasure I needn’t be so terribly
  • emancipated.”
  • “Doubtless not; and yet, at the same time, I don’t think your uncle
  • likes me.”
  • “You’re very much mistaken. I’ve heard him speak very highly of you.”
  • “I’m glad you have talked about me,” said Lord Warburton. “But, I
  • nevertheless don’t think he’d like me to keep coming to Gardencourt.”
  • “I can’t answer for my uncle’s tastes,” the girl rejoined, “though I
  • ought as far as possible to take them into account. But for myself I
  • shall be very glad to see you.”
  • “Now that’s what I like to hear you say. I’m charmed when you say that.”
  • “You’re easily charmed, my lord,” said Isabel.
  • “No, I’m not easily charmed!” And then he stopped a moment. “But you’ve
  • charmed me, Miss Archer.”
  • These words were uttered with an indefinable sound which startled the
  • girl; it struck her as the prelude to something grave: she had heard the
  • sound before and she recognised it. She had no wish, however, that for
  • the moment such a prelude should have a sequel, and she said as gaily
  • as possible and as quickly as an appreciable degree of agitation would
  • allow her: “I’m afraid there’s no prospect of my being able to come here
  • again.”
  • “Never?” said Lord Warburton.
  • “I won’t say ‘never’; I should feel very melodramatic.”
  • “May I come and see you then some day next week?”
  • “Most assuredly. What is there to prevent it?”
  • “Nothing tangible. But with you I never feel safe. I’ve a sort of sense
  • that you’re always summing people up.”
  • “You don’t of necessity lose by that.”
  • “It’s very kind of you to say so; but, even if I gain, stern justice is
  • not what I most love. Is Mrs. Touchett going to take you abroad?”
  • “I hope so.”
  • “Is England not good enough for you?”
  • “That’s a very Machiavellian speech; it doesn’t deserve an answer. I
  • want to see as many countries as I can.”
  • “Then you’ll go on judging, I suppose.”
  • “Enjoying, I hope, too.”
  • “Yes, that’s what you enjoy most; I can’t make out what you’re up to,”
  • said Lord Warburton. “You strike me as having mysterious purposes--vast
  • designs.”
  • “You’re so good as to have a theory about me which I don’t at all fill
  • out. Is there anything mysterious in a purpose entertained and
  • executed every year, in the most public manner, by fifty thousand of
  • my fellow-countrymen--the purpose of improving one’s mind by foreign
  • travel?”
  • “You can’t improve your mind, Miss Archer,” her companion declared.
  • “It’s already a most formidable instrument. It looks down on us all; it
  • despises us.”
  • “Despises you? You’re making fun of me,” said Isabel seriously.
  • “Well, you think us ‘quaint’--that’s the same thing. I won’t be thought
  • ‘quaint,’ to begin with; I’m not so in the least. I protest.”
  • “That protest is one of the quaintest things I’ve ever heard,” Isabel
  • answered with a smile.
  • Lord Warburton was briefly silent. “You judge only from the outside--you
  • don’t care,” he said presently. “You only care to amuse yourself.” The
  • note she had heard in his voice a moment before reappeared, and mixed
  • with it now was an audible strain of bitterness--a bitterness so abrupt
  • and inconsequent that the girl was afraid she had hurt him. She had
  • often heard that the English are a highly eccentric people, and she
  • had even read in some ingenious author that they are at bottom the most
  • romantic of races. Was Lord Warburton suddenly turning romantic--was he
  • going to make her a scene, in his own house, only the third time they
  • had met? She was reassured quickly enough by her sense of his great good
  • manners, which was not impaired by the fact that he had already touched
  • the furthest limit of good taste in expressing his admiration of a young
  • lady who had confided in his hospitality. She was right in trusting
  • to his good manners, for he presently went on, laughing a little and
  • without a trace of the accent that had discomposed her: “I don’t mean of
  • course that you amuse yourself with trifles. You select great materials;
  • the foibles, the afflictions of human nature, the peculiarities of
  • nations!”
  • “As regards that,” said Isabel, “I should find in my own nation
  • entertainment for a lifetime. But we’ve a long drive, and my aunt
  • will soon wish to start.” She turned back toward the others and Lord
  • Warburton walked beside her in silence. But before they reached the
  • others, “I shall come and see you next week,” he said.
  • She had received an appreciable shock, but as it died away she felt that
  • she couldn’t pretend to herself that it was altogether a painful one.
  • Nevertheless she made answer to his declaration, coldly enough, “Just as
  • you please.” And her coldness was not the calculation of her effect--a
  • game she played in a much smaller degree than would have seemed probable
  • to many critics. It came from a certain fear.
  • CHAPTER X
  • The day after her visit to Lockleigh she received a note from her friend
  • Miss Stackpole--a note of which the envelope, exhibiting in conjunction
  • the postmark of Liverpool and the neat calligraphy of the quick-fingered
  • Henrietta, caused her some liveliness of emotion. “Here I am, my lovely
  • friend,” Miss Stackpole wrote; “I managed to get off at last. I decided
  • only the night before I left New York--the _Interviewer_ having come round
  • to my figure. I put a few things into a bag, like a veteran journalist,
  • and came down to the steamer in a street-car. Where are you and where
  • can we meet? I suppose you’re visiting at some castle or other and have
  • already acquired the correct accent. Perhaps even you have married a
  • lord; I almost hope you have, for I want some introductions to the first
  • people and shall count on you for a few. The _Interviewer_ wants some
  • light on the nobility. My first impressions (of the people at large) are
  • not rose-coloured; but I wish to talk them over with you, and you know
  • that, whatever I am, at least I’m not superficial. I’ve also something
  • very particular to tell you. Do appoint a meeting as quickly as you can;
  • come to London (I should like so much to visit the sights with you) or
  • else let me come to you, wherever you are. I will do so with pleasure;
  • for you know everything interests me and I wish to see as much as
  • possible of the inner life.”
  • Isabel judged best not to show this letter to her uncle; but she
  • acquainted him with its purport, and, as she expected, he begged her
  • instantly to assure Miss Stackpole, in his name, that he should be
  • delighted to receive her at Gardencourt. “Though she’s a literary lady,”
  • he said, “I suppose that, being an American, she won’t show me up, as
  • that other one did. She has seen others like me.”
  • “She has seen no other so delightful!” Isabel answered; but she was
  • not altogether at ease about Henrietta’s reproductive instincts, which
  • belonged to that side of her friend’s character which she regarded with
  • least complacency. She wrote to Miss Stackpole, however, that she would
  • be very welcome under Mr. Touchett’s roof; and this alert young woman
  • lost no time in announcing her prompt approach. She had gone up to
  • London, and it was from that centre that she took the train for the
  • station nearest to Gardencourt, where Isabel and Ralph were in waiting
  • to receive her.
  • “Shall I love her or shall I hate her?” Ralph asked while they moved
  • along the platform.
  • “Whichever you do will matter very little to her,” said Isabel. “She
  • doesn’t care a straw what men think of her.”
  • “As a man I’m bound to dislike her then. She must be a kind of monster.
  • Is she very ugly?”
  • “No, she’s decidedly pretty.”
  • “A female interviewer--a reporter in petticoats? I’m very curious to see
  • her,” Ralph conceded.
  • “It’s very easy to laugh at her but it is not easy to be as brave as
  • she.”
  • “I should think not; crimes of violence and attacks on the person
  • require more or less pluck. Do you suppose she’ll interview me?”
  • “Never in the world. She’ll not think you of enough importance.”
  • “You’ll see,” said Ralph. “She’ll send a description of us all,
  • including Bunchie, to her newspaper.”
  • “I shall ask her not to,” Isabel answered.
  • “You think she’s capable of it then?”
  • “Perfectly.”
  • “And yet you’ve made her your bosom-friend?”
  • “I’ve not made her my bosom-friend; but I like her in spite of her
  • faults.”
  • “Ah well,” said Ralph, “I’m afraid I shall dislike her in spite of her
  • merits.”
  • “You’ll probably fall in love with her at the end of three days.”
  • “And have my love-letters published in the _Interviewer_? Never!” cried
  • the young man.
  • The train presently arrived, and Miss Stackpole, promptly descending,
  • proved, as Isabel had promised, quite delicately, even though rather
  • provincially, fair. She was a neat, plump person, of medium stature,
  • with a round face, a small mouth, a delicate complexion, a bunch of
  • light brown ringlets at the back of her head and a peculiarly open,
  • surprised-looking eye. The most striking point in her appearance was the
  • remarkable fixedness of this organ, which rested without impudence or
  • defiance, but as if in conscientious exercise of a natural right, upon
  • every object it happened to encounter. It rested in this manner upon
  • Ralph himself, a little arrested by Miss Stackpole’s gracious and
  • comfortable aspect, which hinted that it wouldn’t be so easy as he had
  • assumed to disapprove of her. She rustled, she shimmered, in fresh,
  • dove-coloured draperies, and Ralph saw at a glance that she was as crisp
  • and new and comprehensive as a first issue before the folding. From top
  • to toe she had probably no misprint. She spoke in a clear, high voice--a
  • voice not rich but loud; yet after she had taken her place with her
  • companions in Mr. Touchett’s carriage she struck him as not all in the
  • large type, the type of horrid “headings,” that he had expected. She
  • answered the enquiries made of her by Isabel, however, and in which the
  • young man ventured to join, with copious lucidity; and later, in the
  • library at Gardencourt, when she had made the acquaintance of Mr.
  • Touchett (his wife not having thought it necessary to appear) did more
  • to give the measure of her confidence in her powers.
  • “Well, I should like to know whether you consider yourselves American
  • or English,” she broke out. “If once I knew I could talk to you
  • accordingly.”
  • “Talk to us anyhow and we shall be thankful,” Ralph liberally answered.
  • She fixed her eyes on him, and there was something in their character
  • that reminded him of large polished buttons--buttons that might have
  • fixed the elastic loops of some tense receptacle: he seemed to see the
  • reflection of surrounding objects on the pupil. The expression of a
  • button is not usually deemed human, but there was something in Miss
  • Stackpole’s gaze that made him, as a very modest man, feel vaguely
  • embarrassed--less inviolate, more dishonoured, than he liked. This
  • sensation, it must be added, after he had spent a day or two in her
  • company, sensibly diminished, though it never wholly lapsed. “I don’t
  • suppose that you’re going to undertake to persuade me that you’re an
  • American,” she said.
  • “To please you I’ll be an Englishman, I’ll be a Turk!”
  • “Well, if you can change about that way you’re very welcome,” Miss
  • Stackpole returned.
  • “I’m sure you understand everything and that differences of nationality
  • are no barrier to you,” Ralph went on.
  • Miss Stackpole gazed at him still. “Do you mean the foreign languages?”
  • “The languages are nothing. I mean the spirit--the genius.”
  • “I’m not sure that I understand you,” said the correspondent of the
  • _Interviewer_; “but I expect I shall before I leave.”
  • “He’s what’s called a cosmopolite,” Isabel suggested.
  • “That means he’s a little of everything and not much of any. I must say
  • I think patriotism is like charity--it begins at home.”
  • “Ah, but where does home begin, Miss Stackpole?” Ralph enquired.
  • “I don’t know where it begins, but I know where it ends. It ended a long
  • time before I got here.”
  • “Don’t you like it over here?” asked Mr. Touchett with his aged,
  • innocent voice.
  • “Well, sir, I haven’t quite made up my mind what ground I shall take.
  • I feel a good deal cramped. I felt it on the journey from Liverpool to
  • London.”
  • “Perhaps you were in a crowded carriage,” Ralph suggested.
  • “Yes, but it was crowded with friends--party of Americans whose
  • acquaintance I had made upon the steamer; a lovely group from Little
  • Rock, Arkansas. In spite of that I felt cramped--I felt something
  • pressing upon me; I couldn’t tell what it was. I felt at the very
  • commencement as if I were not going to accord with the atmosphere. But
  • I suppose I shall make my own atmosphere. That’s the true way--then you
  • can breathe. Your surroundings seem very attractive.”
  • “Ah, we too are a lovely group!” said Ralph. “Wait a little and you’ll
  • see.”
  • Miss Stackpole showed every disposition to wait and evidently was
  • prepared to make a considerable stay at Gardencourt. She occupied
  • herself in the mornings with literary labour; but in spite of this
  • Isabel spent many hours with her friend, who, once her daily task
  • performed, deprecated, in fact defied, isolation. Isabel speedily found
  • occasion to desire her to desist from celebrating the charms of their
  • common sojourn in print, having discovered, on the second morning
  • of Miss Stackpole’s visit, that she was engaged on a letter to the
  • _Interviewer_, of which the title, in her exquisitely neat and legible
  • hand (exactly that of the copybooks which our heroine remembered at
  • school) was “Americans and Tudors--Glimpses of Gardencourt.” Miss
  • Stackpole, with the best conscience in the world, offered to read her
  • letter to Isabel, who immediately put in her protest.
  • “I don’t think you ought to do that. I don’t think you ought to describe
  • the place.”
  • Henrietta gazed at her as usual. “Why, it’s just what the people want,
  • and it’s a lovely place.”
  • “It’s too lovely to be put in the newspapers, and it’s not what my uncle
  • wants.”
  • “Don’t you believe that!” cried Henrietta. “They’re always delighted
  • afterwards.”
  • “My uncle won’t be delighted--nor my cousin either. They’ll consider it
  • a breach of hospitality.”
  • Miss Stackpole showed no sense of confusion; she simply wiped her pen,
  • very neatly, upon an elegant little implement which she kept for the
  • purpose, and put away her manuscript. “Of course if you don’t approve I
  • won’t do it; but I sacrifice a beautiful subject.”
  • “There are plenty of other subjects, there are subjects all round you.
  • We’ll take some drives; I’ll show you some charming scenery.”
  • “Scenery’s not my department; I always need a human interest. You know
  • I’m deeply human, Isabel; I always was,” Miss Stackpole rejoined. “I was
  • going to bring in your cousin--the alienated American. There’s a
  • great demand just now for the alienated American, and your cousin’s a
  • beautiful specimen. I should have handled him severely.”
  • “He would have died of it!” Isabel exclaimed. “Not of the severity, but
  • of the publicity.”
  • “Well, I should have liked to kill him a little. And I should have
  • delighted to do your uncle, who seems to me a much nobler type--the
  • American faithful still. He’s a grand old man; I don’t see how he can
  • object to my paying him honour.”
  • Isabel looked at her companion in much wonderment; it struck her as
  • strange that a nature in which she found so much to esteem should break
  • down so in spots. “My poor Henrietta,” she said, “you’ve no sense of
  • privacy.”
  • Henrietta coloured deeply, and for a moment her brilliant eyes were
  • suffused, while Isabel found her more than ever inconsequent. “You do me
  • great injustice,” said Miss Stackpole with dignity. “I’ve never written
  • a word about myself!”
  • “I’m very sure of that; but it seems to me one should be modest for
  • others also!”
  • “Ah, that’s very good!” cried Henrietta, seizing her pen again. “Just
  • let me make a note of it and I’ll put it in somewhere.” she was a
  • thoroughly good-natured woman, and half an hour later she was in as
  • cheerful a mood as should have been looked for in a newspaper-lady
  • in want of matter. “I’ve promised to do the social side,” she said to
  • Isabel; “and how can I do it unless I get ideas? If I can’t describe
  • this place don’t you know some place I can describe?” Isabel promised
  • she would bethink herself, and the next day, in conversation with her
  • friend, she happened to mention her visit to Lord Warburton’s ancient
  • house. “Ah, you must take me there--that’s just the place for me!” Miss
  • Stackpole cried. “I must get a glimpse of the nobility.”
  • “I can’t take you,” said Isabel; “but Lord Warburton’s coming here, and
  • you’ll have a chance to see him and observe him. Only if you intend to
  • repeat his conversation I shall certainly give him warning.”
  • “Don’t do that,” her companion pleaded; “I want him to be natural.”
  • “An Englishman’s never so natural as when he’s holding his tongue,”
  • Isabel declared.
  • It was not apparent, at the end of three days, that her cousin had,
  • according to her prophecy, lost his heart to their visitor, though he
  • had spent a good deal of time in her society. They strolled about the
  • park together and sat under the trees, and in the afternoon, when it was
  • delightful to float along the Thames, Miss Stackpole occupied a place
  • in the boat in which hitherto Ralph had had but a single companion. Her
  • presence proved somehow less irreducible to soft particles than Ralph
  • had expected in the natural perturbation of his sense of the perfect
  • solubility of that of his cousin; for the correspondent of the
  • _Interviewer_ prompted mirth in him, and he had long since decided that
  • the crescendo of mirth should be the flower of his declining days.
  • Henrietta, on her side, failed a little to justify Isabel’s declaration
  • with regard to her indifference to masculine opinion; for poor Ralph
  • appeared to have presented himself to her as an irritating problem,
  • which it would be almost immoral not to work out.
  • “What does he do for a living?” she asked of Isabel the evening of her
  • arrival. “Does he go round all day with his hands in his pockets?”
  • “He does nothing,” smiled Isabel; “he’s a gentleman of large leisure.”
  • “Well, I call that a shame--when I have to work like a car-conductor,”
  • Miss Stackpole replied. “I should like to show him up.”
  • “He’s in wretched health; he’s quite unfit for work,” Isabel urged.
  • “Pshaw! don’t you believe it. I work when I’m sick,” cried her friend.
  • Later, when she stepped into the boat on joining the water-party, she
  • remarked to Ralph that she supposed he hated her and would like to drown
  • her.
  • “Ah no,” said Ralph, “I keep my victims for a slower torture. And you’d
  • be such an interesting one!”
  • “Well, you do torture me; I may say that. But I shock all your
  • prejudices; that’s one comfort.”
  • “My prejudices? I haven’t a prejudice to bless myself with. There’s
  • intellectual poverty for you.”
  • “The more shame to you; I’ve some delicious ones. Of course I spoil your
  • flirtation, or whatever it is you call it, with your cousin; but I don’t
  • care for that, as I render her the service of drawing you out. She’ll
  • see how thin you are.”
  • “Ah, do draw me out!” Ralph exclaimed. “So few people will take the
  • trouble.”
  • Miss Stackpole, in this undertaking, appeared to shrink from no effort;
  • resorting largely, whenever the opportunity offered, to the natural
  • expedient of interrogation. On the following day the weather was
  • bad, and in the afternoon the young man, by way of providing indoor
  • amusement, offered to show her the pictures. Henrietta strolled through
  • the long gallery in his society, while he pointed out its principal
  • ornaments and mentioned the painters and subjects. Miss Stackpole looked
  • at the pictures in perfect silence, committing herself to no opinion,
  • and Ralph was gratified by the fact that she delivered herself of none
  • of the little ready-made ejaculations of delight of which the visitors
  • to Gardencourt were so frequently lavish. This young lady indeed, to do
  • her justice, was but little addicted to the use of conventional terms;
  • there was something earnest and inventive in her tone, which at times,
  • in its strained deliberation, suggested a person of high culture
  • speaking a foreign language. Ralph Touchett subsequently learned that
  • she had at one time officiated as art critic to a journal of the other
  • world; but she appeared, in spite of this fact, to carry in her pocket
  • none of the small change of admiration. Suddenly, just after he had
  • called her attention to a charming Constable, she turned and looked at
  • him as if he himself had been a picture.
  • “Do you always spend your time like this?” she demanded.
  • “I seldom spend it so agreeably.”
  • “Well, you know what I mean--without any regular occupation.”
  • “Ah,” said Ralph, “I’m the idlest man living.”
  • Miss Stackpole directed her gaze to the Constable again, and Ralph
  • bespoke her attention for a small Lancret hanging near it, which
  • represented a gentleman in a pink doublet and hose and a ruff, leaning
  • against the pedestal of the statue of a nymph in a garden and playing
  • the guitar to two ladies seated on the grass. “That’s my ideal of a
  • regular occupation,” he said.
  • Miss Stackpole turned to him again, and, though her eyes had rested
  • upon the picture, he saw she had missed the subject. She was thinking
  • of something much more serious. “I don’t see how you can reconcile it to
  • your conscience.”
  • “My dear lady, I have no conscience!”
  • “Well, I advise you to cultivate one. You’ll need it the next time you
  • go to America.”
  • “I shall probably never go again.”
  • “Are you ashamed to show yourself?”
  • Ralph meditated with a mild smile. “I suppose that if one has no
  • conscience one has no shame.”
  • “Well, you’ve got plenty of assurance,” Henrietta declared. “Do you
  • consider it right to give up your country?”
  • “Ah, one doesn’t give up one’s country any more than one gives _up_
  • one’s grandmother. They’re both antecedent to choice--elements of one’s
  • composition that are not to be eliminated.”
  • “I suppose that means that you’ve tried and been worsted. What do they
  • think of you over here?”
  • “They delight in me.”
  • “That’s because you truckle to them.”
  • “Ah, set it down a little to my natural charm!” Ralph sighed.
  • “I don’t know anything about your natural charm. If you’ve got any charm
  • it’s quite unnatural. It’s wholly acquired--or at least you’ve tried
  • hard to acquire it, living over here. I don’t say you’ve succeeded. It’s
  • a charm that I don’t appreciate, anyway. Make yourself useful in some
  • way, and then we’ll talk about it.” “Well, now, tell me what I shall
  • do,” said Ralph.
  • “Go right home, to begin with.”
  • “Yes, I see. And then?”
  • “Take right hold of something.”
  • “Well, now, what sort of thing?”
  • “Anything you please, so long as you take hold. Some new idea, some big
  • work.”
  • “Is it very difficult to take hold?” Ralph enquired.
  • “Not if you put your heart into it.”
  • “Ah, my heart,” said Ralph. “If it depends upon my heart--!”
  • “Haven’t you got a heart?”
  • “I had one a few days ago, but I’ve lost it since.”
  • “You’re not serious,” Miss Stackpole remarked; “that’s what’s the matter
  • with you.” But for all this, in a day or two, she again permitted him to
  • fix her attention and on the later occasion assigned a different cause
  • to her mysterious perversity. “I know what’s the matter with you, Mr.
  • Touchett,” she said. “You think you’re too good to get married.”
  • “I thought so till I knew you, Miss Stackpole,” Ralph answered; “and
  • then I suddenly changed my mind.”
  • “Oh pshaw!” Henrietta groaned.
  • “Then it seemed to me,” said Ralph, “that I was not good enough.”
  • “It would improve you. Besides, it’s your duty.”
  • “Ah,” cried the young man, “one has so many duties! Is that a duty too?”
  • “Of course it is--did you never know that before? It’s every one’s duty
  • to get married.”
  • Ralph meditated a moment; he was disappointed. There was something in
  • Miss Stackpole he had begun to like; it seemed to him that if she
  • was not a charming woman she was at least a very good “sort.” She was
  • wanting in distinction, but, as Isabel had said, she was brave: she went
  • into cages, she flourished lashes, like a spangled lion-tamer. He had
  • not supposed her to be capable of vulgar arts, but these last words
  • struck him as a false note. When a marriageable young woman urges
  • matrimony on an unencumbered young man the most obvious explanation of
  • her conduct is not the altruistic impulse.
  • “Ah, well now, there’s a good deal to be said about that,” Ralph
  • rejoined.
  • “There may be, but that’s the principal thing. I must say I think it
  • looks very exclusive, going round all alone, as if you thought no woman
  • was good enough for you. Do you think you’re better than any one else in
  • the world? In America it’s usual for people to marry.”
  • “If it’s my duty,” Ralph asked, “is it not, by analogy, yours as well?”
  • Miss Stackpole’s ocular surfaces unwinkingly caught the sun. “Have you
  • the fond hope of finding a flaw in my reasoning? Of course I’ve as good
  • a right to marry as any one else.”
  • “Well then,” said Ralph, “I won’t say it vexes me to see you single. It
  • delights me rather.”
  • “You’re not serious yet. You never will be.”
  • “Shall you not believe me to be so on the day I tell you I desire to
  • give up the practice of going round alone?”
  • Miss Stackpole looked at him for a moment in a manner which seemed to
  • announce a reply that might technically be called encouraging. But to
  • his great surprise this expression suddenly resolved itself into an
  • appearance of alarm and even of resentment. “No, not even then,” she
  • answered dryly. After which she walked away.
  • “I’ve not conceived a passion for your friend,” Ralph said that evening
  • to Isabel, “though we talked some time this morning about it.”
  • “And you said something she didn’t like,” the girl replied.
  • Ralph stared. “Has she complained of me?”
  • “She told me she thinks there’s something very low in the tone of
  • Europeans towards women.”
  • “Does she call me a European?”
  • “One of the worst. She told me you had said to her something that an
  • American never would have said. But she didn’t repeat it.”
  • Ralph treated himself to a luxury of laughter. “She’s an extraordinary
  • combination. Did she think I was making love to her?”
  • “No; I believe even Americans do that. But she apparently thought you
  • mistook the intention of something she had said, and put an unkind
  • construction on it.”
  • “I thought she was proposing marriage to me and I accepted her. Was that
  • unkind?”
  • Isabel smiled. “It was unkind to me. I don’t want you to marry.”
  • “My dear cousin, what’s one to do among you all?” Ralph demanded. “Miss
  • Stackpole tells me it’s my bounden duty, and that it’s hers, in general,
  • to see I do mine!”
  • “She has a great sense of duty,” said Isabel gravely. “She has indeed,
  • and it’s the motive of everything she says. That’s what I like her for.
  • She thinks it’s unworthy of you to keep so many things to yourself.
  • That’s what she wanted to express. If you thought she was trying to--to
  • attract you, you were very wrong.”
  • “It’s true it was an odd way, but I did think she was trying to attract
  • me. Forgive my depravity.”
  • “You’re very conceited. She had no interested views, and never supposed
  • you would think she had.”
  • “One must be very modest then to talk with such women,” Ralph said
  • humbly. “But it’s a very strange type. She’s too personal--considering
  • that she expects other people not to be. She walks in without knocking
  • at the door.”
  • “Yes,” Isabel admitted, “she doesn’t sufficiently recognise the
  • existence of knockers; and indeed I’m not sure that she doesn’t think
  • them rather a pretentious ornament. She thinks one’s door should stand
  • ajar. But I persist in liking her.”
  • “I persist in thinking her too familiar,” Ralph rejoined, naturally
  • somewhat uncomfortable under the sense of having been doubly deceived in
  • Miss Stackpole.
  • “Well,” said Isabel, smiling, “I’m afraid it’s because she’s rather
  • vulgar that I like her.”
  • “She would be flattered by your reason!”
  • “If I should tell her I wouldn’t express it in that way. I should say
  • it’s because there’s something of the ‘people’ in her.”
  • “What do you know about the people? and what does she, for that matter?”
  • “She knows a great deal, and I know enough to feel that she’s a kind
  • of emanation of the great democracy--of the continent, the country, the
  • nation. I don’t say that she sums it all up, that would be too much to
  • ask of her. But she suggests it; she vividly figures it.”
  • “You like her then for patriotic reasons. I’m afraid it is on those very
  • grounds I object to her.”
  • “Ah,” said Isabel with a kind of joyous sigh, “I like so many things! If
  • a thing strikes me with a certain intensity I accept it. I don’t want to
  • swagger, but I suppose I’m rather versatile. I like people to be totally
  • different from Henrietta--in the style of Lord Warburton’s sisters for
  • instance. So long as I look at the Misses Molyneux they seem to me
  • to answer a kind of ideal. Then Henrietta presents herself, and I’m
  • straightway convinced by her; not so much in respect to herself as in
  • respect to what masses behind her.”
  • “Ah, you mean the back view of her,” Ralph suggested.
  • “What she says is true,” his cousin answered; “you’ll never be serious.
  • I like the great country stretching away beyond the rivers and across
  • the prairies, blooming and smiling and spreading till it stops at the
  • green Pacific! A strong, sweet, fresh odour seems to rise from it,
  • and Henrietta--pardon my simile--has something of that odour in her
  • garments.”
  • Isabel blushed a little as she concluded this speech, and the blush,
  • together with the momentary ardour she had thrown into it, was so
  • becoming to her that Ralph stood smiling at her for a moment after she
  • had ceased speaking. “I’m not sure the Pacific’s so green as that,” he
  • said; “but you’re a young woman of imagination. Henrietta, however, does
  • smell of the Future--it almost knocks one down!”
  • CHAPTER XI
  • He took a resolve after this not to misinterpret her words even when
  • Miss Stackpole appeared to strike the personal note most strongly. He
  • bethought himself that persons, in her view, were simple and homogeneous
  • organisms, and that he, for his own part, was too perverted a
  • representative of the nature of man to have a right to deal with her
  • in strict reciprocity. He carried out his resolve with a great deal of
  • tact, and the young lady found in renewed contact with him no obstacle
  • to the exercise of her genius for unshrinking enquiry, the general
  • application of her confidence. Her situation at Gardencourt therefore,
  • appreciated as we have seen her to be by Isabel and full of appreciation
  • herself of that free play of intelligence which, to her sense, rendered
  • Isabel’s character a sister-spirit, and of the easy venerableness of Mr.
  • Touchett, whose noble tone, as she said, met with her full approval--her
  • situation at Gardencourt would have been perfectly comfortable had she
  • not conceived an irresistible mistrust of the little lady for whom she
  • had at first supposed herself obliged to “allow” as mistress of the
  • house. She presently discovered, in truth, that this obligation was of
  • the lightest and that Mrs. Touchett cared very little how Miss Stackpole
  • behaved. Mrs. Touchett had defined her to Isabel as both an adventuress
  • and a bore--adventuresses usually giving one more of a thrill; she had
  • expressed some surprise at her niece’s having selected such a friend,
  • yet had immediately added that she knew Isabel’s friends were her own
  • affair and that she had never undertaken to like them all or to restrict
  • the girl to those she liked.
  • “If you could see none but the people I like, my dear, you’d have a very
  • small society,” Mrs. Touchett frankly admitted; “and I don’t think I
  • like any man or woman well enough to recommend them to you. When
  • it comes to recommending it’s a serious affair. I don’t like Miss
  • Stackpole--everything about her displeases me; she talks so much
  • too loud and looks at one as if one wanted to look at her--which one
  • doesn’t. I’m sure she has lived all her life in a boarding-house, and I
  • detest the manners and the liberties of such places. If you ask me if I
  • prefer my own manners, which you doubtless think very bad, I’ll tell
  • you that I prefer them immensely. Miss Stackpole knows I detest
  • boarding-house civilisation, and she detests me for detesting it,
  • because she thinks it the highest in the world. She’d like Gardencourt a
  • great deal better if it were a boarding-house. For me, I find it almost
  • too much of one! We shall never get on together therefore, and there’s
  • no use trying.”
  • Mrs. Touchett was right in guessing that Henrietta disapproved of her,
  • but she had not quite put her finger on the reason. A day or two after
  • Miss Stackpole’s arrival she had made some invidious reflexions on
  • American hotels, which excited a vein of counter-argument on the part
  • of the correspondent of the _Interviewer_, who in the exercise of her
  • profession had acquainted herself, in the western world, with every form
  • of caravansary. Henrietta expressed the opinion that American hotels
  • were the best in the world, and Mrs. Touchett, fresh from a renewed
  • struggle with them, recorded a conviction that they were the worst.
  • Ralph, with his experimental geniality, suggested, by way of healing
  • the breach, that the truth lay between the two extremes and that the
  • establishments in question ought to be described as fair middling. This
  • contribution to the discussion, however, Miss Stackpole rejected with
  • scorn. Middling indeed! If they were not the best in the world they were
  • the worst, but there was nothing middling about an American hotel.
  • “We judge from different points of view, evidently,” said Mrs. Touchett.
  • “I like to be treated as an individual; you like to be treated as a
  • ‘party.’”
  • “I don’t know what you mean,” Henrietta replied. “I like to be treated
  • as an American lady.”
  • “Poor American ladies!” cried Mrs. Touchett with a laugh. “They’re the
  • slaves of slaves.”
  • “They’re the companions of freemen,” Henrietta retorted.
  • “They’re the companions of their servants--the Irish chambermaid and the
  • negro waiter. They share their work.”
  • “Do you call the domestics in an American household ‘slaves’?” Miss
  • Stackpole enquired. “If that’s the way you desire to treat them, no
  • wonder you don’t like America.”
  • “If you’ve not good servants you’re miserable,” Mrs. Touchett serenely
  • said. “They’re very bad in America, but I’ve five perfect ones in
  • Florence.”
  • “I don’t see what you want with five,” Henrietta couldn’t help
  • observing. “I don’t think I should like to see five persons surrounding
  • me in that menial position.”
  • “I like them in that position better than in some others,” proclaimed
  • Mrs. Touchett with much meaning.
  • “Should you like me better if I were your butler, dear?” her husband
  • asked.
  • “I don’t think I should: you wouldn’t at all have the _tenue_.”
  • “The companions of freemen--I like that, Miss Stackpole,” said Ralph.
  • “It’s a beautiful description.”
  • “When I said freemen I didn’t mean you, sir!”
  • And this was the only reward that Ralph got for his compliment. Miss
  • Stackpole was baffled; she evidently thought there was something
  • treasonable in Mrs. Touchett’s appreciation of a class which she
  • privately judged to be a mysterious survival of feudalism. It was
  • perhaps because her mind was oppressed with this image that she suffered
  • some days to elapse before she took occasion to say to Isabel: “My dear
  • friend, I wonder if you’re growing faithless.”
  • “Faithless? Faithless to you, Henrietta?”
  • “No, that would be a great pain; but it’s not that.”
  • “Faithless to my country then?”
  • “Ah, that I hope will never be. When I wrote to you from Liverpool I
  • said I had something particular to tell you. You’ve never asked me what
  • it is. Is it because you’ve suspected?”
  • “Suspected what? As a rule I don’t think I suspect,” said Isabel.
  • “I remember now that phrase in your letter, but I confess I had
  • forgotten it. What have you to tell me?”
  • Henrietta looked disappointed, and her steady gaze betrayed it.
  • “You don’t ask that right--as if you thought it important. You’re
  • changed--you’re thinking of other things.”
  • “Tell me what you mean, and I’ll think of that.”
  • “Will you really think of it? That’s what I wish to be sure of.”
  • “I’ve not much control of my thoughts, but I’ll do my best,” said
  • Isabel. Henrietta gazed at her, in silence, for a period which tried
  • Isabel’s patience, so that our heroine added at last: “Do you mean that
  • you’re going to be married?”
  • “Not till I’ve seen Europe!” said Miss Stackpole. “What are you laughing
  • at?” she went on. “What I mean is that Mr. Goodwood came out in the
  • steamer with me.”
  • “Ah!” Isabel responded.
  • “You say that right. I had a good deal of talk with him; he has come
  • after you.”
  • “Did he tell you so?”
  • “No, he told me nothing; that’s how I knew it,” said Henrietta cleverly.
  • “He said very little about you, but I spoke of you a good deal.”
  • Isabel waited. At the mention of Mr. Goodwood’s name she had turned a
  • little pale. “I’m very sorry you did that,” she observed at last.
  • “It was a pleasure to me, and I liked the way he listened. I could have
  • talked a long time to such a listener; he was so quiet, so intense; he
  • drank it all in.”
  • “What did you say about me?” Isabel asked.
  • “I said you were on the whole the finest creature I know.”
  • “I’m very sorry for that. He thinks too well of me already; he oughtn’t
  • to be encouraged.”
  • “He’s dying for a little encouragement. I see his face now, and his
  • earnest absorbed look while I talked. I never saw an ugly man look so
  • handsome.”
  • “He’s very simple-minded,” said Isabel. “And he’s not so ugly.”
  • “There’s nothing so simplifying as a grand passion.”
  • “It’s not a grand passion; I’m very sure it’s not that.”
  • “You don’t say that as if you were sure.”
  • Isabel gave rather a cold smile. “I shall say it better to Mr. Goodwood
  • himself.”
  • “He’ll soon give you a chance,” said Henrietta. Isabel offered no
  • answer to this assertion, which her companion made with an air of great
  • confidence. “He’ll find you changed,” the latter pursued. “You’ve been
  • affected by your new surroundings.”
  • “Very likely. I’m affected by everything.”
  • “By everything but Mr. Goodwood!” Miss Stackpole exclaimed with a
  • slightly harsh hilarity.
  • Isabel failed even to smile back and in a moment she said: “Did he ask
  • you to speak to me?”
  • “Not in so many words. But his eyes asked it--and his handshake, when he
  • bade me good-bye.”
  • “Thank you for doing so.” And Isabel turned away.
  • “Yes, you’re changed; you’ve got new ideas over here,” her friend
  • continued.
  • “I hope so,” said Isabel; “one should get as many new ideas as
  • possible.”
  • “Yes; but they shouldn’t interfere with the old ones when the old ones
  • have been the right ones.”
  • Isabel turned about again. “If you mean that I had any idea with regard
  • to Mr. Goodwood--!” But she faltered before her friend’s implacable
  • glitter.
  • “My dear child, you certainly encouraged him.”
  • Isabel made for the moment as if to deny this charge; instead of which,
  • however, she presently answered: “It’s very true. I did encourage him.”
  • And then she asked if her companion had learned from Mr. Goodwood
  • what he intended to do. It was a concession to her curiosity, for she
  • disliked discussing the subject and found Henrietta wanting in delicacy.
  • “I asked him, and he said he meant to do nothing,” Miss Stackpole
  • answered. “But I don’t believe that; he’s not a man to do nothing. He
  • is a man of high, bold action. Whatever happens to him he’ll always do
  • something, and whatever he does will always be right.”
  • “I quite believe that.” Henrietta might be wanting in delicacy, but it
  • touched the girl, all the same, to hear this declaration.
  • “Ah, you do care for him!” her visitor rang out.
  • “Whatever he does will always be right,” Isabel repeated. “When a man’s
  • of that infallible mould what does it matter to him what one feels?”
  • “It may not matter to him, but it matters to one’s self.”
  • “Ah, what it matters to me--that’s not what we’re discussing,” said
  • Isabel with a cold smile.
  • This time her companion was grave. “Well, I don’t care; you have
  • changed. You’re not the girl you were a few short weeks ago, and Mr.
  • Goodwood will see it. I expect him here any day.”
  • “I hope he’ll hate me then,” said Isabel.
  • “I believe you hope it about as much as I believe him capable of it.”
  • To this observation our heroine made no return; she was absorbed in the
  • alarm given her by Henrietta’s intimation that Caspar Goodwood would
  • present himself at Gardencourt. She pretended to herself, however,
  • that she thought the event impossible, and, later, she communicated her
  • disbelief to her friend. For the next forty-eight hours, nevertheless,
  • she stood prepared to hear the young man’s name announced. The feeling
  • pressed upon her; it made the air sultry, as if there were to be a
  • change of weather; and the weather, socially speaking, had been so
  • agreeable during Isabel’s stay at Gardencourt that any change would be
  • for the worse. Her suspense indeed was dissipated the second day. She
  • had walked into the park in company with the sociable Bunchie, and
  • after strolling about for some time, in a manner at once listless and
  • restless, had seated herself on a garden-bench, within sight of the
  • house, beneath a spreading beech, where, in a white dress ornamented
  • with black ribbons, she formed among the flickering shadows a graceful
  • and harmonious image. She entertained herself for some moments with
  • talking to the little terrier, as to whom the proposal of an ownership
  • divided with her cousin had been applied as impartially as possible--as
  • impartially as Bunchie’s own somewhat fickle and inconstant sympathies
  • would allow. But she was notified for the first time, on this occasion,
  • of the finite character of Bunchie’s intellect; hitherto she had been
  • mainly struck with its extent. It seemed to her at last that she would
  • do well to take a book; formerly, when heavy-hearted, she had been
  • able, with the help of some well-chosen volume, to transfer the seat
  • of consciousness to the organ of pure reason. Of late, it was not to
  • be denied, literature had seemed a fading light, and even after she had
  • reminded herself that her uncle’s library was provided with a complete
  • set of those authors which no gentleman’s collection should be without,
  • she sat motionless and empty-handed, her eyes bent on the cool green
  • turf of the lawn. Her meditations were presently interrupted by the
  • arrival of a servant who handed her a letter. The letter bore the
  • London postmark and was addressed in a hand she knew--that came into her
  • vision, already so held by him, with the vividness of the writer’s voice
  • or his face. This document proved short and may be given entire.
  • MY DEAR MISS ARCHER--I don’t know whether you will have heard of my
  • coming to England, but even if you have not it will scarcely be a
  • surprise to you. You will remember that when you gave me my dismissal at
  • Albany, three months ago, I did not accept it. I protested against it.
  • You in fact appeared to accept my protest and to admit that I had the
  • right on my side. I had come to see you with the hope that you would
  • let me bring you over to my conviction; my reasons for entertaining this
  • hope had been of the best. But you disappointed it; I found you changed,
  • and you were able to give me no reason for the change. You admitted that
  • you were unreasonable, and it was the only concession you would make;
  • but it was a very cheap one, because that’s not your character. No, you
  • are not, and you never will be, arbitrary or capricious. Therefore it is
  • that I believe you will let me see you again. You told me that I’m not
  • disagreeable to you, and I believe it; for I don’t see why that should
  • be. I shall always think of you; I shall never think of any one else.
  • I came to England simply because you are here; I couldn’t stay at home
  • after you had gone: I hated the country because you were not in it. If
  • I like this country at present it is only because it holds you. I have
  • been to England before, but have never enjoyed it much. May I not come
  • and see you for half an hour? This at present is the dearest wish of
  • yours faithfully,
  • CASPAR GOODWOOD.
  • Isabel read this missive with such deep attention that she had not
  • perceived an approaching tread on the soft grass. Looking up, however,
  • as she mechanically folded it she saw Lord Warburton standing before
  • her.
  • CHAPTER XII
  • She put the letter into her pocket and offered her visitor a smile of
  • welcome, exhibiting no trace of discomposure and half surprised at her
  • coolness.
  • “They told me you were out here,” said Lord Warburton; “and as there
  • was no one in the drawing-room and it’s really you that I wish to see, I
  • came out with no more ado.”
  • Isabel had got up; she felt a wish, for the moment, that he should not
  • sit down beside her. “I was just going indoors.”
  • “Please don’t do that; it’s much jollier here; I’ve ridden over from
  • Lockleigh; it’s a lovely day.” His smile was peculiarly friendly
  • and pleasing, and his whole person seemed to emit that radiance of
  • good-feeling and good fare which had formed the charm of the girl’s
  • first impression of him. It surrounded him like a zone of fine June
  • weather.
  • “We’ll walk about a little then,” said Isabel, who could not divest
  • herself of the sense of an intention on the part of her visitor and who
  • wished both to elude the intention and to satisfy her curiosity about
  • it. It had flashed upon her vision once before, and it had given her on
  • that occasion, as we know, a certain alarm. This alarm was composed of
  • several elements, not all of which were disagreeable; she had indeed
  • spent some days in analysing them and had succeeded in separating the
  • pleasant part of the idea of Lord Warburton’s “making up” to her from
  • the painful. It may appear to some readers that the young lady was both
  • precipitate and unduly fastidious; but the latter of these facts, if
  • the charge be true, may serve to exonerate her from the discredit of
  • the former. She was not eager to convince herself that a territorial
  • magnate, as she had heard Lord Warburton called, was smitten with her
  • charms; the fact of a declaration from such a source carrying with it
  • really more questions than it would answer. She had received a strong
  • impression of his being a “personage,” and she had occupied herself in
  • examining the image so conveyed. At the risk of adding to the evidence
  • of her self-sufficiency it must be said that there had been moments
  • when this possibility of admiration by a personage represented to her an
  • aggression almost to the degree of an affront, quite to the degree of
  • an inconvenience. She had never yet known a personage; there had been no
  • personages, in this sense, in her life; there were probably none such at
  • all in her native land. When she had thought of individual eminence she
  • had thought of it on the basis of character and wit--of what one
  • might like in a gentleman’s mind and in his talk. She herself was a
  • character--she couldn’t help being aware of that; and hitherto her
  • visions of a completed consciousness had concerned themselves largely
  • with moral images--things as to which the question would be whether they
  • pleased her sublime soul. Lord Warburton loomed up before her, largely
  • and brightly, as a collection of attributes and powers which were not to
  • be measured by this simple rule, but which demanded a different sort of
  • appreciation--an appreciation that the girl, with her habit of judging
  • quickly and freely, felt she lacked patience to bestow. He appeared to
  • demand of her something that no one else, as it were, had presumed to
  • do. What she felt was that a territorial, a political, a social magnate
  • had conceived the design of drawing her into the system in which he
  • rather invidiously lived and moved. A certain instinct, not imperious,
  • but persuasive, told her to resist--murmured to her that virtually
  • she had a system and an orbit of her own. It told her other things
  • besides--things which both contradicted and confirmed each other; that
  • a girl might do much worse than trust herself to such a man and that it
  • would be very interesting to see something of his system from his own
  • point of view; that on the other hand, however, there was evidently a
  • great deal of it which she should regard only as a complication of every
  • hour, and that even in the whole there was something stiff and stupid
  • which would make it a burden. Furthermore there was a young man lately
  • come from America who had no system at all, but who had a character
  • of which it was useless for her to try to persuade herself that the
  • impression on her mind had been light. The letter she carried in
  • her pocket all sufficiently reminded her of the contrary. Smile not,
  • however, I venture to repeat, at this simple young woman from Albany who
  • debated whether she should accept an English peer before he had offered
  • himself and who was disposed to believe that on the whole she could do
  • better. She was a person of great good faith, and if there was a great
  • deal of folly in her wisdom those who judge her severely may have the
  • satisfaction of finding that, later, she became consistently wise only
  • at the cost of an amount of folly which will constitute almost a direct
  • appeal to charity.
  • Lord Warburton seemed quite ready to walk, to sit or to do anything that
  • Isabel should propose, and he gave her this assurance with his usual air
  • of being particularly pleased to exercise a social virtue. But he was,
  • nevertheless, not in command of his emotions, and as he strolled beside
  • her for a moment, in silence, looking at her without letting her know
  • it, there was something embarrassed in his glance and his misdirected
  • laughter. Yes, assuredly--as we have touched on the point, we may return
  • to it for a moment again--the English are the most romantic people in
  • the world and Lord Warburton was about to give an example of it. He was
  • about to take a step which would astonish all his friends and displease
  • a great many of them, and which had superficially nothing to recommend
  • it. The young lady who trod the turf beside him had come from a queer
  • country across the sea which he knew a good deal about; her antecedents,
  • her associations were very vague to his mind except in so far as they
  • were generic, and in this sense they showed as distinct and unimportant.
  • Miss Archer had neither a fortune nor the sort of beauty that justifies
  • a man to the multitude, and he calculated that he had spent about
  • twenty-six hours in her company. He had summed up all this--the
  • perversity of the impulse, which had declined to avail itself of the
  • most liberal opportunities to subside, and the judgement of mankind, as
  • exemplified particularly in the more quickly-judging half of it: he had
  • looked these things well in the face and then had dismissed them from
  • his thoughts. He cared no more for them than for the rosebud in his
  • buttonhole. It is the good fortune of a man who for the greater part of
  • a lifetime has abstained without effort from making himself disagreeable
  • to his friends, that when the need comes for such a course it is not
  • discredited by irritating associations.
  • “I hope you had a pleasant ride,” said Isabel, who observed her
  • companion’s hesitancy.
  • “It would have been pleasant if for nothing else than that it brought me
  • here.”
  • “Are you so fond of Gardencourt?” the girl asked, more and more sure
  • that he meant to make some appeal to her; wishing not to challenge him
  • if he hesitated, and yet to keep all the quietness of her reason if he
  • proceeded. It suddenly came upon her that her situation was one which a
  • few weeks ago she would have deemed deeply romantic: the park of an old
  • English country-house, with the foreground embellished by a “great” (as
  • she supposed) nobleman in the act of making love to a young lady who, on
  • careful inspection, should be found to present remarkable analogies with
  • herself. But if she was now the heroine of the situation she succeeded
  • scarcely the less in looking at it from the outside.
  • “I care nothing for Gardencourt,” said her companion. “I care only for
  • you.”
  • “You’ve known me too short a time to have a right to say that, and I
  • can’t believe you’re serious.”
  • These words of Isabel’s were not perfectly sincere, for she had no doubt
  • whatever that he himself was. They were simply a tribute to the fact, of
  • which she was perfectly aware, that those he had just uttered would
  • have excited surprise on the part of a vulgar world. And, moreover, if
  • anything beside the sense she had already acquired that Lord Warburton
  • was not a loose thinker had been needed to convince her, the tone in
  • which he replied would quite have served the purpose.
  • “One’s right in such a matter is not measured by the time, Miss Archer;
  • it’s measured by the feeling itself. If I were to wait three months it
  • would make no difference; I shall not be more sure of what I mean than I
  • am to-day. Of course I’ve seen you very little, but my impression dates
  • from the very first hour we met. I lost no time, I fell in love with you
  • then. It was at first sight, as the novels say; I know now that’s not a
  • fancy-phrase, and I shall think better of novels for evermore. Those two
  • days I spent here settled it; I don’t know whether you suspected I was
  • doing so, but I paid--mentally speaking I mean--the greatest possible
  • attention to you. Nothing you said, nothing you did, was lost upon
  • me. When you came to Lockleigh the other day--or rather when you went
  • away--I was perfectly sure. Nevertheless I made up my mind to think it
  • over and to question myself narrowly. I’ve done so; all these days I’ve
  • done nothing else. I don’t make mistakes about such things; I’m a very
  • judicious animal. I don’t go off easily, but when I’m touched, it’s
  • for life. It’s for life, Miss Archer, it’s for life,” Lord Warburton
  • repeated in the kindest, tenderest, pleasantest voice Isabel had ever
  • heard, and looking at her with eyes charged with the light of a passion
  • that had sifted itself clear of the baser parts of emotion--the heat,
  • the violence, the unreason--and that burned as steadily as a lamp in a
  • windless place.
  • By tacit consent, as he talked, they had walked more and more slowly,
  • and at last they stopped and he took her hand. “Ah, Lord Warburton, how
  • little you know me!” Isabel said very gently. Gently too she drew her
  • hand away.
  • “Don’t taunt me with that; that I don’t know you better makes me unhappy
  • enough already; it’s all my loss. But that’s what I want, and it seems
  • to me I’m taking the best way. If you’ll be my wife, then I shall know
  • you, and when I tell you all the good I think of you you’ll not be able
  • to say it’s from ignorance.”
  • “If you know me little I know you even less,” said Isabel.
  • “You mean that, unlike yourself, I may not improve on acquaintance? Ah,
  • of course that’s very possible. But think, to speak to you as I do,
  • how determined I must be to try and give satisfaction! You do like me
  • rather, don’t you?”
  • “I like you very much, Lord Warburton,” she answered; and at this moment
  • she liked him immensely.
  • “I thank you for saying that; it shows you don’t regard me as a
  • stranger. I really believe I’ve filled all the other relations of life
  • very creditably, and I don’t see why I shouldn’t fill this one--in which
  • I offer myself to you--seeing that I care so much more about it. Ask the
  • people who know me well; I’ve friends who’ll speak for me.”
  • “I don’t need the recommendation of your friends,” said Isabel.
  • “Ah now, that’s delightful of you. You believe in me yourself.”
  • “Completely,” Isabel declared. She quite glowed there, inwardly, with
  • the pleasure of feeling she did.
  • The light in her companion’s eyes turned into a smile, and he gave a
  • long exhalation of joy. “If you’re mistaken, Miss Archer, let me lose
  • all I possess!”
  • She wondered whether he meant this for a reminder that he was rich, and,
  • on the instant, felt sure that he didn’t. He was thinking that, as he
  • would have said himself; and indeed he might safely leave it to the
  • memory of any interlocutor, especially of one to whom he was offering
  • his hand. Isabel had prayed that she might not be agitated, and her mind
  • was tranquil enough, even while she listened and asked herself what it
  • was best she should say, to indulge in this incidental criticism. What
  • she should say, had she asked herself? Her foremost wish was to say
  • something if possible not less kind than what he had said to her. His
  • words had carried perfect conviction with them; she felt she did, all so
  • mysteriously, matter to him. “I thank you more than I can say for your
  • offer,” she returned at last. “It does me great honour.”
  • “Ah, don’t say that!” he broke out. “I was afraid you’d say something
  • like that. I don’t see what you’ve to do with that sort of thing. I
  • don’t see why you should thank me--it’s I who ought to thank you for
  • listening to me: a man you know so little coming down on you with such
  • a thumper! Of course it’s a great question; I must tell you that
  • I’d rather ask it than have it to answer myself. But the way you’ve
  • listened--or at least your having listened at all--gives me some hope.”
  • “Don’t hope too much,” Isabel said.
  • “Oh Miss Archer!” her companion murmured, smiling again, in his
  • seriousness, as if such a warning might perhaps be taken but as the play
  • of high spirits, the exuberance of elation.
  • “Should you be greatly surprised if I were to beg you not to hope at
  • all?” Isabel asked.
  • “Surprised? I don’t know what you mean by surprise. It wouldn’t be that;
  • it would be a feeling very much worse.”
  • Isabel walked on again; she was silent for some minutes. “I’m very sure
  • that, highly as I already think of you, my opinion of you, if I should
  • know you well, would only rise. But I’m by no means sure that you
  • wouldn’t be disappointed. And I say that not in the least out of
  • conventional modesty; it’s perfectly sincere.”
  • “I’m willing to risk it, Miss Archer,” her companion replied.
  • “It’s a great question, as you say. It’s a very difficult question.”
  • “I don’t expect you of course to answer it outright. Think it over as
  • long as may be necessary. If I can gain by waiting I’ll gladly wait a
  • long time. Only remember that in the end my dearest happiness depends on
  • your answer.”
  • “I should be very sorry to keep you in suspense,” said Isabel.
  • “Oh, don’t mind. I’d much rather have a good answer six months hence
  • than a bad one to-day.”
  • “But it’s very probable that even six months hence I shouldn’t be able
  • to give you one that you’d think good.”
  • “Why not, since you really like me?”
  • “Ah, you must never doubt that,” said Isabel.
  • “Well then, I don’t see what more you ask!”
  • “It’s not what I ask; it’s what I can give. I don’t think I should suit
  • you; I really don’t think I should.”
  • “You needn’t worry about that. That’s my affair. You needn’t be a better
  • royalist than the king.”
  • “It’s not only that,” said Isabel; “but I’m not sure I wish to marry any
  • one.”
  • “Very likely you don’t. I’ve no doubt a great many women begin that
  • way,” said his lordship, who, be it averred, did not in the least
  • believe in the axiom he thus beguiled his anxiety by uttering. “But
  • they’re frequently persuaded.”
  • “Ah, that’s because they want to be!” And Isabel lightly laughed. Her
  • suitor’s countenance fell, and he looked at her for a while in silence.
  • “I’m afraid it’s my being an Englishman that makes you hesitate,” he
  • said presently. “I know your uncle thinks you ought to marry in your own
  • country.”
  • Isabel listened to this assertion with some interest; it had never
  • occurred to her that Mr. Touchett was likely to discuss her matrimonial
  • prospects with Lord Warburton. “Has he told you that?”
  • “I remember his making the remark. He spoke perhaps of Americans
  • generally.”
  • “He appears himself to have found it very pleasant to live in England.”
  • Isabel spoke in a manner that might have seemed a little perverse, but
  • which expressed both her constant perception of her uncle’s outward
  • felicity and her general disposition to elude any obligation to take a
  • restricted view.
  • It gave her companion hope, and he immediately cried with warmth: “Ah,
  • my dear Miss Archer, old England’s a very good sort of country, you
  • know! And it will be still better when we’ve furbished it up a little.”
  • “Oh, don’t furbish it, Lord Warburton--, leave it alone. I like it this
  • way.”
  • “Well then, if you like it, I’m more and more unable to see your
  • objection to what I propose.”
  • “I’m afraid I can’t make you understand.”
  • “You ought at least to try. I’ve a fair intelligence. Are you
  • afraid--afraid of the climate? We can easily live elsewhere, you know.
  • You can pick out your climate, the whole world over.”
  • These words were uttered with a breadth of candour that was like the
  • embrace of strong arms--that was like the fragrance straight in her
  • face, and by his clean, breathing lips, of she knew not what strange
  • gardens, what charged airs. She would have given her little finger at
  • that moment to feel strongly and simply the impulse to answer: “Lord
  • Warburton, it’s impossible for me to do better in this wonderful world,
  • I think, than commit myself, very gratefully, to your loyalty.” But
  • though she was lost in admiration of her opportunity she managed to move
  • back into the deepest shade of it, even as some wild, caught creature in
  • a vast cage. The “splendid” security so offered her was not the greatest
  • she could conceive. What she finally bethought herself of saying was
  • something very different--something that deferred the need of really
  • facing her crisis. “Don’t think me unkind if I ask you to say no more
  • about this to-day.”
  • “Certainly, certainly!” her companion cried. “I wouldn’t bore you for
  • the world.”
  • “You’ve given me a great deal to think about, and I promise you to do it
  • justice.”
  • “That’s all I ask of you, of course--and that you’ll remember how
  • absolutely my happiness is in your hands.”
  • Isabel listened with extreme respect to this admonition, but she said
  • after a minute: “I must tell you that what I shall think about is some
  • way of letting you know that what you ask is impossible--letting you
  • know it without making you miserable.”
  • “There’s no way to do that, Miss Archer. I won’t say that if you refuse
  • me you’ll kill me; I shall not die of it. But I shall do worse; I shall
  • live to no purpose.”
  • “You’ll live to marry a better woman than I.”
  • “Don’t say that, please,” said Lord Warburton very gravely. “That’s fair
  • to neither of us.”
  • “To marry a worse one then.”
  • “If there are better women than you I prefer the bad ones. That’s all I
  • can say,” he went on with the same earnestness. “There’s no accounting
  • for tastes.”
  • His gravity made her feel equally grave, and she showed it by again
  • requesting him to drop the subject for the present. “I’ll speak to you
  • myself--very soon. Perhaps I shall write to you.”
  • “At your convenience, yes,” he replied. “Whatever time you take, it must
  • seem to me long, and I suppose I must make the best of that.”
  • “I shall not keep you in suspense; I only want to collect my mind a
  • little.”
  • He gave a melancholy sigh and stood looking at her a moment, with his
  • hands behind him, giving short nervous shakes to his hunting-crop. “Do
  • you know I’m very much afraid of it--of that remarkable mind of yours?”
  • Our heroine’s biographer can scarcely tell why, but the question made
  • her start and brought a conscious blush to her cheek. She returned his
  • look a moment, and then with a note in her voice that might almost have
  • appealed to his compassion, “So am I, my lord!” she oddly exclaimed.
  • His compassion was not stirred, however; all he possessed of the faculty
  • of pity was needed at home. “Ah! be merciful, be merciful,” he murmured.
  • “I think you had better go,” said Isabel. “I’ll write to you.”
  • “Very good; but whatever you write I’ll come and see you, you know.” And
  • then he stood reflecting, his eyes fixed on the observant countenance of
  • Bunchie, who had the air of having understood all that had been said
  • and of pretending to carry off the indiscretion by a simulated fit of
  • curiosity as to the roots of an ancient oak. “There’s one thing more,”
  • he went on. “You know, if you don’t like Lockleigh--if you think it’s
  • damp or anything of that sort--you need never go within fifty miles of
  • it. It’s not damp, by the way; I’ve had the house thoroughly examined;
  • it’s perfectly safe and right. But if you shouldn’t fancy it you needn’t
  • dream of living in it. There’s no difficulty whatever about that; there
  • are plenty of houses. I thought I’d just mention it; some people don’t
  • like a moat, you know. Good-bye.”
  • “I adore a moat,” said Isabel. “Good-bye.”
  • He held out his hand, and she gave him hers a moment--a moment long
  • enough for him to bend his handsome bared head and kiss it. Then, still
  • agitating, in his mastered emotion, his implement of the chase, he
  • walked rapidly away. He was evidently much upset.
  • Isabel herself was upset, but she had not been affected as she would
  • have imagined. What she felt was not a great responsibility, a great
  • difficulty of choice; it appeared to her there had been no choice in the
  • question. She couldn’t marry Lord Warburton; the idea failed to support
  • any enlightened prejudice in favour of the free exploration of life that
  • she had hitherto entertained or was now capable of entertaining.
  • She must write this to him, she must convince him, and that duty was
  • comparatively simple. But what disturbed her, in the sense that it
  • struck her with wonderment, was this very fact that it cost her so
  • little to refuse a magnificent “chance.” With whatever qualifications
  • one would, Lord Warburton had offered her a great opportunity; the
  • situation might have discomforts, might contain oppressive, might
  • contain narrowing elements, might prove really but a stupefying anodyne;
  • but she did her sex no injustice in believing that nineteen women out of
  • twenty would have accommodated themselves to it without a pang. Why then
  • upon her also should it not irresistibly impose itself? Who was she,
  • what was she, that she should hold herself superior? What view of
  • life, what design upon fate, what conception of happiness, had she that
  • pretended to be larger than these large these fabulous occasions? If she
  • wouldn’t do such a thing as that then she must do great things, she must
  • do something greater. Poor Isabel found ground to remind herself from
  • time to time that she must not be too proud, and nothing could be
  • more sincere than her prayer to be delivered from such a danger: the
  • isolation and loneliness of pride had for her mind the horror of a
  • desert place. If it had been pride that interfered with her accepting
  • Lord Warburton such a _bêtise_ was singularly misplaced; and she was so
  • conscious of liking him that she ventured to assure herself it was the
  • very softness, and the fine intelligence, of sympathy. She liked him too
  • much to marry him, that was the truth; something assured her there was
  • a fallacy somewhere in the glowing logic of the proposition--as he saw
  • it--even though she mightn’t put her very finest finger-point on it;
  • and to inflict upon a man who offered so much a wife with a tendency to
  • criticise would be a peculiarly discreditable act. She had promised him
  • she would consider his question, and when, after he had left her, she
  • wandered back to the bench where he had found her and lost herself in
  • meditation, it might have seemed that she was keeping her vow. But
  • this was not the case; she was wondering if she were not a cold, hard,
  • priggish person, and, on her at last getting up and going rather
  • quickly back to the house, felt, as she had said to her friend, really
  • frightened at herself.
  • CHAPTER XIII
  • It was this feeling and not the wish to ask advice--she had no desire
  • whatever for that--that led her to speak to her uncle of what had taken
  • place. She wished to speak to some one; she should feel more natural,
  • more human, and her uncle, for this purpose, presented himself in a
  • more attractive light than either her aunt or her friend Henrietta. Her
  • cousin of course was a possible confidant; but she would have had to do
  • herself violence to air this special secret to Ralph. So the next day,
  • after breakfast, she sought her occasion. Her uncle never left his
  • apartment till the afternoon, but he received his cronies, as he said,
  • in his dressing-room. Isabel had quite taken her place in the class
  • so designated, which, for the rest, included the old man’s son, his
  • physician, his personal servant, and even Miss Stackpole. Mrs. Touchett
  • did not figure in the list, and this was an obstacle the less to
  • Isabel’s finding her host alone. He sat in a complicated mechanical
  • chair, at the open window of his room, looking westward over the park
  • and the river, with his newspapers and letters piled up beside him,
  • his toilet freshly and minutely made, and his smooth, speculative face
  • composed to benevolent expectation.
  • She approached her point directly. “I think I ought to let you know that
  • Lord Warburton has asked me to marry him. I suppose I ought to tell my
  • aunt; but it seems best to tell you first.”
  • The old man expressed no surprise, but thanked her for the confidence
  • she showed him. “Do you mind telling me whether you accepted him?” he
  • then enquired.
  • “I’ve not answered him definitely yet; I’ve taken a little time to think
  • of it, because that seems more respectful. But I shall not accept him.”
  • Mr. Touchett made no comment upon this; he had the air of thinking that,
  • whatever interest he might take in the matter from the point of view of
  • sociability, he had no active voice in it. “Well, I told you you’d be a
  • success over here. Americans are highly appreciated.”
  • “Very highly indeed,” said Isabel. “But at the cost of seeming both
  • tasteless and ungrateful, I don’t think I can marry Lord Warburton.”
  • “Well,” her uncle went on, “of course an old man can’t judge for a young
  • lady. I’m glad you didn’t ask me before you made up your mind. I suppose
  • I ought to tell you,” he added slowly, but as if it were not of much
  • consequence, “that I’ve known all about it these three days.”
  • “About Lord Warburton’s state of mind?”
  • “About his intentions, as they say here. He wrote me a very pleasant
  • letter, telling me all about them. Should you like to see his letter?”
  • the old man obligingly asked.
  • “Thank you; I don’t think I care about that. But I’m glad he wrote to
  • you; it was right that he should, and he would be certain to do what was
  • right.”
  • “Ah well, I guess you do like him!” Mr. Touchett declared. “You needn’t
  • pretend you don’t.”
  • “I like him extremely; I’m very free to admit that. But I don’t wish to
  • marry any one just now.”
  • “You think some one may come along whom you may like better. Well,
  • that’s very likely,” said Mr. Touchett, who appeared to wish to show his
  • kindness to the girl by easing off her decision, as it were, and finding
  • cheerful reasons for it.
  • “I don’t care if I don’t meet any one else. I like Lord Warburton quite
  • well enough.” she fell into that appearance of a sudden change of
  • point of view with which she sometimes startled and even displeased her
  • interlocutors.
  • Her uncle, however, seemed proof against either of these impressions.
  • “He’s a very fine man,” he resumed in a tone which might have passed
  • for that of encouragement. “His letter was one of the pleasantest I’ve
  • received for some weeks. I suppose one of the reasons I liked it was
  • that it was all about you; that is all except the part that was about
  • himself. I suppose he told you all that.”
  • “He would have told me everything I wished to ask him,” Isabel said.
  • “But you didn’t feel curious?”
  • “My curiosity would have been idle--once I had determined to decline his
  • offer.”
  • “You didn’t find it sufficiently attractive?” Mr. Touchett enquired.
  • She was silent a little. “I suppose it was that,” she presently
  • admitted. “But I don’t know why.”
  • “Fortunately ladies are not obliged to give reasons,” said her uncle.
  • “There’s a great deal that’s attractive about such an idea; but I don’t
  • see why the English should want to entice us away from our native land.
  • I know that we try to attract them over there, but that’s because our
  • population is insufficient. Here, you know, they’re rather crowded.
  • However, I presume there’s room for charming young ladies everywhere.”
  • “There seems to have been room here for you,” said Isabel, whose eyes
  • had been wandering over the large pleasure-spaces of the park.
  • Mr. Touchett gave a shrewd, conscious smile. “There’s room everywhere,
  • my dear, if you’ll pay for it. I sometimes think I’ve paid too much for
  • this. Perhaps you also might have to pay too much.”
  • “Perhaps I might,” the girl replied.
  • That suggestion gave her something more definite to rest on than she
  • had found in her own thoughts, and the fact of this association of her
  • uncle’s mild acuteness with her dilemma seemed to prove that she was
  • concerned with the natural and reasonable emotions of life and
  • not altogether a victim to intellectual eagerness and vague
  • ambitions--ambitions reaching beyond Lord Warburton’s beautiful appeal,
  • reaching to something indefinable and possibly not commendable. In so
  • far as the indefinable had an influence upon Isabel’s behaviour at this
  • juncture, it was not the conception, even unformulated, of a union with
  • Caspar Goodwood; for however she might have resisted conquest at her
  • English suitor’s large quiet hands she was at least as far removed
  • from the disposition to let the young man from Boston take positive
  • possession of her. The sentiment in which she sought refuge after
  • reading his letter was a critical view of his having come abroad; for it
  • was part of the influence he had upon her that he seemed to deprive her
  • of the sense of freedom. There was a disagreeably strong push, a kind
  • of hardness of presence, in his way of rising before her. She had been
  • haunted at moments by the image, by the danger, of his disapproval and
  • had wondered--a consideration she had never paid in equal degree to any
  • one else--whether he would like what she did. The difficulty was that
  • more than any man she had ever known, more than poor Lord Warburton (she
  • had begun now to give his lordship the benefit of this epithet), Caspar
  • Goodwood expressed for her an energy--and she had already felt it as a
  • power that was of his very nature. It was in no degree a matter of
  • his “advantages”--it was a matter of the spirit that sat in his
  • clear-burning eyes like some tireless watcher at a window. She might
  • like it or not, but he insisted, ever, with his whole weight and force:
  • even in one’s usual contact with him one had to reckon with that. The
  • idea of a diminished liberty was particularly disagreeable to her at
  • present, since she had just given a sort of personal accent to her
  • independence by looking so straight at Lord Warburton’s big bribe and
  • yet turning away from it. Sometimes Caspar Goodwood had seemed to range
  • himself on the side of her destiny, to be the stubbornest fact she knew;
  • she said to herself at such moments that she might evade him for a time,
  • but that she must make terms with him at last--terms which would be
  • certain to be favourable to himself. Her impulse had been to avail
  • herself of the things that helped her to resist such an obligation;
  • and this impulse had been much concerned in her eager acceptance of her
  • aunt’s invitation, which had come to her at an hour when she expected
  • from day to day to see Mr. Goodwood and when she was glad to have an
  • answer ready for something she was sure he would say to her. When she
  • had told him at Albany, on the evening of Mrs. Touchett’s visit, that
  • she couldn’t then discuss difficult questions, dazzled as she was by
  • the great immediate opening of her aunt’s offer of “Europe,” he declared
  • that this was no answer at all; and it was now to obtain a better one
  • that he was following her across the sea. To say to herself that he was
  • a kind of grim fate was well enough for a fanciful young woman who was
  • able to take much for granted in him; but the reader has a right to a
  • nearer and a clearer view.
  • He was the son of a proprietor of well-known cotton-mills in
  • Massachusetts--a gentleman who had accumulated a considerable fortune in
  • the exercise of this industry. Caspar at present managed the works, and
  • with a judgement and a temper which, in spite of keen competition and
  • languid years, had kept their prosperity from dwindling. He had received
  • the better part of his education at Harvard College, where, however, he
  • had gained renown rather as a gymnast and an oarsman than as a gleaner
  • of more dispersed knowledge. Later on he had learned that the finer
  • intelligence too could vault and pull and strain--might even, breaking
  • the record, treat itself to rare exploits. He had thus discovered in
  • himself a sharp eye for the mystery of mechanics, and had invented an
  • improvement in the cotton-spinning process which was now largely used
  • and was known by his name. You might have seen it in the newspapers in
  • connection with this fruitful contrivance; assurance of which he
  • had given to Isabel by showing her in the columns of the New York
  • _Interviewer_ an exhaustive article on the Goodwood patent--an article not
  • prepared by Miss Stackpole, friendly as she had proved herself to his
  • more sentimental interests. There were intricate, bristling things he
  • rejoiced in; he liked to organise, to contend, to administer; he could
  • make people work his will, believe in him, march before him and justify
  • him. This was the art, as they said, of managing men--which rested, in
  • him, further, on a bold though brooding ambition. It struck those
  • who knew him well that he might do greater things than carry on a
  • cotton-factory; there was nothing cottony about Caspar Goodwood, and
  • his friends took for granted that he would somehow and somewhere
  • write himself in bigger letters. But it was as if something large and
  • confused, something dark and ugly, would have to call upon him: he was
  • not after all in harmony with mere smug peace and greed and gain, an
  • order of things of which the vital breath was ubiquitous advertisement.
  • It pleased Isabel to believe that he might have ridden, on a plunging
  • steed, the whirlwind of a great war--a war like the Civil strife that
  • had overdarkened her conscious childhood and his ripening youth.
  • She liked at any rate this idea of his being by character and in fact a
  • mover of men--liked it much better than some other points in his nature
  • and aspect. She cared nothing for his cotton-mill--the Goodwood patent
  • left her imagination absolutely cold. She wished him no ounce less of
  • his manhood, but she sometimes thought he would be rather nicer if he
  • looked, for instance, a little differently. His jaw was too square and
  • set and his figure too straight and stiff: these things suggested a want
  • of easy consonance with the deeper rhythms of life. Then she viewed with
  • reserve a habit he had of dressing always in the same manner; it was
  • not apparently that he wore the same clothes continually, for, on the
  • contrary, his garments had a way of looking rather too new. But they all
  • seemed of the same piece; the figure, the stuff, was so drearily usual.
  • She had reminded herself more than once that this was a frivolous
  • objection to a person of his importance; and then she had amended the
  • rebuke by saying that it would be a frivolous objection only if she
  • were in love with him. She was not in love with him and therefore might
  • criticise his small defects as well as his great--which latter consisted
  • in the collective reproach of his being too serious, or, rather, not of
  • his being so, since one could never be, but certainly of his seeming so.
  • He showed his appetites and designs too simply and artlessly; when one
  • was alone with him he talked too much about the same subject, and when
  • other people were present he talked too little about anything. And yet
  • he was of supremely strong, clean make--which was so much she saw the
  • different fitted parts of him as she had seen, in museums and portraits,
  • the different fitted parts of armoured warriors--in plates of steel
  • handsomely inlaid with gold. It was very strange: where, ever, was any
  • tangible link between her impression and her act? Caspar Goodwood had
  • never corresponded to her idea of a delightful person, and she supposed
  • that this was why he left her so harshly critical. When, however, Lord
  • Warburton, who not only did correspond with it, but gave an extension to
  • the term, appealed to her approval, she found herself still unsatisfied.
  • It was certainly strange.
  • The sense of her incoherence was not a help to answering Mr. Goodwood’s
  • letter, and Isabel determined to leave it a while unhonoured. If he
  • had determined to persecute her he must take the consequences; foremost
  • among which was his being left to perceive how little it charmed her
  • that he should come down to Gardencourt. She was already liable to the
  • incursions of one suitor at this place, and though it might be pleasant
  • to be appreciated in opposite quarters there was a kind of grossness in
  • entertaining two such passionate pleaders at once, even in a case where
  • the entertainment should consist of dismissing them. She made no
  • reply to Mr. Goodwood; but at the end of three days she wrote to Lord
  • Warburton, and the letter belongs to our history.
  • DEAR LORD WARBURTON--A great deal of earnest thought has not led me to
  • change my mind about the suggestion you were so kind as to make me the
  • other day. I am not, I am really and truly not, able to regard you
  • in the light of a companion for life; or to think of your home--your
  • various homes--as the settled seat of my existence. These things cannot
  • be reasoned about, and I very earnestly entreat you not to return to
  • the subject we discussed so exhaustively. We see our lives from our own
  • point of view; that is the privilege of the weakest and humblest of us;
  • and I shall never be able to see mine in the manner you proposed. Kindly
  • let this suffice you, and do me the justice to believe that I have given
  • your proposal the deeply respectful consideration it deserves. It is
  • with this very great regard that I remain sincerely yours,
  • ISABEL ARCHER.
  • While the author of this missive was making up her mind to dispatch it
  • Henrietta Stackpole formed a resolve which was accompanied by no demur.
  • She invited Ralph Touchett to take a walk with her in the garden, and
  • when he had assented with that alacrity which seemed constantly to
  • testify to his high expectations, she informed him that she had a favour
  • to ask of him. It may be admitted that at this information the young man
  • flinched; for we know that Miss Stackpole had struck him as apt to push
  • an advantage. The alarm was unreasoned, however; for he was clear about
  • the area of her indiscretion as little as advised of its vertical depth,
  • and he made a very civil profession of the desire to serve her. He
  • was afraid of her and presently told her so. “When you look at me in a
  • certain way my knees knock together, my faculties desert me; I’m filled
  • with trepidation and I ask only for strength to execute your commands.
  • You’ve an address that I’ve never encountered in any woman.”
  • “Well,” Henrietta replied good-humouredly, “if I had not known before
  • that you were trying somehow to abash me I should know it now. Of course
  • I’m easy game--I was brought up with such different customs and ideas.
  • I’m not used to your arbitrary standards, and I’ve never been spoken to
  • in America as you have spoken to me. If a gentleman conversing with me
  • over there were to speak to me like that I shouldn’t know what to make
  • of it. We take everything more naturally over there, and, after all,
  • we’re a great deal more simple. I admit that; I’m very simple myself.
  • Of course if you choose to laugh at me for it you’re very welcome; but I
  • think on the whole I would rather be myself than you. I’m quite content
  • to be myself; I don’t want to change. There are plenty of people that
  • appreciate me just as I am. It’s true they’re nice fresh free-born
  • Americans!” Henrietta had lately taken up the tone of helpless innocence
  • and large concession. “I want you to assist me a little,” she went on.
  • “I don’t care in the least whether I amuse you while you do so; or,
  • rather, I’m perfectly willing your amusement should be your reward. I
  • want you to help me about Isabel.”
  • “Has she injured you?” Ralph asked.
  • “If she had I shouldn’t mind, and I should never tell you. What I’m
  • afraid of is that she’ll injure herself.”
  • “I think that’s very possible,” said Ralph.
  • His companion stopped in the garden-walk, fixing on him perhaps the very
  • gaze that unnerved him. “That too would amuse you, I suppose. The way
  • you do say things! I never heard any one so indifferent.”
  • “To Isabel? Ah, not that!”
  • “Well, you’re not in love with her, I hope.”
  • “How can that be, when I’m in love with Another?”
  • “You’re in love with yourself, that’s the Other!” Miss Stackpole
  • declared. “Much good may it do you! But if you wish to be serious once
  • in your life here’s a chance; and if you really care for your cousin
  • here’s an opportunity to prove it. I don’t expect you to understand her;
  • that’s too much to ask. But you needn’t do that to grant my favour. I’ll
  • supply the necessary intelligence.”
  • “I shall enjoy that immensely!” Ralph exclaimed. “I’ll be Caliban and
  • you shall be Ariel.”
  • “You’re not at all like Caliban, because you’re sophisticated, and
  • Caliban was not. But I’m not talking about imaginary characters; I’m
  • talking about Isabel. Isabel’s intensely real. What I wish to tell you
  • is that I find her fearfully changed.”
  • “Since you came, do you mean?”
  • “Since I came and before I came. She’s not the same as she once so
  • beautifully was.”
  • “As she was in America?”
  • “Yes, in America. I suppose you know she comes from there. She can’t
  • help it, but she does.”
  • “Do you want to change her back again?”
  • “Of course I do, and I want you to help me.”
  • “Ah,” said Ralph, “I’m only Caliban; I’m not Prospero.”
  • “You were Prospero enough to make her what she has become. You’ve acted
  • on Isabel Archer since she came here, Mr. Touchett.”
  • “I, my dear Miss Stackpole? Never in the world. Isabel Archer has acted
  • on me--yes; she acts on every one. But I’ve been absolutely passive.”
  • “You’re too passive then. You had better stir yourself and be careful.
  • Isabel’s changing every day; she’s drifting away--right out to sea. I’ve
  • watched her and I can see it. She’s not the bright American girl she
  • was. She’s taking different views, a different colour, and turning away
  • from her old ideals. I want to save those ideals, Mr. Touchett, and
  • that’s where you come in.”
  • “Not surely as an ideal?”
  • “Well, I hope not,” Henrietta replied promptly. “I’ve got a fear in my
  • heart that she’s going to marry one of these fell Europeans, and I want
  • to prevent it.
  • “Ah, I see,” cried Ralph; “and to prevent it you want me to step in and
  • marry her?”
  • “Not quite; that remedy would be as bad as the disease, for you’re the
  • typical, the fell European from whom I wish to rescue her. No; I wish
  • you to take an interest in another person--a young man to whom she once
  • gave great encouragement and whom she now doesn’t seem to think good
  • enough. He’s a thoroughly grand man and a very dear friend of mine, and
  • I wish very much you would invite him to pay a visit here.”
  • Ralph was much puzzled by this appeal, and it is perhaps not to the
  • credit of his purity of mind that he failed to look at it at first in
  • the simplest light. It wore, to his eyes, a tortuous air, and his fault
  • was that he was not quite sure that anything in the world could really
  • be as candid as this request of Miss Stackpole’s appeared. That a young
  • woman should demand that a gentleman whom she described as her very dear
  • friend should be furnished with an opportunity to make himself agreeable
  • to another young woman, a young woman whose attention had wandered and
  • whose charms were greater--this was an anomaly which for the moment
  • challenged all his ingenuity of interpretation. To read between the
  • lines was easier than to follow the text, and to suppose that Miss
  • Stackpole wished the gentleman invited to Gardencourt on her own account
  • was the sign not so much of a vulgar as of an embarrassed mind. Even
  • from this venial act of vulgarity, however, Ralph was saved, and saved
  • by a force that I can only speak of as inspiration. With no more outward
  • light on the subject than he already possessed he suddenly acquired the
  • conviction that it would be a sovereign injustice to the correspondent
  • of the _Interviewer_ to assign a dishonourable motive to any act of hers.
  • This conviction passed into his mind with extreme rapidity; it was
  • perhaps kindled by the pure radiance of the young lady’s imperturbable
  • gaze. He returned this challenge a moment, consciously, resisting an
  • inclination to frown as one frowns in the presence of larger luminaries.
  • “Who’s the gentleman you speak of?”
  • “Mr. Caspar Goodwood--of Boston. He has been extremely attentive to
  • Isabel--just as devoted to her as he can live. He has followed her out
  • here and he’s at present in London. I don’t know his address, but I
  • guess I can obtain it.”
  • “I’ve never heard of him,” said Ralph.
  • “Well, I suppose you haven’t heard of every one. I don’t believe he has
  • ever heard of you; but that’s no reason why Isabel shouldn’t marry him.”
  • Ralph gave a mild ambiguous laugh. “What a rage you have for marrying
  • people! Do you remember how you wanted to marry me the other day?”
  • “I’ve got over that. You don’t know how to take such ideas. Mr. Goodwood
  • does, however; and that’s what I like about him. He’s a splendid man and
  • a perfect gentleman, and Isabel knows it.”
  • “Is she very fond of him?”
  • “If she isn’t she ought to be. He’s simply wrapped up in her.”
  • “And you wish me to ask him here,” said Ralph reflectively.
  • “It would be an act of true hospitality.”
  • “Caspar Goodwood,” Ralph continued--“it’s rather a striking name.”
  • “I don’t care anything about his name. It might be Ezekiel Jenkins, and
  • I should say the same. He’s the only man I have ever seen whom I think
  • worthy of Isabel.”
  • “You’re a very devoted friend,” said Ralph.
  • “Of course I am. If you say that to pour scorn on me I don’t care.”
  • “I don’t say it to pour scorn on you; I’m very much struck with it.”
  • “You’re more satiric than ever, but I advise you not to laugh at Mr.
  • Goodwood.”
  • “I assure you I’m very serious; you ought to understand that,” said
  • Ralph.
  • In a moment his companion understood it. “I believe you are; now you’re
  • too serious.”
  • “You’re difficult to please.”
  • “Oh, you’re very serious indeed. You won’t invite Mr. Goodwood.”
  • “I don’t know,” said Ralph. “I’m capable of strange things. Tell me a
  • little about Mr. Goodwood. What’s he like?”
  • “He’s just the opposite of you. He’s at the head of a cotton-factory; a
  • very fine one.”
  • “Has he pleasant manners?” asked Ralph.
  • “Splendid manners--in the American style.”
  • “Would he be an agreeable member of our little circle?”
  • “I don’t think he’d care much about our little circle. He’d concentrate
  • on Isabel.”
  • “And how would my cousin like that?”
  • “Very possibly not at all. But it will be good for her. It will call
  • back her thoughts.”
  • “Call them back--from where?”
  • “From foreign parts and other unnatural places. Three months ago she
  • gave Mr. Goodwood every reason to suppose he was acceptable to her, and
  • it’s not worthy of Isabel to go back on a real friend simply because she
  • has changed the scene. I’ve changed the scene too, and the effect of it
  • has been to make me care more for my old associations than ever. It’s my
  • belief that the sooner Isabel changes it back again the better. I know
  • her well enough to know that she would never be truly happy over here,
  • and I wish her to form some strong American tie that will act as a
  • preservative.”
  • “Aren’t you perhaps a little too much in a hurry?” Ralph enquired.
  • “Don’t you think you ought to give her more of a chance in poor old
  • England?”
  • “A chance to ruin her bright young life? One’s never too much in a hurry
  • to save a precious human creature from drowning.”
  • “As I understand it then,” said Ralph, “you wish me to push Mr. Goodwood
  • overboard after her. Do you know,” he added, “that I’ve never heard her
  • mention his name?”
  • Henrietta gave a brilliant smile. “I’m delighted to hear that; it proves
  • how much she thinks of him.”
  • Ralph appeared to allow that there was a good deal in this, and he
  • surrendered to thought while his companion watched him askance. “If I
  • should invite Mr. Goodwood,” he finally said, “it would be to quarrel
  • with him.”
  • “Don’t do that; he’d prove the better man.”
  • “You certainly are doing your best to make me hate him! I really don’t
  • think I can ask him. I should be afraid of being rude to him.”
  • “It’s just as you please,” Henrietta returned. “I had no idea you were
  • in love with her yourself.”
  • “Do you really believe that?” the young man asked with lifted eyebrows.
  • “That’s the most natural speech I’ve ever heard you make! Of course I
  • believe it,” Miss Stackpole ingeniously said.
  • “Well,” Ralph concluded, “to prove to you that you’re wrong I’ll invite
  • him. It must be of course as a friend of yours.”
  • “It will not be as a friend of mine that he’ll come; and it will not be
  • to prove to me that I’m wrong that you’ll ask him--but to prove it to
  • yourself!”
  • These last words of Miss Stackpole’s (on which the two presently
  • separated) contained an amount of truth which Ralph Touchett was obliged
  • to recognise; but it so far took the edge from too sharp a recognition
  • that, in spite of his suspecting it would be rather more indiscreet
  • to keep than to break his promise, he wrote Mr. Goodwood a note of six
  • lines, expressing the pleasure it would give Mr. Touchett the elder that
  • he should join a little party at Gardencourt, of which Miss Stackpole
  • was a valued member. Having sent his letter (to the care of a banker
  • whom Henrietta suggested) he waited in some suspense. He had heard this
  • fresh formidable figure named for the first time; for when his mother
  • had mentioned on her arrival that there was a story about the girl’s
  • having an “admirer” at home, the idea had seemed deficient in reality
  • and he had taken no pains to ask questions the answers to which would
  • involve only the vague or the disagreeable. Now, however, the native
  • admiration of which his cousin was the object had become more concrete;
  • it took the form of a young man who had followed her to London, who was
  • interested in a cotton-mill and had manners in the most splendid of the
  • American styles. Ralph had two theories about this intervenes. Either
  • his passion was a sentimental fiction of Miss Stackpole’s (there was
  • always a sort of tacit understanding among women, born of the solidarity
  • of the sex, that they should discover or invent lovers for each other),
  • in which case he was not to be feared and would probably not accept the
  • invitation; or else he would accept the invitation and in this event
  • prove himself a creature too irrational to demand further consideration.
  • The latter clause of Ralph’s argument might have seemed incoherent;
  • but it embodied his conviction that if Mr. Goodwood were interested in
  • Isabel in the serious manner described by Miss Stackpole he would not
  • care to present himself at Gardencourt on a summons from the latter
  • lady. “On this supposition,” said Ralph, “he must regard her as a thorn
  • on the stem of his rose; as an intercessor he must find her wanting in
  • tact.”
  • Two days after he had sent his invitation he received a very short
  • note from Caspar Goodwood, thanking him for it, regretting that other
  • engagements made a visit to Gardencourt impossible and presenting many
  • compliments to Miss Stackpole. Ralph handed the note to Henrietta, who,
  • when she had read it, exclaimed: “Well, I never have heard of anything
  • so stiff!”
  • “I’m afraid he doesn’t care so much about my cousin as you suppose,”
  • Ralph observed.
  • “No, it’s not that; it’s some subtler motive. His nature’s very deep.
  • But I’m determined to fathom it, and I shall write to him to know what
  • he means.”
  • His refusal of Ralph’s overtures was vaguely disconcerting; from the
  • moment he declined to come to Gardencourt our friend began to think
  • him of importance. He asked himself what it signified to him whether
  • Isabel’s admirers should be desperadoes or laggards; they were not
  • rivals of his and were perfectly welcome to act out their genius.
  • Nevertheless he felt much curiosity as to the result of Miss Stackpole’s
  • promised enquiry into the causes of Mr. Goodwood’s stiffness--a
  • curiosity for the present ungratified, inasmuch as when he asked her
  • three days later if she had written to London she was obliged to confess
  • she had written in vain. Mr. Goodwood had not replied.
  • “I suppose he’s thinking it over,” she said; “he thinks everything
  • over; he’s not really at all impetuous. But I’m accustomed to having my
  • letters answered the same day.” She presently proposed to Isabel, at
  • all events, that they should make an excursion to London together. “If I
  • must tell the truth,” she observed, “I’m not seeing much at this
  • place, and I shouldn’t think you were either. I’ve not even seen that
  • aristocrat--what’s his name?--Lord Washburton. He seems to let you
  • severely alone.”
  • “Lord Warburton’s coming to-morrow, I happen to know,” replied her
  • friend, who had received a note from the master of Lockleigh in answer
  • to her own letter. “You’ll have every opportunity of turning him inside
  • out.”
  • “Well, he may do for one letter, but what’s one letter when you want to
  • write fifty? I’ve described all the scenery in this vicinity and raved
  • about all the old women and donkeys. You may say what you please,
  • scenery doesn’t make a vital letter. I must go back to London and get
  • some impressions of real life. I was there but three days before I came
  • away, and that’s hardly time to get in touch.”
  • As Isabel, on her journey from New York to Gardencourt, had seen even
  • less of the British capital than this, it appeared a happy suggestion of
  • Henrietta’s that the two should go thither on a visit of pleasure. The
  • idea struck Isabel as charming; she was curious of the thick detail of
  • London, which had always loomed large and rich to her. They turned over
  • their schemes together and indulged in visions of romantic hours. They
  • would stay at some picturesque old inn--one of the inns described by
  • Dickens--and drive over the town in those delightful hansoms. Henrietta
  • was a literary woman, and the great advantage of being a literary woman
  • was that you could go everywhere and do everything. They would dine at
  • a coffee-house and go afterwards to the play; they would frequent the
  • Abbey and the British Museum and find out where Doctor Johnson had
  • lived, and Goldsmith and Addison. Isabel grew eager and presently
  • unveiled the bright vision to Ralph, who burst into a fit of laughter
  • which scarce expressed the sympathy she had desired.
  • “It’s a delightful plan,” he said. “I advise you to go to the Duke’s
  • Head in Covent Garden, an easy, informal, old-fashioned place, and I’ll
  • have you put down at my club.”
  • “Do you mean it’s improper?” Isabel asked. “Dear me, isn’t anything
  • proper here? With Henrietta surely I may go anywhere; she isn’t hampered
  • in that way. She has travelled over the whole American continent and can
  • at least find her way about this minute island.”
  • “Ah then,” said Ralph, “let me take advantage of her protection to go up
  • to town as well. I may never have a chance to travel so safely!”
  • CHAPTER XIV
  • Miss Stackpole would have prepared to start immediately; but Isabel, as
  • we have seen, had been notified that Lord Warburton would come again to
  • Gardencourt, and she believed it her duty to remain there and see him.
  • For four or five days he had made no response to her letter; then he had
  • written, very briefly, to say he would come to luncheon two days later.
  • There was something in these delays and postponements that touched the
  • girl and renewed her sense of his desire to be considerate and patient,
  • not to appear to urge her too grossly; a consideration the more studied
  • that she was so sure he “really liked” her. Isabel told her uncle she
  • had written to him, mentioning also his intention of coming; and the
  • old man, in consequence, left his room earlier than usual and made his
  • appearance at the two o’clock repast. This was by no means an act of
  • vigilance on his part, but the fruit of a benevolent belief that his
  • being of the company might help to cover any conjoined straying away
  • in case Isabel should give their noble visitor another hearing. That
  • personage drove over from Lockleigh and brought the elder of his sisters
  • with him, a measure presumably dictated by reflexions of the same order
  • as Mr. Touchett’s. The two visitors were introduced to Miss Stackpole,
  • who, at luncheon, occupied a seat adjoining Lord Warburton’s. Isabel,
  • who was nervous and had no relish for the prospect of again arguing
  • the question he had so prematurely opened, could not help admiring his
  • good-humoured self-possession, which quite disguised the symptoms of
  • that preoccupation with her presence it was natural she should suppose
  • him to feel. He neither looked at her nor spoke to her, and the only
  • sign of his emotion was that he avoided meeting her eyes. He had plenty
  • of talk for the others, however, and he appeared to eat his luncheon
  • with discrimination and appetite. Miss Molyneux, who had a smooth,
  • nun-like forehead and wore a large silver cross suspended from her neck,
  • was evidently preoccupied with Henrietta Stackpole, upon whom her
  • eyes constantly rested in a manner suggesting a conflict between deep
  • alienation and yearning wonder. Of the two ladies from Lockleigh she
  • was the one Isabel had liked best; there was such a world of hereditary
  • quiet in her. Isabel was sure moreover that her mild forehead and
  • silver cross referred to some weird Anglican mystery--some delightful
  • reinstitution perhaps of the quaint office of the canoness. She wondered
  • what Miss Molyneux would think of her if she knew Miss Archer had
  • refused her brother; and then she felt sure that Miss Molyneux would
  • never know--that Lord Warburton never told her such things. He was fond
  • of her and kind to her, but on the whole he told her little. Such, at
  • least, was Isabel’s theory; when, at table, she was not occupied in
  • conversation she was usually occupied in forming theories about her
  • neighbours. According to Isabel, if Miss Molyneux should ever learn what
  • had passed between Miss Archer and Lord Warburton she would probably be
  • shocked at such a girl’s failure to rise; or no, rather (this was our
  • heroine’s last position) she would impute to the young American but a
  • due consciousness of inequality.
  • Whatever Isabel might have made of her opportunities, at all events,
  • Henrietta Stackpole was by no means disposed to neglect those in which
  • she now found herself immersed. “Do you know you’re the first lord I’ve
  • ever seen?” she said very promptly to her neighbour. “I suppose you
  • think I’m awfully benighted.”
  • “You’ve escaped seeing some very ugly men,” Lord Warburton answered,
  • looking a trifle absently about the table.
  • “Are they very ugly? They try to make us believe in America that they’re
  • all handsome and magnificent and that they wear wonderful robes and
  • crowns.”
  • “Ah, the robes and crowns are gone out of fashion,” said Lord Warburton,
  • “like your tomahawks and revolvers.”
  • “I’m sorry for that; I think an aristocracy ought to be splendid,”
  • Henrietta declared. “If it’s not that, what is it?”
  • “Oh, you know, it isn’t much, at the best,” her neighbour allowed.
  • “Won’t you have a potato?”
  • “I don’t care much for these European potatoes. I shouldn’t know you
  • from an ordinary American gentleman.”
  • “Do talk to me as if I were one,” said Lord Warburton. “I don’t see how
  • you manage to get on without potatoes; you must find so few things to
  • eat over here.”
  • Henrietta was silent a little; there was a chance he was not sincere.
  • “I’ve had hardly any appetite since I’ve been here,” she went on at
  • last; “so it doesn’t much matter. I don’t approve of you, you know; I
  • feel as if I ought to tell you that.”
  • “Don’t approve of me?”
  • “Yes; I don’t suppose any one ever said such a thing to you before, did
  • they? I don’t approve of lords as an institution. I think the world has
  • got beyond them--far beyond.”
  • “Oh, so do I. I don’t approve of myself in the least. Sometimes it comes
  • over me--how I should object to myself if I were not myself, don’t you
  • know? But that’s rather good, by the way--not to be vainglorious.”
  • “Why don’t you give it up then?” Miss Stackpole enquired.
  • “Give up--a--?” asked Lord Warburton, meeting her harsh inflexion with a
  • very mellow one.
  • “Give up being a lord.”
  • “Oh, I’m so little of one! One would really forget all about it if you
  • wretched Americans were not constantly reminding one. However, I do
  • think of giving it up, the little there is left of it, one of these
  • days.”
  • “I should like to see you do it!” Henrietta exclaimed rather grimly.
  • “I’ll invite you to the ceremony; we’ll have a supper and a dance.”
  • “Well,” said Miss Stackpole, “I like to see all sides. I don’t approve
  • of a privileged class, but I like to hear what they have to say for
  • themselves.”
  • “Mighty little, as you see!”
  • “I should like to draw you out a little more,” Henrietta continued. “But
  • you’re always looking away. You’re afraid of meeting my eye. I see you
  • want to escape me.”
  • “No, I’m only looking for those despised potatoes.”
  • “Please explain about that young lady--your sister--then. I don’t
  • understand about her. Is she a Lady?”
  • “She’s a capital good girl.”
  • “I don’t like the way you say that--as if you wanted to change the
  • subject. Is her position inferior to yours?”
  • “We neither of us have any position to speak of; but she’s better off
  • than I, because she has none of the bother.”
  • “Yes, she doesn’t look as if she had much bother. I wish I had as little
  • bother as that. You do produce quiet people over here, whatever else you
  • may do.”
  • “Ah, you see one takes life easily, on the whole,” said Lord Warburton.
  • “And then you know we’re very dull. Ah, we can be dull when we try!”
  • “I should advise you to try something else. I shouldn’t know what to
  • talk to your sister about; she looks so different. Is that silver cross
  • a badge?”
  • “A badge?”
  • “A sign of rank.”
  • Lord Warburton’s glance had wandered a good deal, but at this it met the
  • gaze of his neighbour. “Oh yes,” he answered in a moment; “the women go
  • in for those things. The silver cross is worn by the eldest daughters of
  • Viscounts.” Which was his harmless revenge for having occasionally had
  • his credulity too easily engaged in America. After luncheon he proposed
  • to Isabel to come into the gallery and look at the pictures; and though
  • she knew he had seen the pictures twenty times she complied without
  • criticising this pretext. Her conscience now was very easy; ever since
  • she sent him her letter she had felt particularly light of spirit. He
  • walked slowly to the end of the gallery, staring at its contents and
  • saying nothing; and then he suddenly broke out: “I hoped you wouldn’t
  • write to me that way.”
  • “It was the only way, Lord Warburton,” said the girl. “Do try and
  • believe that.”
  • “If I could believe it of course I should let you alone. But we can’t
  • believe by willing it; and I confess I don’t understand. I could
  • understand your disliking me; that I could understand well. But that you
  • should admit you do--”
  • “What have I admitted?” Isabel interrupted, turning slightly pale.
  • “That you think me a good fellow; isn’t that it?” She said nothing,
  • and he went on: “You don’t seem to have any reason, and that gives me a
  • sense of injustice.”
  • “I have a reason, Lord Warburton.” She said it in a tone that made his
  • heart contract.
  • “I should like very much to know it.”
  • “I’ll tell you some day when there’s more to show for it.”
  • “Excuse my saying that in the mean time I must doubt of it.”
  • “You make me very unhappy,” said Isabel.
  • “I’m not sorry for that; it may help you to know how I feel. Will you
  • kindly answer me a question?” Isabel made no audible assent, but he
  • apparently saw in her eyes something that gave him courage to go on. “Do
  • you prefer some one else?”
  • “That’s a question I’d rather not answer.”
  • “Ah, you do then!” her suitor murmured with bitterness.
  • The bitterness touched her, and she cried out: “You’re mistaken! I
  • don’t.”
  • He sat down on a bench, unceremoniously, doggedly, like a man in
  • trouble; leaning his elbows on his knees and staring at the floor. “I
  • can’t even be glad of that,” he said at last, throwing himself back
  • against the wall; “for that would be an excuse.”
  • She raised her eyebrows in surprise. “An excuse? Must I excuse myself?”
  • He paid, however, no answer to the question. Another idea had come into
  • his head. “Is it my political opinions? Do you think I go too far?”
  • “I can’t object to your political opinions, because I don’t understand
  • them.”
  • “You don’t care what I think!” he cried, getting up. “It’s all the same
  • to you.”
  • Isabel walked to the other side of the gallery and stood there showing
  • him her charming back, her light slim figure, the length of her white
  • neck as she bent her head, and the density of her dark braids. She
  • stopped in front of a small picture as if for the purpose of examining
  • it; and there was something so young and free in her movement that her
  • very pliancy seemed to mock at him. Her eyes, however, saw nothing; they
  • had suddenly been suffused with tears. In a moment he followed her, and
  • by this time she had brushed her tears away; but when she turned round
  • her face was pale and the expression of her eyes strange. “That reason
  • that I wouldn’t tell you--I’ll tell it you after all. It’s that I can’t
  • escape my fate.”
  • “Your fate?”
  • “I should try to escape it if I were to marry you.”
  • “I don’t understand. Why should not that be your fate as well as
  • anything else?”
  • “Because it’s not,” said Isabel femininely. “I know it’s not. It’s not
  • my fate to give up--I know it can’t be.”
  • Poor Lord Warburton stared, an interrogative point in either eye. “Do
  • you call marrying me giving up?”
  • “Not in the usual sense. It’s getting--getting--getting a great deal.
  • But it’s giving up other chances.”
  • “Other chances for what?”
  • “I don’t mean chances to marry,” said Isabel, her colour quickly coming
  • back to her. And then she stopped, looking down with a deep frown, as if
  • it were hopeless to attempt to make her meaning clear.
  • “I don’t think it presumptuous in me to suggest that you’ll gain more
  • than you’ll lose,” her companion observed.
  • “I can’t escape unhappiness,” said Isabel. “In marrying you I shall be
  • trying to.”
  • “I don’t know whether you’d try to, but you certainly would: that I must
  • in candour admit!” he exclaimed with an anxious laugh.
  • “I mustn’t--I can’t!” cried the girl.
  • “Well, if you’re bent on being miserable I don’t see why you should make
  • me so. Whatever charms a life of misery may have for you, it has none
  • for me.”
  • “I’m not bent on a life of misery,” said Isabel. “I’ve always been
  • intensely determined to be happy, and I’ve often believed I should be.
  • I’ve told people that; you can ask them. But it comes over me every
  • now and then that I can never be happy in any extraordinary way; not by
  • turning away, by separating myself.”
  • “By separating yourself from what?”
  • “From life. From the usual chances and dangers, from what most people
  • know and suffer.”
  • Lord Warburton broke into a smile that almost denoted hope. “Why,
  • my dear Miss Archer,” he began to explain with the most considerate
  • eagerness, “I don’t offer you any exoneration from life or from any
  • chances or dangers whatever. I wish I could; depend upon it I would! For
  • what do you take me, pray? Heaven help me, I’m not the Emperor of China!
  • All I offer you is the chance of taking the common lot in a comfortable
  • sort of way. The common lot? Why, I’m devoted to the common lot! Strike
  • an alliance with me, and I promise you that you shall have plenty of it.
  • You shall separate from nothing whatever--not even from your friend Miss
  • Stackpole.”
  • “She’d never approve of it,” said Isabel, trying to smile and take
  • advantage of this side-issue; despising herself too, not a little, for
  • doing so.
  • “Are we speaking of Miss Stackpole?” his lordship asked impatiently. “I
  • never saw a person judge things on such theoretic grounds.”
  • “Now I suppose you’re speaking of me,” said Isabel with humility; and
  • she turned away again, for she saw Miss Molyneux enter the gallery,
  • accompanied by Henrietta and by Ralph.
  • Lord Warburton’s sister addressed him with a certain timidity and
  • reminded him she ought to return home in time for tea, as she was
  • expecting company to partake of it. He made no answer--apparently
  • not having heard her; he was preoccupied, and with good reason. Miss
  • Molyneux--as if he had been Royalty--stood like a lady-in-waiting.
  • “Well, I never, Miss Molyneux!” said Henrietta Stackpole. “If I wanted
  • to go he’d have to go. If I wanted my brother to do a thing he’d have to
  • do it.”
  • “Oh, Warburton does everything one wants,” Miss Molyneux answered with
  • a quick, shy laugh. “How very many pictures you have!” she went on,
  • turning to Ralph.
  • “They look a good many, because they’re all put together,” said Ralph.
  • “But it’s really a bad way.”
  • “Oh, I think it’s so nice. I wish we had a gallery at Lockleigh. I’m so
  • very fond of pictures,” Miss Molyneux went on, persistently, to Ralph,
  • as if she were afraid Miss Stackpole would address her again. Henrietta
  • appeared at once to fascinate and to frighten her.
  • “Ah yes, pictures are very convenient,” said Ralph, who appeared to know
  • better what style of reflexion was acceptable to her.
  • “They’re so very pleasant when it rains,” the young lady continued. “It
  • has rained of late so very often.”
  • “I’m sorry you’re going away, Lord Warburton,” said Henrietta. “I wanted
  • to get a great deal more out of you.”
  • “I’m not going away,” Lord Warburton answered.
  • “Your sister says you must. In America the gentlemen obey the ladies.”
  • “I’m afraid we have some people to tea,” said Miss Molyneux, looking at
  • her brother.
  • “Very good, my dear. We’ll go.”
  • “I hoped you would resist!” Henrietta exclaimed. “I wanted to see what
  • Miss Molyneux would do.”
  • “I never do anything,” said this young lady.
  • “I suppose in your position it’s sufficient for you to exist!” Miss
  • Stackpole returned. “I should like very much to see you at home.”
  • “You must come to Lockleigh again,” said Miss Molyneux, very sweetly, to
  • Isabel, ignoring this remark of Isabel’s friend. Isabel looked into her
  • quiet eyes a moment, and for that moment seemed to see in their grey
  • depths the reflexion of everything she had rejected in rejecting Lord
  • Warburton--the peace, the kindness, the honour, the possessions, a deep
  • security and a great exclusion. She kissed Miss Molyneux and then she
  • said: “I’m afraid I can never come again.”
  • “Never again?”
  • “I’m afraid I’m going away.”
  • “Oh, I’m so very sorry,” said Miss Molyneux. “I think that’s so very
  • wrong of you.”
  • Lord Warburton watched this little passage; then he turned away and
  • stared at a picture. Ralph, leaning against the rail before the picture
  • with his hands in his pockets, had for the moment been watching him.
  • “I should like to see you at home,” said Henrietta, whom Lord Warburton
  • found beside him. “I should like an hour’s talk with you; there are a
  • great many questions I wish to ask you.”
  • “I shall be delighted to see you,” the proprietor of Lockleigh answered;
  • “but I’m certain not to be able to answer many of your questions. When
  • will you come?”
  • “Whenever Miss Archer will take me. We’re thinking of going to London,
  • but we’ll go and see you first. I’m determined to get some satisfaction
  • out of you.”
  • “If it depends upon Miss Archer I’m afraid you won’t get much. She won’t
  • come to Lockleigh; she doesn’t like the place.”
  • “She told me it was lovely!” said Henrietta.
  • Lord Warburton hesitated. “She won’t come, all the same. You had better
  • come alone,” he added.
  • Henrietta straightened herself, and her large eyes expanded. “Would you
  • make that remark to an English lady?” she enquired with soft asperity.
  • Lord Warburton stared. “Yes, if I liked her enough.”
  • “You’d be careful not to like her enough. If Miss Archer won’t visit
  • your place again it’s because she doesn’t want to take me. I know what
  • she thinks of me, and I suppose you think the same--that I oughtn’t to
  • bring in individuals.” Lord Warburton was at a loss; he had not been
  • made acquainted with Miss Stackpole’s professional character and failed
  • to catch her allusion. “Miss Archer has been warning you!” she therefore
  • went on.
  • “Warning me?”
  • “Isn’t that why she came off alone with you here--to put you on your
  • guard?”
  • “Oh dear, no,” said Lord Warburton brazenly; “our talk had no such
  • solemn character as that.”
  • “Well, you’ve been on your guard--intensely. I suppose it’s natural
  • to you; that’s just what I wanted to observe. And so, too, Miss
  • Molyneux--she wouldn’t commit herself. You have been warned, anyway,”
  • Henrietta continued, addressing this young lady; “but for you it wasn’t
  • necessary.”
  • “I hope not,” said Miss Molyneux vaguely.
  • “Miss Stackpole takes notes,” Ralph soothingly explained. “She’s a great
  • satirist; she sees through us all and she works us up.”
  • “Well, I must say I never have had such a collection of bad material!”
  • Henrietta declared, looking from Isabel to Lord Warburton and from this
  • nobleman to his sister and to Ralph. “There’s something the matter with
  • you all; you’re as dismal as if you had got a bad cable.”
  • “You do see through us, Miss Stackpole,” said Ralph in a low tone,
  • giving her a little intelligent nod as he led the party out of the
  • gallery. “There’s something the matter with us all.”
  • Isabel came behind these two; Miss Molyneux, who decidedly liked her
  • immensely, had taken her arm, to walk beside her over the polished
  • floor. Lord Warburton strolled on the other side with his hands behind
  • him and his eyes lowered. For some moments he said nothing; and then,
  • “Is it true you’re going to London?” he asked.
  • “I believe it has been arranged.”
  • “And when shall you come back?”
  • “In a few days; but probably for a very short time. I’m going to Paris
  • with my aunt.”
  • “When, then, shall I see you again?”
  • “Not for a good while,” said Isabel. “But some day or other, I hope.”
  • “Do you really hope it?”
  • “Very much.”
  • He went a few steps in silence; then he stopped and put out his hand.
  • “Good-bye.”
  • “Good-bye,” said Isabel.
  • Miss Molyneux kissed her again, and she let the two depart. After it,
  • without rejoining Henrietta and Ralph, she retreated to her own room; in
  • which apartment, before dinner, she was found by Mrs. Touchett, who had
  • stopped on her way to the salon. “I may as well tell you,” said that
  • lady, “that your uncle has informed me of your relations with Lord
  • Warburton.”
  • Isabel considered. “Relations? They’re hardly relations. That’s the
  • strange part of it: he has seen me but three or four times.”
  • “Why did you tell your uncle rather than me?” Mrs. Touchett
  • dispassionately asked.
  • Again the girl hesitated. “Because he knows Lord Warburton better.”
  • “Yes, but I know you better.”
  • “I’m not sure of that,” said Isabel, smiling.
  • “Neither am I, after all; especially when you give me that rather
  • conceited look. One would think you were awfully pleased with yourself
  • and had carried off a prize! I suppose that when you refuse an offer
  • like Lord Warburton’s it’s because you expect to do something better.”
  • “Ah, my uncle didn’t say that!” cried Isabel, smiling still.
  • CHAPTER XV
  • It had been arranged that the two young ladies should proceed to London
  • under Ralph’s escort, though Mrs. Touchett looked with little favour on
  • the plan. It was just the sort of plan, she said, that Miss Stackpole
  • would be sure to suggest, and she enquired if the correspondent of
  • the _Interviewer_ was to take the party to stay at her favourite
  • boarding-house.
  • “I don’t care where she takes us to stay, so long as there’s local
  • colour,” said Isabel. “That’s what we’re going to London for.”
  • “I suppose that after a girl has refused an English lord she may do
  • anything,” her aunt rejoined. “After that one needn’t stand on trifles.”
  • “Should you have liked me to marry Lord Warburton?” Isabel enquired.
  • “Of course I should.”
  • “I thought you disliked the English so much.”
  • “So I do; but it’s all the greater reason for making use of them.”
  • “Is that your idea of marriage?” And Isabel ventured to add that her
  • aunt appeared to her to have made very little use of Mr. Touchett.
  • “Your uncle’s not an English nobleman,” said Mrs. Touchett, “though even
  • if he had been I should still probably have taken up my residence in
  • Florence.”
  • “Do you think Lord Warburton could make me any better than I am?” the
  • girl asked with some animation. “I don’t mean I’m too good to improve. I
  • mean that I don’t love Lord Warburton enough to marry him.”
  • “You did right to refuse him then,” said Mrs. Touchett in her smallest,
  • sparest voice. “Only, the next great offer you get, I hope you’ll manage
  • to come up to your standard.”
  • “We had better wait till the offer comes before we talk about it. I
  • hope very much I may have no more offers for the present. They upset me
  • completely.”
  • “You probably won’t be troubled with them if you adopt permanently the
  • Bohemian manner of life. However, I’ve promised Ralph not to criticise.”
  • “I’ll do whatever Ralph says is right,” Isabel returned. “I’ve unbounded
  • confidence in Ralph.”
  • “His mother’s much obliged to you!” this lady dryly laughed.
  • “It seems to me indeed she ought to feel it!” Isabel irrepressibly
  • answered.
  • Ralph had assured her that there would be no violation of decency in
  • their paying a visit--the little party of three--to the sights of the
  • metropolis; but Mrs. Touchett took a different view. Like many ladies of
  • her country who had lived a long time in Europe, she had completely
  • lost her native tact on such points, and in her reaction, not in itself
  • deplorable, against the liberty allowed to young persons beyond the
  • seas, had fallen into gratuitous and exaggerated scruples. Ralph
  • accompanied their visitors to town and established them at a quiet inn
  • in a street that ran at right angles to Piccadilly. His first idea had
  • been to take them to his father’s house in Winchester Square, a large,
  • dull mansion which at this period of the year was shrouded in silence
  • and brown holland; but he bethought himself that, the cook being at
  • Gardencourt, there was no one in the house to get them their meals,
  • and Pratt’s Hotel accordingly became their resting-place. Ralph, on his
  • side, found quarters in Winchester Square, having a “den” there of which
  • he was very fond and being familiar with deeper fears than that of a
  • cold kitchen. He availed himself largely indeed of the resources of
  • Pratt’s Hotel, beginning his day with an early visit to his fellow
  • travellers, who had Mr. Pratt in person, in a large bulging white
  • waistcoat, to remove their dish-covers. Ralph turned up, as he said,
  • after breakfast, and the little party made out a scheme of entertainment
  • for the day. As London wears in the month of September a face blank but
  • for its smears of prior service, the young man, who occasionally took
  • an apologetic tone, was obliged to remind his companion, to Miss
  • Stackpole’s high derision, that there wasn’t a creature in town.
  • “I suppose you mean the aristocracy are absent,” Henrietta answered;
  • “but I don’t think you could have a better proof that if they were
  • absent altogether they wouldn’t be missed. It seems to me the place is
  • about as full as it can be. There’s no one here, of course, but three
  • or four millions of people. What is it you call them--the lower-middle
  • class? They’re only the population of London, and that’s of no
  • consequence.”
  • Ralph declared that for him the aristocracy left no void that Miss
  • Stackpole herself didn’t fill, and that a more contented man was nowhere
  • at that moment to be found. In this he spoke the truth, for the stale
  • September days, in the huge half-empty town, had a charm wrapped in them
  • as a coloured gem might be wrapped in a dusty cloth. When he went home
  • at night to the empty house in Winchester Square, after a chain of hours
  • with his comparatively ardent friends, he wandered into the big dusky
  • dining-room, where the candle he took from the hall-table, after letting
  • himself in, constituted the only illumination. The square was still, the
  • house was still; when he raised one of the windows of the dining-room to
  • let in the air he heard the slow creak of the boots of a lone constable.
  • His own step, in the empty place, seemed loud and sonorous; some of the
  • carpets had been raised, and whenever he moved he roused a melancholy
  • echo. He sat down in one of the armchairs; the big dark dining table
  • twinkled here and there in the small candle-light; the pictures on the
  • wall, all of them very brown, looked vague and incoherent. There was a
  • ghostly presence as of dinners long since digested, of table-talk
  • that had lost its actuality. This hint of the supernatural perhaps had
  • something to do with the fact that his imagination took a flight and
  • that he remained in his chair a long time beyond the hour at which he
  • should have been in bed; doing nothing, not even reading the evening
  • paper. I say he did nothing, and I maintain the phrase in the face of
  • the fact that he thought at these moments of Isabel. To think of Isabel
  • could only be for him an idle pursuit, leading to nothing and profiting
  • little to any one. His cousin had not yet seemed to him so charming
  • as during these days spent in sounding, tourist-fashion, the deeps
  • and shallows of the metropolitan element. Isabel was full of premises,
  • conclusions, emotions; if she had come in search of local colour she
  • found it everywhere. She asked more questions than he could answer, and
  • launched brave theories, as to historic cause and social effect, that he
  • was equally unable to accept or to refute. The party went more than once
  • to the British Museum and to that brighter palace of art which reclaims
  • for antique variety so large an area of a monotonous suburb; they spent
  • a morning in the Abbey and went on a penny-steamer to the Tower; they
  • looked at pictures both in public and private collections and sat
  • on various occasions beneath the great trees in Kensington Gardens.
  • Henrietta proved an indestructible sight-seer and a more lenient judge
  • than Ralph had ventured to hope. She had indeed many disappointments,
  • and London at large suffered from her vivid remembrance of the strong
  • points of the American civic idea; but she made the best of its dingy
  • dignities and only heaved an occasional sigh and uttered a desultory
  • “Well!” which led no further and lost itself in retrospect. The truth
  • was that, as she said herself, she was not in her element. “I’ve not a
  • sympathy with inanimate objects,” she remarked to Isabel at the National
  • Gallery; and she continued to suffer from the meagreness of the glimpse
  • that had as yet been vouchsafed to her of the inner life. Landscapes
  • by Turner and Assyrian bulls were a poor substitute for the literary
  • dinner-parties at which she had hoped to meet the genius and renown of
  • Great Britain.
  • “Where are your public men, where are your men and women of intellect?”
  • she enquired of Ralph, standing in the middle of Trafalgar Square as
  • if she had supposed this to be a place where she would naturally meet a
  • few. “That’s one of them on the top of the column, you say--Lord Nelson.
  • Was he a lord too? Wasn’t he high enough, that they had to stick him a
  • hundred feet in the air? That’s the past--I don’t care about the past; I
  • want to see some of the leading minds of the present. I won’t say of the
  • future, because I don’t believe much in your future.” Poor Ralph had few
  • leading minds among his acquaintance and rarely enjoyed the pleasure
  • of buttonholing a celebrity; a state of things which appeared to Miss
  • Stackpole to indicate a deplorable want of enterprise. “If I were on the
  • other side I should call,” she said, “and tell the gentleman, whoever
  • he might be, that I had heard a great deal about him and had come to see
  • for myself. But I gather from what you say that this is not the custom
  • here. You seem to have plenty of meaningless customs, but none of those
  • that would help along. We are in advance, certainly. I suppose I shall
  • have to give up the social side altogether;” and Henrietta, though
  • she went about with her guidebook and pencil and wrote a letter to the
  • _Interviewer_ about the Tower (in which she described the execution of
  • Lady Jane Grey), had a sad sense of falling below her mission.
  • The incident that had preceded Isabel’s departure from Gardencourt left
  • a painful trace in our young woman’s mind: when she felt again in her
  • face, as from a recurrent wave, the cold breath of her last suitor’s
  • surprise, she could only muffle her head till the air cleared. She could
  • not have done less than what she did; this was certainly true. But her
  • necessity, all the same, had been as graceless as some physical act in
  • a strained attitude, and she felt no desire to take credit for her
  • conduct. Mixed with this imperfect pride, nevertheless, was a feeling of
  • freedom which in itself was sweet and which, as she wandered through the
  • great city with her ill-matched companions, occasionally throbbed into
  • odd demonstrations. When she walked in Kensington Gardens she stopped
  • the children (mainly of the poorer sort) whom she saw playing on the
  • grass; she asked them their names and gave them sixpence and, when
  • they were pretty, kissed them. Ralph noticed these quaint charities;
  • he noticed everything she did. One afternoon, that his companions might
  • pass the time, he invited them to tea in Winchester Square, and he had
  • the house set in order as much as possible for their visit. There
  • was another guest to meet them, an amiable bachelor, an old friend of
  • Ralph’s who happened to be in town and for whom prompt commerce with
  • Miss Stackpole appeared to have neither difficulty nor dread. Mr.
  • Bantling, a stout, sleek, smiling man of forty, wonderfully dressed,
  • universally informed and incoherently amused, laughed immoderately at
  • everything Henrietta said, gave her several cups of tea, examined in her
  • society the _bric-à-brac_, of which Ralph had a considerable collection,
  • and afterwards, when the host proposed they should go out into the
  • square and pretend it was a _fête-champetre_, walked round the limited
  • enclosure several times with her and, at a dozen turns of their talk,
  • bounded responsive--as with a positive passion for argument--to her
  • remarks upon the inner life.
  • “Oh, I see; I dare say you found it very quiet at Gardencourt. Naturally
  • there’s not much going on there when there’s such a lot of illness
  • about. Touchett’s very bad, you know; the doctors have forbidden his
  • being in England at all, and he has only come back to take care of his
  • father. The old man, I believe, has half a dozen things the matter
  • with him. They call it gout, but to my certain knowledge he has organic
  • disease so developed that you may depend upon it he’ll go, some day
  • soon, quite quickly. Of course that sort of thing makes a dreadfully
  • dull house; I wonder they have people when they can do so little for
  • them. Then I believe Mr. Touchett’s always squabbling with his wife; she
  • lives away from her husband, you know, in that extraordinary American
  • way of yours. If you want a house where there’s always something going
  • on, I recommend you to go down and stay with my sister, Lady Pensil,
  • in Bedfordshire. I’ll write to her to-morrow and I’m sure she’ll be
  • delighted to ask you. I know just what you want--you want a house
  • where they go in for theatricals and picnics and that sort of thing. My
  • sister’s just that sort of woman; she’s always getting up something or
  • other and she’s always glad to have the sort of people who help her. I’m
  • sure she’ll ask you down by return of post: she’s tremendously fond of
  • distinguished people and writers. She writes herself, you know; but
  • I haven’t read everything she has written. It’s usually poetry, and I
  • don’t go in much for poetry--unless it’s Byron. I suppose you think a
  • great deal of Byron in America,” Mr. Bantling continued, expanding
  • in the stimulating air of Miss Stackpole’s attention, bringing up his
  • sequences promptly and changing his topic with an easy turn of hand.
  • Yet he none the less gracefully kept in sight of the idea, dazzling to
  • Henrietta, of her going to stay with Lady Pensil in Bedfordshire. “I
  • understand what you want; you want to see some genuine English sport.
  • The Touchetts aren’t English at all, you know; they have their own
  • habits, their own language, their own food--some odd religion even, I
  • believe, of their own. The old man thinks it’s wicked to hunt, I’m told.
  • You must get down to my sister’s in time for the theatricals, and I’m
  • sure she’ll be glad to give you a part. I’m sure you act well; I know
  • you’re very clever. My sister’s forty years old and has seven children,
  • but she’s going to play the principal part. Plain as she is she makes up
  • awfully well--I will say for her. Of course you needn’t act if you don’t
  • want to.”
  • In this manner Mr. Bantling delivered himself while they strolled over
  • the grass in Winchester Square, which, although it had been peppered
  • by the London soot, invited the tread to linger. Henrietta thought her
  • blooming, easy-voiced bachelor, with his impressibility to feminine
  • merit and his splendid range of suggestion, a very agreeable man, and
  • she valued the opportunity he offered her. “I don’t know but I would go,
  • if your sister should ask me. I think it would be my duty. What do you
  • call her name?”
  • “Pensil. It’s an odd name, but it isn’t a bad one.”
  • “I think one name’s as good as another. But what’s her rank?”.
  • “Oh, she’s a baron’s wife; a convenient sort of rank. You’re fine enough
  • and you’re not too fine.”
  • “I don’t know but what she’d be too fine for me. What do you call the
  • place she lives in--Bedfordshire?”
  • “She lives away in the northern corner of it. It’s a tiresome country,
  • but I dare say you won’t mind it. I’ll try and run down while you’re
  • there.”
  • All this was very pleasant to Miss Stackpole, and she was sorry to be
  • obliged to separate from Lady Pensil’s obliging brother. But it happened
  • that she had met the day before, in Piccadilly, some friends whom she
  • had not seen for a year: the Miss Climbers, two ladies from Wilmington,
  • Delaware, who had been travelling on the Continent and were now
  • preparing to re-embark. Henrietta had had a long interview with them on
  • the Piccadilly pavement, and though the three ladies all talked at once
  • they had not exhausted their store. It had been agreed therefore that
  • Henrietta should come and dine with them in their lodgings in Jermyn
  • Street at six o’clock on the morrow, and she now bethought herself of
  • this engagement. She prepared to start for Jermyn Street, taking leave
  • first of Ralph Touchett and Isabel, who, seated on garden chairs
  • in another part of the enclosure, were occupied--if the term may be
  • used--with an exchange of amenities less pointed than the practical
  • colloquy of Miss Stackpole and Mr. Bantling. When it had been settled
  • between Isabel and her friend that they should be reunited at some
  • reputable hour at Pratt’s Hotel, Ralph remarked that the latter must
  • have a cab. She couldn’t walk all the way to Jermyn Street.
  • “I suppose you mean it’s improper for me to walk alone!” Henrietta
  • exclaimed. “Merciful powers, have I come to this?”
  • “There’s not the slightest need of your walking alone,” Mr. Bantling
  • gaily interposed. “I should be greatly pleased to go with you.”
  • “I simply meant that you’d be late for dinner,” Ralph returned. “Those
  • poor ladies may easily believe that we refuse, at the last, to spare
  • you.”
  • “You had better have a hansom, Henrietta,” said Isabel.
  • “I’ll get you a hansom if you’ll trust me,” Mr. Bantling went on.
  • “We might walk a little till we meet one.”
  • “I don’t see why I shouldn’t trust him, do you?” Henrietta enquired of
  • Isabel.
  • “I don’t see what Mr. Bantling could do to you,” Isabel obligingly
  • answered; “but, if you like, we’ll walk with you till you find your
  • cab.”
  • “Never mind; we’ll go alone. Come on, Mr. Bantling, and take care you
  • get me a good one.”
  • Mr. Bantling promised to do his best, and the two took their departure,
  • leaving the girl and her cousin together in the square, over which
  • a clear September twilight had now begun to gather. It was perfectly
  • still; the wide quadrangle of dusky houses showed lights in none of the
  • windows, where the shutters and blinds were closed; the pavements were
  • a vacant expanse, and, putting aside two small children from a
  • neighbouring slum, who, attracted by symptoms of abnormal animation
  • in the interior, poked their faces between the rusty rails of
  • the enclosure, the most vivid object within sight was the big red
  • pillar-post on the southeast corner.
  • “Henrietta will ask him to get into the cab and go with her to Jermyn
  • Street,” Ralph observed. He always spoke of Miss Stackpole as Henrietta.
  • “Very possibly,” said his companion.
  • “Or rather, no, she won’t,” he went on. “But Bantling will ask leave to
  • get in.”
  • “Very likely again. I am very glad they are such good friends.”
  • “She has made a conquest. He thinks her a brilliant woman. It may go
  • far,” said Ralph.
  • Isabel was briefly silent. “I call Henrietta a very brilliant woman, but
  • I don’t think it will go far. They would never really know each other.
  • He has not the least idea what she really is, and she has no just
  • comprehension of Mr. Bantling.”
  • “There’s no more usual basis of union than a mutual misunderstanding.
  • But it ought not to be so difficult to understand Bob Bantling,” Ralph
  • added. “He is a very simple organism.”
  • “Yes, but Henrietta’s a simpler one still. And, pray, what am I to do?”
  • Isabel asked, looking about her through the fading light, in which the
  • limited landscape-gardening of the square took on a large and effective
  • appearance. “I don’t imagine that you’ll propose that you and I, for our
  • amusement, shall drive about London in a hansom.”
  • “There’s no reason we shouldn’t stay here--if you don’t dislike it. It’s
  • very warm; there will be half an hour yet before dark; and if you permit
  • it I’ll light a cigarette.”
  • “You may do what you please,” said Isabel, “if you’ll amuse me till
  • seven o’clock. I propose at that hour to go back and partake of a simple
  • and solitary repast--two poached eggs and a muffin--at Pratt’s Hotel.”
  • “Mayn’t I dine with you?” Ralph asked.
  • “No, you’ll dine at your club.”
  • They had wandered back to their chairs in the centre of the square
  • again, and Ralph had lighted his cigarette. It would have given him
  • extreme pleasure to be present in person at the modest little feast she
  • had sketched; but in default of this he liked even being forbidden. For
  • the moment, however, he liked immensely being alone with her, in the
  • thickening dusk, in the centre of the multitudinous town; it made her
  • seem to depend upon him and to be in his power. This power he could
  • exert but vaguely; the best exercise of it was to accept her decisions
  • submissively which indeed there was already an emotion in doing. “Why
  • won’t you let me dine with you?” he demanded after a pause.
  • “Because I don’t care for it.”
  • “I suppose you’re tired of me.”
  • “I shall be an hour hence. You see I have the gift of foreknowledge.”
  • “Oh, I shall be delightful meanwhile,” said Ralph.
  • But he said nothing more, and as she made no rejoinder they sat
  • some time in a stillness which seemed to contradict his promise of
  • entertainment. It seemed to him she was preoccupied, and he wondered
  • what she was thinking about; there were two or three very possible
  • subjects. At last he spoke again. “Is your objection to my society this
  • evening caused by your expectation of another visitor?”
  • She turned her head with a glance of her clear, fair eyes. “Another
  • visitor? What visitor should I have?”
  • He had none to suggest; which made his question seem to himself silly as
  • well as brutal. “You’ve a great many friends that I don’t know. You’ve a
  • whole past from which I was perversely excluded.”
  • “You were reserved for my future. You must remember that my past is over
  • there across the water. There’s none of it here in London.”
  • “Very good, then, since your future is seated beside you. Capital thing
  • to have your future so handy.” And Ralph lighted another cigarette and
  • reflected that Isabel probably meant she had received news that Mr.
  • Caspar Goodwood had crossed to Paris. After he had lighted his cigarette
  • he puffed it a while, and then he resumed. “I promised just now to be
  • very amusing; but you see I don’t come up to the mark, and the fact is
  • there’s a good deal of temerity in one’s undertaking to amuse a
  • person like you. What do you care for my feeble attempts? You’ve grand
  • ideas--you’ve a high standard in such matters. I ought at least to bring
  • in a band of music or a company of mountebanks.”
  • “One mountebank’s enough, and you do very well. Pray go on, and in
  • another ten minutes I shall begin to laugh.”
  • “I assure you I’m very serious,” said Ralph. “You do really ask a great
  • deal.”
  • “I don’t know what you mean. I ask nothing.”
  • “You accept nothing,” said Ralph. She coloured, and now suddenly it
  • seemed to her that she guessed his meaning. But why should he speak
  • to her of such things? He hesitated a little and then he continued:
  • “There’s something I should like very much to say to you. It’s a
  • question I wish to ask. It seems to me I’ve a right to ask it, because
  • I’ve a kind of interest in the answer.”
  • “Ask what you will,” Isabel replied gently, “and I’ll try to satisfy
  • you.”
  • “Well then, I hope you won’t mind my saying that Warburton has told me
  • of something that has passed between you.”
  • Isabel suppressed a start; she sat looking at her open fan. “Very good;
  • I suppose it was natural he should tell you.”
  • “I have his leave to let you know he has done so. He has some hope
  • still,” said Ralph.
  • “Still?”
  • “He had it a few days ago.”
  • “I don’t believe he has any now,” said the girl.
  • “I’m very sorry for him then; he’s such an honest man.”
  • “Pray, did he ask you to talk to me?”
  • “No, not that. But he told me because he couldn’t help it. We’re old
  • friends, and he was greatly disappointed. He sent me a line asking me
  • to come and see him, and I drove over to Lockleigh the day before he and
  • his sister lunched with us. He was very heavy-hearted; he had just got a
  • letter from you.”
  • “Did he show you the letter?” asked Isabel with momentary loftiness.
  • “By no means. But he told me it was a neat refusal. I was very sorry for
  • him,” Ralph repeated.
  • For some moments Isabel said nothing; then at last, “Do you know how
  • often he had seen me?” she enquired. “Five or six times.”
  • “That’s to your glory.”
  • “It’s not for that I say it.”
  • “What then do you say it for. Not to prove that poor Warburton’s state
  • of mind’s superficial, because I’m pretty sure you don’t think that.”
  • Isabel certainly was unable to say she thought it; but presently she
  • said something else. “If you’ve not been requested by Lord Warburton to
  • argue with me, then you’re doing it disinterestedly--or for the love of
  • argument.”
  • “I’ve no wish to argue with you at all. I only wish to leave you alone.
  • I’m simply greatly interested in your own sentiments.”
  • “I’m greatly obliged to you!” cried Isabel with a slightly nervous
  • laugh.
  • “Of course you mean that I’m meddling in what doesn’t concern me. But
  • why shouldn’t I speak to you of this matter without annoying you or
  • embarrassing myself? What’s the use of being your cousin if I can’t have
  • a few privileges? What’s the use of adoring you without hope of a reward
  • if I can’t have a few compensations? What’s the use of being ill and
  • disabled and restricted to mere spectatorship at the game of life if I
  • really can’t see the show when I’ve paid so much for my ticket? Tell me
  • this,” Ralph went on while she listened to him with quickened attention.
  • “What had you in mind when you refused Lord Warburton?”
  • “What had I in mind?”
  • “What was the logic--the view of your situation--that dictated so
  • remarkable an act?”
  • “I didn’t wish to marry him--if that’s logic.”
  • “No, that’s not logic--and I knew that before. It’s really nothing, you
  • know. What was it you said to yourself? You certainly said more than
  • that.”
  • Isabel reflected a moment, then answered with a question of her own.
  • “Why do you call it a remarkable act? That’s what your mother thinks
  • too.”
  • “Warburton’s such a thorough good sort; as a man, I consider he has
  • hardly a fault. And then he’s what they call here no end of a swell. He
  • has immense possessions, and his wife would be thought a superior being.
  • He unites the intrinsic and the extrinsic advantages.”
  • Isabel watched her cousin as to see how far he would go. “I refused him
  • because he was too perfect then. I’m not perfect myself, and he’s too
  • good for me. Besides, his perfection would irritate me.”
  • “That’s ingenious rather than candid,” said Ralph. “As a fact you think
  • nothing in the world too perfect for you.”
  • “Do you think I’m so good?”
  • “No, but you’re exacting, all the same, without the excuse of thinking
  • yourself good. Nineteen women out of twenty, however, even of the most
  • exacting sort, would have managed to do with Warburton. Perhaps you
  • don’t know how he has been stalked.”
  • “I don’t wish to know. But it seems to me,” said Isabel, “that one day
  • when we talked of him you mentioned odd things in him.” Ralph smokingly
  • considered. “I hope that what I said then had no weight with you;
  • for they were not faults, the things I spoke of: they were simply
  • peculiarities of his position. If I had known he wished to marry you I’d
  • never have alluded to them. I think I said that as regards that position
  • he was rather a sceptic. It would have been in your power to make him a
  • believer.”
  • “I think not. I don’t understand the matter, and I’m not conscious of
  • any mission of that sort. You’re evidently disappointed,” Isabel added,
  • looking at her cousin with rueful gentleness. “You’d have liked me to
  • make such a marriage.”
  • “Not in the least. I’m absolutely without a wish on the subject. I don’t
  • pretend to advise you, and I content myself with watching you--with the
  • deepest interest.”
  • She gave rather a conscious sigh. “I wish I could be as interesting to
  • myself as I am to you!”
  • “There you’re not candid again; you’re extremely interesting to
  • yourself. Do you know, however,” said Ralph, “that if you’ve really
  • given Warburton his final answer I’m rather glad it has been what it
  • was. I don’t mean I’m glad for you, and still less of course for him.
  • I’m glad for myself.”
  • “Are you thinking of proposing to me?”
  • “By no means. From the point of view I speak of that would be fatal;
  • I should kill the goose that supplies me with the material of my
  • inimitable _omelettes_. I use that animal as the symbol of my insane
  • illusions. What I mean is that I shall have the thrill of seeing what a
  • young lady does who won’t marry Lord Warburton.”
  • “That’s what your mother counts upon too,” said Isabel.
  • “Ah, there will be plenty of spectators! We shall hang on the rest of
  • your career. I shall not see all of it, but I shall probably see the
  • most interesting years. Of course if you were to marry our friend you’d
  • still have a career--a very decent, in fact a very brilliant one. But
  • relatively speaking it would be a little prosaic. It would be definitely
  • marked out in advance; it would be wanting in the unexpected. You know
  • I’m extremely fond of the unexpected, and now that you’ve kept the game
  • in your hands I depend on your giving us some grand example of it.”
  • “I don’t understand you very well,” said Isabel, “but I do so well
  • enough to be able to say that if you look for grand examples of anything
  • from me I shall disappoint you.”
  • “You’ll do so only by disappointing yourself and that will go hard with
  • you!”
  • To this she made no direct reply; there was an amount of truth in it
  • that would bear consideration. At last she said abruptly: “I don’t see
  • what harm there is in my wishing not to tie myself. I don’t want to
  • begin life by marrying. There are other things a woman can do.”
  • “There’s nothing she can do so well. But you’re of course so
  • many-sided.”
  • “If one’s two-sided it’s enough,” said Isabel.
  • “You’re the most charming of polygons!” her companion broke out. At a
  • glance from his companion, however, he became grave, and to prove it
  • went on: “You want to see life--you’ll be hanged if you don’t, as the
  • young men say.”
  • “I don’t think I want to see it as the young men want to see it. But I
  • do want to look about me.”
  • “You want to drain the cup of experience.”
  • “No, I don’t wish to touch the cup of experience. It’s a poisoned drink!
  • I only want to see for myself.”
  • “You want to see, but not to feel,” Ralph remarked.
  • “I don’t think that if one’s a sentient being one can make the
  • distinction. I’m a good deal like Henrietta. The other day when I asked
  • her if she wished to marry she said: ‘Not till I’ve seen Europe!’ I too
  • don’t wish to marry till I’ve seen Europe.”
  • “You evidently expect a crowned head will be struck with you.”
  • “No, that would be worse than marrying Lord Warburton. But it’s getting
  • very dark,” Isabel continued, “and I must go home.” She rose from her
  • place, but Ralph only sat still and looked at her. As he remained there
  • she stopped, and they exchanged a gaze that was full on either side, but
  • especially on Ralph’s, of utterances too vague for words.
  • “You’ve answered my question,” he said at last. “You’ve told me what I
  • wanted. I’m greatly obliged to you.”
  • “It seems to me I’ve told you very little.”
  • “You’ve told me the great thing: that the world interests you and that
  • you want to throw yourself into it.”
  • Her silvery eyes shone a moment in the dusk. “I never said that.”
  • “I think you meant it. Don’t repudiate it. It’s so fine!”
  • “I don’t know what you’re trying to fasten upon me, for I’m not in the
  • least an adventurous spirit. Women are not like men.”
  • Ralph slowly rose from his seat and they walked together to the gate of
  • the square. “No,” he said; “women rarely boast of their courage. Men do
  • so with a certain frequency.”
  • “Men have it to boast of!”
  • “Women have it too. You’ve a great deal.”
  • “Enough to go home in a cab to Pratt’s Hotel, but not more.”
  • Ralph unlocked the gate, and after they had passed out he fastened it.
  • “We’ll find your cab,” he said; and as they turned toward a neighbouring
  • street in which this quest might avail he asked her again if he mightn’t
  • see her safely to the inn.
  • “By no means,” she answered; “you’re very tired; you must go home and go
  • to bed.”
  • The cab was found, and he helped her into it, standing a moment at the
  • door. “When people forget I’m a poor creature I’m often incommoded,” he
  • said. “But it’s worse when they remember it!”
  • CHAPTER XVI
  • She had had no hidden motive in wishing him not to take her home; it
  • simply struck her that for some days past she had consumed an inordinate
  • quantity of his time, and the independent spirit of the American girl
  • whom extravagance of aid places in an attitude that she ends by finding
  • “affected” had made her decide that for these few hours she must suffice
  • to herself. She had moreover a great fondness for intervals of solitude,
  • which since her arrival in England had been but meagrely met. It was a
  • luxury she could always command at home and she had wittingly missed
  • it. That evening, however, an incident occurred which--had there been a
  • critic to note it--would have taken all colour from the theory that the
  • wish to be quite by herself had caused her to dispense with her cousin’s
  • attendance. Seated toward nine o’clock in the dim illumination of
  • Pratt’s Hotel and trying with the aid of two tall candles to lose
  • herself in a volume she had brought from Gardencourt, she succeeded
  • only to the extent of reading other words than those printed on the
  • page--words that Ralph had spoken to her that afternoon. Suddenly
  • the well-muffed knuckle of the waiter was applied to the door, which
  • presently gave way to his exhibition, even as a glorious trophy, of the
  • card of a visitor. When this memento had offered to her fixed sight the
  • name of Mr. Caspar Goodwood she let the man stand before her without
  • signifying her wishes.
  • “Shall I show the gentleman up, ma’am?” he asked with a slightly
  • encouraging inflexion.
  • Isabel hesitated still and while she hesitated glanced at the mirror.
  • “He may come in,” she said at last; and waited for him not so much
  • smoothing her hair as girding her spirit.
  • Caspar Goodwood was accordingly the next moment shaking hands with her,
  • but saying nothing till the servant had left the room. “Why didn’t you
  • answer my letter?” he then asked in a quick, full, slightly peremptory
  • tone--the tone of a man whose questions were habitually pointed and who
  • was capable of much insistence.
  • She answered by a ready question, “How did you know I was here?”
  • “Miss Stackpole let me know,” said Caspar Goodwood. “She told me you
  • would probably be at home alone this evening and would be willing to see
  • me.”
  • “Where did she see you--to tell you that?”
  • “She didn’t see me; she wrote to me.”
  • Isabel was silent; neither had sat down; they stood there with an air
  • of defiance, or at least of contention. “Henrietta never told me she was
  • writing to you,” she said at last. “This is not kind of her.”
  • “Is it so disagreeable to you to see me?” asked the young man.
  • “I didn’t expect it. I don’t like such surprises.”
  • “But you knew I was in town; it was natural we should meet.”
  • “Do you call this meeting? I hoped I shouldn’t see you. In so big a
  • place as London it seemed very possible.”
  • “It was apparently repugnant to you even to write to me,” her visitor
  • went on.
  • Isabel made no reply; the sense of Henrietta Stackpole’s treachery,
  • as she momentarily qualified it, was strong within her. “Henrietta’s
  • certainly not a model of all the delicacies!” she exclaimed with
  • bitterness. “It was a great liberty to take.”
  • “I suppose I’m not a model either--of those virtues or of any others.
  • The fault’s mine as much as hers.”
  • As Isabel looked at him it seemed to her that his jaw had never been
  • more square. This might have displeased her, but she took a different
  • turn. “No, it’s not your fault so much as hers. What you’ve done was
  • inevitable, I suppose, for you.”
  • “It was indeed!” cried Caspar Goodwood with a voluntary laugh.
  • “And now that I’ve come, at any rate, mayn’t I stay?”
  • “You may sit down, certainly.”
  • She went back to her chair again, while her visitor took the first place
  • that offered, in the manner of a man accustomed to pay little thought to
  • that sort of furtherance. “I’ve been hoping every day for an answer to
  • my letter. You might have written me a few lines.”
  • “It wasn’t the trouble of writing that prevented me; I could as easily
  • have written you four pages as one. But my silence was an intention,”
  • Isabel said. “I thought it the best thing.”
  • He sat with his eyes fixed on hers while she spoke; then he lowered them
  • and attached them to a spot in the carpet as if he were making a strong
  • effort to say nothing but what he ought. He was a strong man in the
  • wrong, and he was acute enough to see that an uncompromising exhibition
  • of his strength would only throw the falsity of his position into
  • relief. Isabel was not incapable of tasting any advantage of position
  • over a person of this quality, and though little desirous to flaunt it
  • in his face she could enjoy being able to say “You know you oughtn’t to
  • have written to me yourself!” and to say it with an air of triumph.
  • Caspar Goodwood raised his eyes to her own again; they seemed to shine
  • through the vizard of a helmet. He had a strong sense of justice and was
  • ready any day in the year--over and above this--to argue the question
  • of his rights. “You said you hoped never to hear from me again; I know
  • that. But I never accepted any such rule as my own. I warned you that
  • you should hear very soon.”
  • “I didn’t say I hoped _never_ to hear from you,” said Isabel.
  • “Not for five years then; for ten years; twenty years. It’s the same
  • thing.”
  • “Do you find it so? It seems to me there’s a great difference. I can
  • imagine that at the end of ten years we might have a very pleasant
  • correspondence. I shall have matured my epistolary style.”
  • She looked away while she spoke these words, knowing them of so much
  • less earnest a cast than the countenance of her listener. Her eyes,
  • however, at last came back to him, just as he said very irrelevantly;
  • “Are you enjoying your visit to your uncle?”
  • “Very much indeed.” She dropped, but then she broke out. “What good do
  • you expect to get by insisting?”
  • “The good of not losing you.”
  • “You’ve no right to talk of losing what’s not yours. And even from your
  • own point of view,” Isabel added, “you ought to know when to let one
  • alone.”
  • “I disgust you very much,” said Caspar Goodwood gloomily; not as if to
  • provoke her to compassion for a man conscious of this blighting fact,
  • but as if to set it well before himself, so that he might endeavour to
  • act with his eyes on it.
  • “Yes, you don’t at all delight me, you don’t fit in, not in any way,
  • just now, and the worst is that your putting it to the proof in this
  • manner is quite unnecessary.” It wasn’t certainly as if his nature had
  • been soft, so that pin-pricks would draw blood from it; and from the
  • first of her acquaintance with him, and of her having to defend herself
  • against a certain air that he had of knowing better what was good for
  • her than she knew herself, she had recognised the fact that perfect
  • frankness was her best weapon. To attempt to spare his sensibility or to
  • escape from him edgewise, as one might do from a man who had barred
  • the way less sturdily--this, in dealing with Caspar Goodwood, who would
  • grasp at everything of every sort that one might give him, was wasted
  • agility. It was not that he had not susceptibilities, but his passive
  • surface, as well as his active, was large and hard, and he might always
  • be trusted to dress his wounds, so far as they required it, himself. She
  • came back, even for her measure of possible pangs and aches in him,
  • to her old sense that he was naturally plated and steeled, armed
  • essentially for aggression.
  • “I can’t reconcile myself to that,” he simply said. There was a
  • dangerous liberality about it; for she felt how open it was to him to
  • make the point that he had not always disgusted her.
  • “I can’t reconcile myself to it either, and it’s not the state of things
  • that ought to exist between us. If you’d only try to banish me from your
  • mind for a few months we should be on good terms again.”
  • “I see. If I should cease to think of you at all for a prescribed time,
  • I should find I could keep it up indefinitely.”
  • “Indefinitely is more than I ask. It’s more even than I should like.”
  • “You know that what you ask is impossible,” said the young man, taking
  • his adjective for granted in a manner she found irritating.
  • “Aren’t you capable of making a calculated effort?” she demanded.
  • “You’re strong for everything else; why shouldn’t you be strong for
  • that?”
  • “An effort calculated for what?” And then as she hung fire, “I’m
  • capable of nothing with regard to you,” he went on, “but just of being
  • infernally in love with you. If one’s strong one loves only the more
  • strongly.”
  • “There’s a good deal in that;” and indeed our young lady felt the
  • force of it--felt it thrown off, into the vast of truth and poetry,
  • as practically a bait to her imagination. But she promptly came round.
  • “Think of me or not, as you find most possible; only leave me alone.”
  • “Until when?”
  • “Well, for a year or two.”
  • “Which do you mean? Between one year and two there’s all the difference
  • in the world.”
  • “Call it two then,” said Isabel with a studied effect of eagerness.
  • “And what shall I gain by that?” her friend asked with no sign of
  • wincing.
  • “You’ll have obliged me greatly.”
  • “And what will be my reward?”
  • “Do you need a reward for an act of generosity?”
  • “Yes, when it involves a great sacrifice.”
  • “There’s no generosity without some sacrifice. Men don’t understand such
  • things. If you make the sacrifice you’ll have all my admiration.”
  • “I don’t care a cent for your admiration--not one straw, with nothing to
  • show for it. When will you marry me? That’s the only question.”
  • “Never--if you go on making me feel only as I feel at present.”
  • “What do I gain then by not trying to make you feel otherwise?”
  • “You’ll gain quite as much as by worrying me to death!” Caspar Goodwood
  • bent his eyes again and gazed a while into the crown of his hat. A
  • deep flush overspread his face; she could see her sharpness had at last
  • penetrated. This immediately had a value--classic, romantic, redeeming,
  • what did she know? for her; “the strong man in pain” was one of the
  • categories of the human appeal, little charm as he might exert in the
  • given case. “Why do you make me say such things to you?” she cried in a
  • trembling voice. “I only want to be gentle--to be thoroughly kind. It’s
  • not delightful to me to feel people care for me and yet to have to try
  • and reason them out of it. I think others also ought to be considerate;
  • we have each to judge for ourselves. I know you’re considerate, as much
  • as you can be; you’ve good reasons for what you do. But I really don’t
  • want to marry, or to talk about it at all now. I shall probably never
  • do it--no, never. I’ve a perfect right to feel that way, and it’s no
  • kindness to a woman to press her so hard, to urge her against her will.
  • If I give you pain I can only say I’m very sorry. It’s not my fault; I
  • can’t marry you simply to please you. I won’t say that I shall always
  • remain your friend, because when women say that, in these situations, it
  • passes, I believe, for a sort of mockery. But try me some day.”
  • Caspar Goodwood, during this speech, had kept his eyes fixed upon the
  • name of his hatter, and it was not until some time after she had ceased
  • speaking that he raised them. When he did so the sight of a rosy, lovely
  • eagerness in Isabel’s face threw some confusion into his attempt to
  • analyse her words. “I’ll go home--I’ll go to-morrow--I’ll leave you
  • alone,” he brought out at last. “Only,” he heavily said, “I hate to lose
  • sight of you!”
  • “Never fear. I shall do no harm.”
  • “You’ll marry some one else, as sure as I sit here,” Caspar Goodwood
  • declared.
  • “Do you think that a generous charge?”
  • “Why not? Plenty of men will try to make you.”
  • “I told you just now that I don’t wish to marry and that I almost
  • certainly never shall.”
  • “I know you did, and I like your ‘almost certainly’! I put no faith in
  • what you say.”
  • “Thank you very much. Do you accuse me of lying to shake you off? You
  • say very delicate things.”
  • “Why should I not say that? You’ve given me no pledge of anything at
  • all.”
  • “No, that’s all that would be wanting!”
  • “You may perhaps even believe you’re safe--from wishing to be. But
  • you’re not,” the young man went on as if preparing himself for the
  • worst.
  • “Very well then. We’ll put it that I’m not safe. Have it as you please.”
  • “I don’t know, however,” said Caspar Goodwood, “that my keeping you in
  • sight would prevent it.”
  • “Don’t you indeed? I’m after all very much afraid of you. Do you think
  • I’m so very easily pleased?” she asked suddenly, changing her tone.
  • “No--I don’t; I shall try to console myself with that. But there are a
  • certain number of very dazzling men in the world, no doubt; and if there
  • were only one it would be enough. The most dazzling of all will make
  • straight for you. You’ll be sure to take no one who isn’t dazzling.”
  • “If you mean by dazzling brilliantly clever,” Isabel said--“and I can’t
  • imagine what else you mean--I don’t need the aid of a clever man to
  • teach me how to live. I can find it out for myself.”
  • “Find out how to live alone? I wish that, when you have, you’d teach
  • me!”
  • She looked at him a moment; then with a quick smile, “Oh, you ought to
  • marry!” she said.
  • He might be pardoned if for an instant this exclamation seemed to him
  • to sound the infernal note, and it is not on record that her motive for
  • discharging such a shaft had been of the clearest. He oughtn’t to stride
  • about lean and hungry, however--she certainly felt _that_ for him. “God
  • forgive you!” he murmured between his teeth as he turned away.
  • Her accent had put her slightly in the wrong, and after a moment she
  • felt the need to right herself. The easiest way to do it was to place
  • him where she had been. “You do me great injustice--you say what you
  • don’t know!” she broke out. “I shouldn’t be an easy victim--I’ve proved
  • it.”
  • “Oh, to me, perfectly.”
  • “I’ve proved it to others as well.” And she paused a moment. “I refused
  • a proposal of marriage last week; what they call--no doubt--a dazzling
  • one.”
  • “I’m very glad to hear it,” said the young man gravely.
  • “It was a proposal many girls would have accepted; it had everything to
  • recommend it.” Isabel had not proposed to herself to tell this story,
  • but, now she had begun, the satisfaction of speaking it out and doing
  • herself justice took possession of her. “I was offered a great position
  • and a great fortune--by a person whom I like extremely.”
  • Caspar watched her with intense interest. “Is he an Englishman?”
  • “He’s an English nobleman,” said Isabel.
  • Her visitor received this announcement at first in silence, but at last
  • said: “I’m glad he’s disappointed.”
  • “Well then, as you have companions in misfortune, make the best of it.”
  • “I don’t call him a companion,” said Casper grimly.
  • “Why not--since I declined his offer absolutely?”
  • “That doesn’t make him my companion. Besides, he’s an Englishman.”
  • “And pray isn’t an Englishman a human being?” Isabel asked.
  • “Oh, those people? They’re not of my humanity, and I don’t care what
  • becomes of them.”
  • “You’re very angry,” said the girl. “We’ve discussed this matter quite
  • enough.”
  • “Oh yes, I’m very angry. I plead guilty to that!”
  • She turned away from him, walked to the open window and stood a moment
  • looking into the dusky void of the street, where a turbid gaslight
  • alone represented social animation. For some time neither of these young
  • persons spoke; Caspar lingered near the chimney-piece with eyes gloomily
  • attached. She had virtually requested him to go--he knew that; but at
  • the risk of making himself odious he kept his ground. She was far too
  • dear to him to be easily renounced, and he had crossed the sea all to
  • wring from her some scrap of a vow. Presently she left the window and
  • stood again before him. “You do me very little justice--after my telling
  • you what I told you just now. I’m sorry I told you--since it matters so
  • little to you.”
  • “Ah,” cried the young man, “if you were thinking of _me_ when you did it!”
  • And then he paused with the fear that she might contradict so happy a
  • thought.
  • “I was thinking of you a little,” said Isabel.
  • “A little? I don’t understand. If the knowledge of what I feel for you
  • had any weight with you at all, calling it a ‘little’ is a poor account
  • of it.”
  • Isabel shook her head as if to carry off a blunder. “I’ve refused a most
  • kind, noble gentleman. Make the most of that.”
  • “I thank you then,” said Caspar Goodwood gravely. “I thank you
  • immensely.”
  • “And now you had better go home.”
  • “May I not see you again?” he asked.
  • “I think it’s better not. You’ll be sure to talk of this, and you see it
  • leads to nothing.”
  • “I promise you not to say a word that will annoy you.”
  • Isabel reflected and then answered: “I return in a day or two to my
  • uncle’s, and I can’t propose to you to come there. It would be too
  • inconsistent.”
  • Caspar Goodwood, on his side, considered. “You must do me justice too.
  • I received an invitation to your uncle’s more than a week ago, and I
  • declined it.”
  • She betrayed surprise. “From whom was your invitation?”
  • “From Mr. Ralph Touchett, whom I suppose to be your cousin. I declined
  • it because I had not your authorisation to accept it. The suggestion
  • that Mr. Touchett should invite me appeared to have come from Miss
  • Stackpole.”
  • “It certainly never did from me. Henrietta really goes very far,” Isabel
  • added.
  • “Don’t be too hard on her--that touches _me_.”
  • “No; if you declined you did quite right, and I thank you for it.” And
  • she gave a little shudder of dismay at the thought that Lord Warburton
  • and Mr. Goodwood might have met at Gardencourt: it would have been so
  • awkward for Lord Warburton.
  • “When you leave your uncle where do you go?” her companion asked.
  • “I go abroad with my aunt--to Florence and other places.”
  • The serenity of this announcement struck a chill to the young man’s
  • heart; he seemed to see her whirled away into circles from which he was
  • inexorably excluded. Nevertheless he went on quickly with his questions.
  • “And when shall you come back to America?”
  • “Perhaps not for a long time. I’m very happy here.”
  • “Do you mean to give up your country?”
  • “Don’t be an infant!”
  • “Well, you’ll be out of my sight indeed!” said Caspar Goodwood.
  • “I don’t know,” she answered rather grandly. “The world--with all these
  • places so arranged and so touching each other--comes to strike one as
  • rather small.”
  • “It’s a sight too big for _me_!” Caspar exclaimed with a simplicity
  • our young lady might have found touching if her face had not been set
  • against concessions.
  • This attitude was part of a system, a theory, that she had lately
  • embraced, and to be thorough she said after a moment: “Don’t think me
  • unkind if I say it’s just _that_--being out of your sight--that I like.
  • If you were in the same place I should feel you were watching me, and I
  • don’t like that--I like my liberty too much. If there’s a thing in the
  • world I’m fond of,” she went on with a slight recurrence of grandeur,
  • “it’s my personal independence.”
  • But whatever there might be of the too superior in this speech moved
  • Caspar Goodwood’s admiration; there was nothing he winced at in the
  • large air of it. He had never supposed she hadn’t wings and the need of
  • beautiful free movements--he wasn’t, with his own long arms and strides,
  • afraid of any force in her. Isabel’s words, if they had been meant to
  • shock him, failed of the mark and only made him smile with the sense
  • that here was common ground. “Who would wish less to curtail your
  • liberty than I? What can give me greater pleasure than to see you
  • perfectly independent--doing whatever you like? It’s to make you
  • independent that I want to marry you.”
  • “That’s a beautiful sophism,” said the girl with a smile more beautiful
  • still.
  • “An unmarried woman--a girl of your age--isn’t independent. There are
  • all sorts of things she can’t do. She’s hampered at every step.”
  • “That’s as she looks at the question,” Isabel answered with much spirit.
  • “I’m not in my first youth--I can do what I choose--I belong quite to
  • the independent class. I’ve neither father nor mother; I’m poor and of
  • a serious disposition; I’m not pretty. I therefore am not bound to be
  • timid and conventional; indeed I can’t afford such luxuries. Besides,
  • I try to judge things for myself; to judge wrong, I think, is more
  • honourable than not to judge at all. I don’t wish to be a mere sheep in
  • the flock; I wish to choose my fate and know something of human affairs
  • beyond what other people think it compatible with propriety to tell me.”
  • She paused a moment, but not long enough for her companion to reply. He
  • was apparently on the point of doing so when she went on: “Let me say
  • this to you, Mr. Goodwood. You’re so kind as to speak of being afraid of
  • my marrying. If you should hear a rumour that I’m on the point of doing
  • so--girls are liable to have such things said about them--remember what
  • I have told you about my love of liberty and venture to doubt it.”
  • There was something passionately positive in the tone in which she gave
  • him this advice, and he saw a shining candour in her eyes that helped
  • him to believe her. On the whole he felt reassured, and you might have
  • perceived it by the manner in which he said, quite eagerly: “You want
  • simply to travel for two years? I’m quite willing to wait two years, and
  • you may do what you like in the interval. If that’s all you want,
  • pray say so. I don’t want you to be conventional; do I strike you as
  • conventional myself? Do you want to improve your mind? Your mind’s quite
  • good enough for me; but if it interests you to wander about a while and
  • see different countries I shall be delighted to help you in any way in
  • my power.”
  • “You’re very generous; that’s nothing new to me. The best way to help me
  • will be to put as many hundred miles of sea between us as possible.”
  • “One would think you were going to commit some atrocity!” said Caspar
  • Goodwood.
  • “Perhaps I am. I wish to be free even to do that if the fancy takes me.”
  • “Well then,” he said slowly, “I’ll go home.” And he put out his hand,
  • trying to look contented and confident.
  • Isabel’s confidence in him, however, was greater than any he could feel
  • in her. Not that he thought her capable of committing an atrocity; but,
  • turn it over as he would, there was something ominous in the way she
  • reserved her option. As she took his hand she felt a great respect for
  • him; she knew how much he cared for her and she thought him magnanimous.
  • They stood so for a moment, looking at each other, united by a
  • hand-clasp which was not merely passive on her side. “That’s right,”
  • she said very kindly, almost tenderly. “You’ll lose nothing by being a
  • reasonable man.”
  • “But I’ll come back, wherever you are, two years hence,” he returned
  • with characteristic grimness.
  • We have seen that our young lady was inconsequent, and at this she
  • suddenly changed her note. “Ah, remember, I promise nothing--absolutely
  • nothing!” Then more softly, as if to help him to leave her: “And
  • remember too that I shall not be an easy victim!”
  • “You’ll get very sick of your independence.”
  • “Perhaps I shall; it’s even very probable. When that day comes I shall
  • be very glad to see you.”
  • She had laid her hand on the knob of the door that led into her room,
  • and she waited a moment to see whether her visitor would not take his
  • departure. But he appeared unable to move; there was still an immense
  • unwillingness in his attitude and a sore remonstrance in his eyes. “I
  • must leave you now,” said Isabel; and she opened the door and passed
  • into the other room.
  • This apartment was dark, but the darkness was tempered by a vague
  • radiance sent up through the window from the court of the hotel, and
  • Isabel could make out the masses of the furniture, the dim shining of
  • the mirror and the looming of the big four-posted bed. She stood still a
  • moment, listening, and at last she heard Caspar Goodwood walk out of
  • the sitting-room and close the door behind him. She stood still a little
  • longer, and then, by an irresistible impulse, dropped on her knees
  • before her bed and hid her face in her arms.
  • CHAPTER XVII
  • She was not praying; she was trembling--trembling all over. Vibration
  • was easy to her, was in fact too constant with her, and she found
  • herself now humming like a smitten harp. She only asked, however, to put
  • on the cover, to case herself again in brown holland, but she wished to
  • resist her excitement, and the attitude of devotion, which she kept for
  • some time, seemed to help her to be still. She intensely rejoiced that
  • Caspar Goodwood was gone; there was something in having thus got rid of
  • him that was like the payment, for a stamped receipt, of some debt
  • too long on her mind. As she felt the glad relief she bowed her head a
  • little lower; the sense was there, throbbing in her heart; it was part
  • of her emotion, but it was a thing to be ashamed of--it was profane and
  • out of place. It was not for some ten minutes that she rose from her
  • knees, and even when she came back to the sitting-room her tremor had
  • not quite subsided. It had had, verily, two causes: part of it was to be
  • accounted for by her long discussion with Mr. Goodwood, but it might be
  • feared that the rest was simply the enjoyment she found in the exercise
  • of her power. She sat down in the same chair again and took up her book,
  • but without going through the form of opening the volume. She leaned
  • back, with that low, soft, aspiring murmur with which she often
  • uttered her response to accidents of which the brighter side was not
  • superficially obvious, and yielded to the satisfaction of having refused
  • two ardent suitors in a fortnight. That love of liberty of which she
  • had given Caspar Goodwood so bold a sketch was as yet almost exclusively
  • theoretic; she had not been able to indulge it on a large scale. But it
  • appeared to her she had done something; she had tasted of the delight,
  • if not of battle, at least of victory; she had done what was truest to
  • her plan. In the glow of this consciousness the image of Mr. Goodwood
  • taking his sad walk homeward through the dingy town presented itself
  • with a certain reproachful force; so that, as at the same moment the
  • door of the room was opened, she rose with an apprehension that he
  • had come back. But it was only Henrietta Stackpole returning from her
  • dinner.
  • Miss Stackpole immediately saw that our young lady had been “through”
  • something, and indeed the discovery demanded no great penetration. She
  • went straight up to her friend, who received her without a greeting.
  • Isabel’s elation in having sent Caspar Goodwood back to America
  • presupposed her being in a manner glad he had come to see her; but at
  • the same time she perfectly remembered Henrietta had had no right to set
  • a trap for her. “Has he been here, dear?” the latter yearningly asked.
  • Isabel turned away and for some moments answered nothing. “You acted
  • very wrongly,” she declared at last.
  • “I acted for the best. I only hope you acted as well.”
  • “You’re not the judge. I can’t trust you,” said Isabel.
  • This declaration was unflattering, but Henrietta was much too unselfish
  • to heed the charge it conveyed; she cared only for what it intimated
  • with regard to her friend. “Isabel Archer,” she observed with equal
  • abruptness and solemnity, “if you marry one of these people I’ll never
  • speak to you again!”
  • “Before making so terrible a threat you had better wait till I’m asked,”
  • Isabel replied. Never having said a word to Miss Stackpole about Lord
  • Warburton’s overtures, she had now no impulse whatever to justify
  • herself to Henrietta by telling her that she had refused that nobleman.
  • “Oh, you’ll be asked quick enough, once you get off on the Continent.
  • Annie Climber was asked three times in Italy--poor plain little Annie.”
  • “Well, if Annie Climber wasn’t captured why should I be?”
  • “I don’t believe Annie was pressed; but you’ll be.”
  • “That’s a flattering conviction,” said Isabel without alarm.
  • “I don’t flatter you, Isabel, I tell you the truth!” cried her friend.
  • “I hope you don’t mean to tell me that you didn’t give Mr. Goodwood some
  • hope.”
  • “I don’t see why I should tell you anything; as I said to you just now,
  • I can’t trust you. But since you’re so much interested in Mr. Goodwood I
  • won’t conceal from you that he returns immediately to America.”
  • “You don’t mean to say you’ve sent him off?” Henrietta almost shrieked.
  • “I asked him to leave me alone; and I ask you the same, Henrietta.” Miss
  • Stackpole glittered for an instant with dismay, and then passed to the
  • mirror over the chimney-piece and took off her bonnet. “I hope you’ve
  • enjoyed your dinner,” Isabel went on.
  • But her companion was not to be diverted by frivolous propositions. “Do
  • you know where you’re going, Isabel Archer?”
  • “Just now I’m going to bed,” said Isabel with persistent frivolity.
  • “Do you know where you’re drifting?” Henrietta pursued, holding out her
  • bonnet delicately.
  • “No, I haven’t the least idea, and I find it very pleasant not to know.
  • A swift carriage, of a dark night, rattling with four horses over roads
  • that one can’t see--that’s my idea of happiness.”
  • “Mr. Goodwood certainly didn’t teach you to say such things as
  • that--like the heroine of an immoral novel,” said Miss Stackpole.
  • “You’re drifting to some great mistake.”
  • Isabel was irritated by her friend’s interference, yet she still tried
  • to think what truth this declaration could represent. She could think
  • of nothing that diverted her from saying: “You must be very fond of me,
  • Henrietta, to be willing to be so aggressive.”
  • “I love you intensely, Isabel,” said Miss Stackpole with feeling.
  • “Well, if you love me intensely let me as intensely alone. I asked that
  • of Mr. Goodwood, and I must also ask it of you.”
  • “Take care you’re not let alone too much.”
  • “That’s what Mr. Goodwood said to me. I told him I must take the risks.”
  • “You’re a creature of risks--you make me shudder!” cried Henrietta.
  • “When does Mr. Goodwood return to America?”
  • “I don’t know--he didn’t tell me.”
  • “Perhaps you didn’t enquire,” said Henrietta with the note of righteous
  • irony.
  • “I gave him too little satisfaction to have the right to ask questions
  • of him.”
  • This assertion seemed to Miss Stackpole for a moment to bid defiance to
  • comment; but at last she exclaimed: “Well, Isabel, if I didn’t know you
  • I might think you were heartless!”
  • “Take care,” said Isabel; “you’re spoiling me.”
  • “I’m afraid I’ve done that already. I hope, at least,” Miss Stackpole
  • added, “that he may cross with Annie Climber!”
  • Isabel learned from her the next morning that she had determined not to
  • return to Gardencourt (where old Mr. Touchett had promised her a renewed
  • welcome), but to await in London the arrival of the invitation that Mr.
  • Bantling had promised her from his sister Lady Pensil. Miss Stackpole
  • related very freely her conversation with Ralph Touchett’s sociable
  • friend and declared to Isabel that she really believed she had now got
  • hold of something that would lead to something. On the receipt of Lady
  • Pensil’s letter--Mr. Bantling had virtually guaranteed the arrival of
  • this document--she would immediately depart for Bedfordshire, and if
  • Isabel cared to look out for her impressions in the _Interviewer_
  • she would certainly find them. Henrietta was evidently going to see
  • something of the inner life this time.
  • “Do you know where you’re drifting, Henrietta Stackpole?” Isabel asked,
  • imitating the tone in which her friend had spoken the night before.
  • “I’m drifting to a big position--that of the Queen of American
  • Journalism. If my next letter isn’t copied all over the West I’ll
  • swallow my penwiper!”
  • She had arranged with her friend Miss Annie Climber, the young lady
  • of the continental offers, that they should go together to make
  • those purchases which were to constitute Miss Climber’s farewell to a
  • hemisphere in which she at least had been appreciated; and she presently
  • repaired to Jermyn Street to pick up her companion. Shortly after her
  • departure Ralph Touchett was announced, and as soon as he came in Isabel
  • saw he had something on his mind. He very soon took his cousin into his
  • confidence. He had received from his mother a telegram to the effect
  • that his father had had a sharp attack of his old malady, that she
  • was much alarmed and that she begged he would instantly return to
  • Gardencourt. On this occasion at least Mrs. Touchett’s devotion to the
  • electric wire was not open to criticism.
  • “I’ve judged it best to see the great doctor, Sir Matthew Hope,
  • first,” Ralph said; “by great good luck he’s in town. He’s to see me
  • at half-past twelve, and I shall make sure of his coming down to
  • Gardencourt--which he will do the more readily as he has already seen
  • my father several times, both there and in London. There’s an express
  • at two-forty-five, which I shall take; and you’ll come back with me or
  • remain here a few days longer, exactly as you prefer.”
  • “I shall certainly go with you,” Isabel returned. “I don’t suppose I can
  • be of any use to my uncle, but if he’s ill I shall like to be near him.”
  • “I think you’re fond of him,” said Ralph with a certain shy pleasure
  • in his face. “You appreciate him, which all the world hasn’t done. The
  • quality’s too fine.”
  • “I quite adore him,” Isabel after a moment said.
  • “That’s very well. After his son he’s your greatest admirer.” She
  • welcomed this assurance, but she gave secretly a small sigh of relief
  • at the thought that Mr. Touchett was one of those admirers who couldn’t
  • propose to marry her. This, however, was not what she spoke; she went on
  • to inform Ralph that there were other reasons for her not remaining in
  • London. She was tired of it and wished to leave it; and then Henrietta
  • was going away--going to stay in Bedfordshire.
  • “In Bedfordshire?”
  • “With Lady Pensil, the sister of Mr. Bantling, who has answered for an
  • invitation.”
  • Ralph was feeling anxious, but at this he broke into a laugh. Suddenly,
  • none the less, his gravity returned. “Bantling’s a man of courage. But
  • if the invitation should get lost on the way?”
  • “I thought the British post-office was impeccable.”
  • “The good Homer sometimes nods,” said Ralph. “However,” he went on more
  • brightly, “the good Bantling never does, and, whatever happens, he’ll
  • take care of Henrietta.”
  • Ralph went to keep his appointment with Sir Matthew Hope, and Isabel
  • made her arrangements for quitting Pratt’s Hotel. Her uncle’s danger
  • touched her nearly, and while she stood before her open trunk, looking
  • about her vaguely for what she should put into it, the tears suddenly
  • rose to her eyes. It was perhaps for this reason that when Ralph came
  • back at two o’clock to take her to the station she was not yet ready. He
  • found Miss Stackpole, however, in the sitting-room, where she had just
  • risen from her luncheon, and this lady immediately expressed her regret
  • at his father’s illness.
  • “He’s a grand old man,” she said; “he’s faithful to the last. If it’s
  • really to be the last--pardon my alluding to it, but you must often
  • have thought of the possibility--I’m sorry that I shall not be at
  • Gardencourt.”
  • “You’ll amuse yourself much more in Bedfordshire.”
  • “I shall be sorry to amuse myself at such a time,” said Henrietta
  • with much propriety. But she immediately added: “I should like so to
  • commemorate the closing scene.”
  • “My father may live a long time,” said Ralph simply. Then, adverting
  • to topics more cheerful, he interrogated Miss Stackpole as to her own
  • future.
  • Now that Ralph was in trouble she addressed him in a tone of larger
  • allowance and told him that she was much indebted to him for having made
  • her acquainted with Mr. Bantling. “He has told me just the things I
  • want to know,” she said; “all the society items and all about the royal
  • family. I can’t make out that what he tells me about the royal family is
  • much to their credit; but he says that’s only my peculiar way of looking
  • at it. Well, all I want is that he should give me the facts; I can put
  • them together quick enough, once I’ve got them.” And she added that Mr.
  • Bantling had been so good as to promise to come and take her out that
  • afternoon.
  • “To take you where?” Ralph ventured to enquire.
  • “To Buckingham Palace. He’s going to show me over it, so that I may get
  • some idea how they live.”
  • “Ah,” said Ralph, “we leave you in good hands. The first thing we shall
  • hear is that you’re invited to Windsor Castle.”
  • “If they ask me, I shall certainly go. Once I get started I’m not
  • afraid. But for all that,” Henrietta added in a moment, “I’m not
  • satisfied; I’m not at peace about Isabel.”
  • “What is her last misdemeanour?”
  • “Well, I’ve told you before, and I suppose there’s no harm in my going
  • on. I always finish a subject that I take up. Mr. Goodwood was here last
  • night.”
  • Ralph opened his eyes; he even blushed a little--his blush being
  • the sign of an emotion somewhat acute. He remembered that Isabel, in
  • separating from him in Winchester Square, had repudiated his suggestion
  • that her motive in doing so was the expectation of a visitor at Pratt’s
  • Hotel, and it was a new pang to him to have to suspect her of duplicity.
  • On the other hand, he quickly said to himself, what concern was it of
  • his that she should have made an appointment with a lover? Had it not
  • been thought graceful in every age that young ladies should make a
  • mystery of such appointments? Ralph gave Miss Stackpole a diplomatic
  • answer. “I should have thought that, with the views you expressed to me
  • the other day, this would satisfy you perfectly.”
  • “That he should come to see her? That was very well, as far as it went.
  • It was a little plot of mine; I let him know that we were in London, and
  • when it had been arranged that I should spend the evening out I sent him
  • a word--the word we just utter to the ‘wise.’ I hoped he would find her
  • alone; I won’t pretend I didn’t hope that you’d be out of the way. He
  • came to see her, but he might as well have stayed away.”
  • “Isabel was cruel?”--and Ralph’s face lighted with the relief of his
  • cousin’s not having shown duplicity.
  • “I don’t exactly know what passed between them. But she gave him no
  • satisfaction--she sent him back to America.”
  • “Poor Mr. Goodwood!” Ralph sighed.
  • “Her only idea seems to be to get rid of him,” Henrietta went on.
  • “Poor Mr. Goodwood!” Ralph repeated. The exclamation, it must be
  • confessed, was automatic; it failed exactly to express his thoughts,
  • which were taking another line.
  • “You don’t say that as if you felt it. I don’t believe you care.”
  • “Ah,” said Ralph, “you must remember that I don’t know this interesting
  • young man--that I’ve never seen him.”
  • “Well, I shall see him, and I shall tell him not to give up. If I didn’t
  • believe Isabel would come round,” Miss Stackpole added--“well, I’d give
  • up myself. I mean I’d give _her_ up!”
  • CHAPTER XVIII
  • It had occurred to Ralph that, in the conditions, Isabel’s parting with
  • her friend might be of a slightly embarrassed nature, and he went down
  • to the door of the hotel in advance of his cousin, who, after a slight
  • delay, followed with the traces of an unaccepted remonstrance, as he
  • thought, in her eyes. The two made the journey to Gardencourt in almost
  • unbroken silence, and the servant who met them at the station had no
  • better news to give them of Mr. Touchett--a fact which caused Ralph to
  • congratulate himself afresh on Sir Matthew Hope’s having promised to
  • come down in the five o’clock train and spend the night. Mrs. Touchett,
  • he learned, on reaching home, had been constantly with the old man and
  • was with him at that moment; and this fact made Ralph say to himself
  • that, after all, what his mother wanted was just easy occasion. The
  • finer natures were those that shone at the larger times. Isabel went to
  • her own room, noting throughout the house that perceptible hush which
  • precedes a crisis. At the end of an hour, however, she came downstairs
  • in search of her aunt, whom she wished to ask about Mr. Touchett. She
  • went into the library, but Mrs. Touchett was not there, and as the
  • weather, which had been damp and chill, was now altogether spoiled, it
  • was not probable she had gone for her usual walk in the grounds. Isabel
  • was on the point of ringing to send a question to her room, when this
  • purpose quickly yielded to an unexpected sound--the sound of low music
  • proceeding apparently from the saloon. She knew her aunt never touched
  • the piano, and the musician was therefore probably Ralph, who played for
  • his own amusement. That he should have resorted to this recreation at
  • the present time indicated apparently that his anxiety about his father
  • had been relieved; so that the girl took her way, almost with restored
  • cheer, toward the source of the harmony. The drawing-room at Gardencourt
  • was an apartment of great distances, and, as the piano was placed at
  • the end of it furthest removed from the door at which she entered, her
  • arrival was not noticed by the person seated before the instrument.
  • This person was neither Ralph nor his mother; it was a lady whom
  • Isabel immediately saw to be a stranger to herself, though her back was
  • presented to the door. This back--an ample and well-dressed one--Isabel
  • viewed for some moments with surprise. The lady was of course a visitor
  • who had arrived during her absence and who had not been mentioned by
  • either of the servants--one of them her aunt’s maid--of whom she had had
  • speech since her return. Isabel had already learned, however, with
  • what treasures of reserve the function of receiving orders may be
  • accompanied, and she was particularly conscious of having been treated
  • with dryness by her aunt’s maid, through whose hands she had slipped
  • perhaps a little too mistrustfully and with an effect of plumage but
  • the more lustrous. The advent of a guest was in itself far from
  • disconcerting; she had not yet divested herself of a young faith that
  • each new acquaintance would exert some momentous influence on her life.
  • By the time she had made these reflexions she became aware that the
  • lady at the piano played remarkably well. She was playing something
  • of Schubert’s--Isabel knew not what, but recognised Schubert--and she
  • touched the piano with a discretion of her own. It showed skill, it
  • showed feeling; Isabel sat down noiselessly on the nearest chair and
  • waited till the end of the piece. When it was finished she felt a strong
  • desire to thank the player, and rose from her seat to do so, while at
  • the same time the stranger turned quickly round, as if but just aware of
  • her presence.
  • “That’s very beautiful, and your playing makes it more beautiful still,”
  • said Isabel with all the young radiance with which she usually uttered a
  • truthful rapture.
  • “You don’t think I disturbed Mr. Touchett then?” the musician answered
  • as sweetly as this compliment deserved. “The house is so large and his
  • room so far away that I thought I might venture, especially as I played
  • just--just _du bout des doigts_.”
  • “She’s a Frenchwoman,” Isabel said to herself; “she says that as if she
  • were French.” And this supposition made the visitor more interesting to
  • our speculative heroine. “I hope my uncle’s doing well,” Isabel added.
  • “I should think that to hear such lovely music as that would really make
  • him feel better.”
  • The lady smiled and discriminated. “I’m afraid there are moments in life
  • when even Schubert has nothing to say to us. We must admit, however,
  • that they are our worst.”
  • “I’m not in that state now then,” said Isabel. “On the contrary I should
  • be so glad if you would play something more.”
  • “If it will give you pleasure--delighted.” And this obliging person took
  • her place again and struck a few chords, while Isabel sat down nearer
  • the instrument. Suddenly the new-comer stopped with her hands on the
  • keys, half-turning and looking over her shoulder. She was forty years
  • old and not pretty, though her expression charmed. “Pardon me,” she
  • said; “but are you the niece--the young American?”
  • “I’m my aunt’s niece,” Isabel replied with simplicity.
  • The lady at the piano sat still a moment longer, casting her air of
  • interest over her shoulder. “That’s very well; we’re compatriots.” And
  • then she began to play.
  • “Ah then she’s not French,” Isabel murmured; and as the opposite
  • supposition had made her romantic it might have seemed that this
  • revelation would have marked a drop. But such was not the fact; rarer
  • even than to be French seemed it to be American on such interesting
  • terms.
  • The lady played in the same manner as before, softly and solemnly, and
  • while she played the shadows deepened in the room. The autumn twilight
  • gathered in, and from her place Isabel could see the rain, which had now
  • begun in earnest, washing the cold-looking lawn and the wind shaking the
  • great trees. At last, when the music had ceased, her companion got up
  • and, coming nearer with a smile, before Isabel had time to thank her
  • again, said: “I’m very glad you’ve come back; I’ve heard a great deal
  • about you.”
  • Isabel thought her a very attractive person, but nevertheless spoke with
  • a certain abruptness in reply to this speech. “From whom have you heard
  • about me?”
  • The stranger hesitated a single moment and then, “From your uncle,” she
  • answered. “I’ve been here three days, and the first day he let me come
  • and pay him a visit in his room. Then he talked constantly of you.”
  • “As you didn’t know me that must rather have bored you.”
  • “It made me want to know you. All the more that since then--your aunt
  • being so much with Mr. Touchett--I’ve been quite alone and have got
  • rather tired of my own society. I’ve not chosen a good moment for my
  • visit.”
  • A servant had come in with lamps and was presently followed by another
  • bearing the tea-tray. On the appearance of this repast Mrs. Touchett had
  • apparently been notified, for she now arrived and addressed herself to
  • the tea-pot. Her greeting to her niece did not differ materially from
  • her manner of raising the lid of this receptacle in order to glance at
  • the contents: in neither act was it becoming to make a show of avidity.
  • Questioned about her husband she was unable to say he was better; but
  • the local doctor was with him, and much light was expected from this
  • gentleman’s consultation with Sir Matthew Hope.
  • “I suppose you two ladies have made acquaintance,” she pursued. “If you
  • haven’t I recommend you to do so; for so long as we continue--Ralph and
  • I--to cluster about Mr. Touchett’s bed you’re not likely to have much
  • society but each other.”
  • “I know nothing about you but that you’re a great musician,” Isabel said
  • to the visitor.
  • “There’s a good deal more than that to know,” Mrs. Touchett affirmed in
  • her little dry tone.
  • “A very little of it, I am sure, will content Miss Archer!” the lady
  • exclaimed with a light laugh. “I’m an old friend of your aunt’s.
  • I’ve lived much in Florence. I’m Madame Merle.” She made this last
  • announcement as if she were referring to a person of tolerably distinct
  • identity. For Isabel, however, it represented little; she could only
  • continue to feel that Madame Merle had as charming a manner as any she
  • had ever encountered.
  • “She’s not a foreigner in spite of her name,” said Mrs. Touchett.
  • “She was born--I always forget where you were born.”
  • “It’s hardly worth while then I should tell you.”
  • “On the contrary,” said Mrs. Touchett, who rarely missed a logical
  • point; “if I remembered your telling me would be quite superfluous.”
  • Madame Merle glanced at Isabel with a sort of world-wide smile, a
  • thing that over-reached frontiers. “I was born under the shadow of the
  • national banner.”
  • “She’s too fond of mystery,” said Mrs. Touchett; “that’s her great
  • fault.”
  • “Ah,” exclaimed Madame Merle, “I’ve great faults, but I don’t think
  • that’s one of then; it certainly isn’t the greatest. I came into the
  • world in the Brooklyn navy-yard. My father was a high officer in the
  • United States Navy, and had a post--a post of responsibility--in that
  • establishment at the time. I suppose I ought to love the sea, but I hate
  • it. That’s why I don’t return to America. I love the land; the great
  • thing is to love something.”
  • Isabel, as a dispassionate witness, had not been struck with the
  • force of Mrs. Touchett’s characterisation of her visitor, who had an
  • expressive, communicative, responsive face, by no means of the sort
  • which, to Isabel’s mind, suggested a secretive disposition. It was a
  • face that told of an amplitude of nature and of quick and free motions
  • and, though it had no regular beauty, was in the highest degree engaging
  • and attaching. Madame Merle was a tall, fair, smooth woman; everything
  • in her person was round and replete, though without those accumulations
  • which suggest heaviness. Her features were thick but in perfect
  • proportion and harmony, and her complexion had a healthy clearness.
  • Her grey eyes were small but full of light and incapable of
  • stupidity--incapable, according to some people, even of tears; she had
  • a liberal, full-rimmed mouth which when she smiled drew itself upward to
  • the left side in a manner that most people thought very odd, some very
  • affected and a few very graceful. Isabel inclined to range herself in
  • the last category. Madame Merle had thick, fair hair, arranged somehow
  • “classically” and as if she were a Bust, Isabel judged--a Juno or a
  • Niobe; and large white hands, of a perfect shape, a shape so perfect
  • that their possessor, preferring to leave them unadorned, wore no
  • jewelled rings. Isabel had taken her at first, as we have seen, for
  • a Frenchwoman; but extended observation might have ranked her as a
  • German--a German of high degree, perhaps an Austrian, a baroness, a
  • countess, a princess. It would never have been supposed she had come
  • into the world in Brooklyn--though one could doubtless not have carried
  • through any argument that the air of distinction marking her in so
  • eminent a degree was inconsistent with such a birth. It was true that
  • the national banner had floated immediately over her cradle, and the
  • breezy freedom of the stars and stripes might have shed an influence
  • upon the attitude she there took towards life. And yet she had evidently
  • nothing of the fluttered, flapping quality of a morsel of bunting in the
  • wind; her manner expressed the repose and confidence which come from a
  • large experience. Experience, however, had not quenched her youth; it
  • had simply made her sympathetic and supple. She was in a word a woman of
  • strong impulses kept in admirable order. This commended itself to Isabel
  • as an ideal combination.
  • The girl made these reflexions while the three ladies sat at their tea,
  • but that ceremony was interrupted before long by the arrival of the
  • great doctor from London, who had been immediately ushered into the
  • drawing-room. Mrs. Touchett took him off to the library for a private
  • talk; and then Madame Merle and Isabel parted, to meet again at dinner.
  • The idea of seeing more of this interesting woman did much to mitigate
  • Isabel’s sense of the sadness now settling on Gardencourt.
  • When she came into the drawing-room before dinner she found the place
  • empty; but in the course of a moment Ralph arrived. His anxiety about
  • his father had been lightened; Sir Matthew Hope’s view of his condition
  • was less depressed than his own had been. The doctor recommended that
  • the nurse alone should remain with the old man for the next three or
  • four hours; so that Ralph, his mother and the great physician himself
  • were free to dine at table. Mrs. Touchett and Sir Matthew appeared;
  • Madame Merle was the last.
  • Before she came Isabel spoke of her to Ralph, who was standing before
  • the fireplace. “Pray who is this Madame Merle?”
  • “The cleverest woman I know, not excepting yourself,” said Ralph.
  • “I thought she seemed very pleasant.”
  • “I was sure you’d think her very pleasant.”
  • “Is that why you invited her?”
  • “I didn’t invite her, and when we came back from London I didn’t know
  • she was here. No one invited her. She’s a friend of my mother’s, and
  • just after you and I went to town my mother got a note from her. She had
  • arrived in England (she usually lives abroad, though she has first and
  • last spent a good deal of time here), and asked leave to come down for
  • a few days. She’s a woman who can make such proposals with perfect
  • confidence; she’s so welcome wherever she goes. And with my mother there
  • could be no question of hesitating; she’s the one person in the world
  • whom my mother very much admires. If she were not herself (which she
  • after all much prefers), she would like to be Madame Merle. It would
  • indeed be a great change.”
  • “Well, she’s very charming,” said Isabel. “And she plays beautifully.”
  • “She does everything beautifully. She’s complete.”
  • Isabel looked at her cousin a moment. “You don’t like her.”
  • “On the contrary, I was once in love with her.”
  • “And she didn’t care for you, and that’s why you don’t like her.”
  • “How can we have discussed such things? Monsieur Merle was then living.”
  • “Is he dead now?”
  • “So she says.”
  • “Don’t you believe her?”
  • “Yes, because the statement agrees with the probabilities. The husband
  • of Madame Merle would be likely to pass away.”
  • Isabel gazed at her cousin again. “I don’t know what you mean. You mean
  • something--that you don’t mean. What was Monsieur Merle?”
  • “The husband of Madame.”
  • “You’re very odious. Has she any children?”
  • “Not the least little child--fortunately.”
  • “Fortunately?”
  • “I mean fortunately for the child. She’d be sure to spoil it.”
  • Isabel was apparently on the point of assuring her cousin for the third
  • time that he was odious; but the discussion was interrupted by the
  • arrival of the lady who was the topic of it. She came rustling in
  • quickly, apologising for being late, fastening a bracelet, dressed in
  • dark blue satin, which exposed a white bosom that was ineffectually
  • covered by a curious silver necklace. Ralph offered her his arm with the
  • exaggerated alertness of a man who was no longer a lover.
  • Even if this had still been his condition, however, Ralph had other
  • things to think about. The great doctor spent the night at Gardencourt
  • and, returning to London on the morrow, after another consultation with
  • Mr. Touchett’s own medical adviser, concurred in Ralph’s desire that he
  • should see the patient again on the day following. On the day following
  • Sir Matthew Hope reappeared at Gardencourt, and now took a less
  • encouraging view of the old man, who had grown worse in the twenty-four
  • hours. His feebleness was extreme, and to his son, who constantly sat
  • by his bedside, it often seemed that his end must be at hand. The local
  • doctor, a very sagacious man, in whom Ralph had secretly more confidence
  • than in his distinguished colleague, was constantly in attendance, and
  • Sir Matthew Hope came back several times. Mr. Touchett was much of the
  • time unconscious; he slept a great deal; he rarely spoke. Isabel had a
  • great desire to be useful to him and was allowed to watch with him at
  • hours when his other attendants (of whom Mrs. Touchett was not the least
  • regular) went to take rest. He never seemed to know her, and she always
  • said to herself “Suppose he should die while I’m sitting here;” an idea
  • which excited her and kept her awake. Once he opened his eyes for a
  • while and fixed them upon her intelligently, but when she went to him,
  • hoping he would recognise her, he closed them and relapsed into stupor.
  • The day after this, however, he revived for a longer time; but on this
  • occasion Ralph only was with him. The old man began to talk, much to his
  • son’s satisfaction, who assured him that they should presently have him
  • sitting up.
  • “No, my boy,” said Mr. Touchett, “not unless you bury me in a sitting
  • posture, as some of the ancients--was it the ancients?--used to do.”
  • “Ah, daddy, don’t talk about that,” Ralph murmured. “You mustn’t deny
  • that you’re getting better.”
  • “There will be no need of my denying it if you don’t say it,” the old
  • man answered. “Why should we prevaricate just at the last? We never
  • prevaricated before. I’ve got to die some time, and it’s better to die
  • when one’s sick than when one’s well. I’m very sick--as sick as I shall
  • ever be. I hope you don’t want to prove that I shall ever be worse than
  • this? That would be too bad. You don’t? Well then.”
  • Having made this excellent point he became quiet; but the next time that
  • Ralph was with him he again addressed himself to conversation. The
  • nurse had gone to her supper and Ralph was alone in charge, having just
  • relieved Mrs. Touchett, who had been on guard since dinner. The room was
  • lighted only by the flickering fire, which of late had become necessary,
  • and Ralph’s tall shadow was projected over wall and ceiling with an
  • outline constantly varying but always grotesque.
  • “Who’s that with me--is it my son?” the old man asked.
  • “Yes, it’s your son, daddy.”
  • “And is there no one else?”
  • “No one else.”
  • Mr. Touchett said nothing for a while; and then, “I want to talk a
  • little,” he went on.
  • “Won’t it tire you?” Ralph demurred.
  • “It won’t matter if it does. I shall have a long rest. I want to talk
  • about _you_.”
  • Ralph had drawn nearer to the bed; he sat leaning forward with his hand
  • on his father’s. “You had better select a brighter topic.”
  • “You were always bright; I used to be proud of your brightness. I should
  • like so much to think you’d do something.”
  • “If you leave us,” said Ralph, “I shall do nothing but miss you.”
  • “That’s just what I don’t want; it’s what I want to talk about. You must
  • get a new interest.”
  • “I don’t want a new interest, daddy. I have more old ones than I know
  • what to do with.”
  • The old man lay there looking at his son; his face was the face of the
  • dying, but his eyes were the eyes of Daniel Touchett. He seemed to be
  • reckoning over Ralph’s interests. “Of course you have your mother,” he
  • said at last. “You’ll take care of her.”
  • “My mother will always take care of herself,” Ralph returned.
  • “Well,” said his father, “perhaps as she grows older she’ll need a
  • little help.”
  • “I shall not see that. She’ll outlive me.”
  • “Very likely she will; but that’s no reason--!” Mr. Touchett let his
  • phrase die away in a helpless but not quite querulous sigh and remained
  • silent again.
  • “Don’t trouble yourself about us,” said his son, “My mother and I get on
  • very well together, you know.”
  • “You get on by always being apart; that’s not natural.”
  • “If you leave us we shall probably see more of each other.”
  • “Well,” the old man observed with wandering irrelevance, “it can’t be
  • said that my death will make much difference in your mother’s life.”
  • “It will probably make more than you think.”
  • “Well, she’ll have more money,” said Mr. Touchett. “I’ve left her a good
  • wife’s portion, just as if she had been a good wife.”
  • “She has been one, daddy, according to her own theory. She has never
  • troubled you.”
  • “Ah, some troubles are pleasant,” Mr. Touchett murmured. “Those you’ve
  • given me for instance. But your mother has been less--less--what shall
  • I call it? less out of the way since I’ve been ill. I presume she knows
  • I’ve noticed it.”
  • “I shall certainly tell her so; I’m so glad you mention it.”
  • “It won’t make any difference to her; she doesn’t do it to please me.
  • She does it to please--to please--” And he lay a while trying to think
  • why she did it. “She does it because it suits her. But that’s not what
  • I want to talk about,” he added. “It’s about you. You’ll be very well
  • off.”
  • “Yes,” said Ralph, “I know that. But I hope you’ve not forgotten the
  • talk we had a year ago--when I told you exactly what money I should need
  • and begged you to make some good use of the rest.”
  • “Yes, yes, I remember. I made a new will--in a few days. I suppose it
  • was the first time such a thing had happened--a young man trying to get
  • a will made against him.”
  • “It is not against me,” said Ralph. “It would be against me to have a
  • large property to take care of. It’s impossible for a man in my state of
  • health to spend much money, and enough is as good as a feast.”
  • “Well, you’ll have enough--and something over. There will be more than
  • enough for one--there will be enough for two.”
  • “That’s too much,” said Ralph.
  • “Ah, don’t say that. The best thing you can do; when I’m gone, will be
  • to marry.”
  • Ralph had foreseen what his father was coming to, and this suggestion
  • was by no means fresh. It had long been Mr. Touchett’s most ingenious
  • way of taking the cheerful view of his son’s possible duration. Ralph
  • had usually treated it facetiously; but present circumstances proscribed
  • the facetious. He simply fell back in his chair and returned his
  • father’s appealing gaze.
  • “If I, with a wife who hasn’t been very fond of me, have had a very
  • happy life,” said the old man, carrying his ingenuity further still,
  • “what a life mightn’t you have if you should marry a person different
  • from Mrs. Touchett. There are more different from her than there are
  • like her.” Ralph still said nothing; and after a pause his father
  • resumed softly: “What do you think of your cousin?”
  • At this Ralph started, meeting the question with a strained smile. “Do I
  • understand you to propose that I should marry Isabel?”
  • “Well, that’s what it comes to in the end. Don’t you like Isabel?”
  • “Yes, very much.” And Ralph got up from his chair and wandered over to
  • the fire. He stood before it an instant and then he stooped and stirred
  • it mechanically. “I like Isabel very much,” he repeated.
  • “Well,” said his father, “I know she likes you. She has told me how much
  • she likes you.”
  • “Did she remark that she would like to marry me?”
  • “No, but she can’t have anything against you. And she’s the most
  • charming young lady I’ve ever seen. And she would be good to you. I have
  • thought a great deal about it.”
  • “So have I,” said Ralph, coming back to the bedside again. “I don’t mind
  • telling you that.”
  • “You _are_ in love with her then? I should think you would be. It’s as if
  • she came over on purpose.”
  • “No, I’m not in love with her; but I should be if--if certain things
  • were different.”
  • “Ah, things are always different from what they might be,” said the old
  • man. “If you wait for them to change you’ll never do anything. I don’t
  • know whether you know,” he went on; “but I suppose there’s no harm in
  • my alluding to it at such an hour as this: there was some one wanted to
  • marry Isabel the other day, and she wouldn’t have him.”
  • “I know she refused Warburton: he told me himself.”
  • “Well, that proves there’s a chance for somebody else.”
  • “Somebody else took his chance the other day in London--and got nothing
  • by it.”
  • “Was it you?” Mr. Touchett eagerly asked.
  • “No, it was an older friend; a poor gentleman who came over from America
  • to see about it.”
  • “Well, I’m sorry for him, whoever he was. But it only proves what I
  • say--that the way’s open to you.”
  • “If it is, dear father, it’s all the greater pity that I’m unable to
  • tread it. I haven’t many convictions; but I have three or four that I
  • hold strongly. One is that people, on the whole, had better not marry
  • their cousins. Another is that people in an advanced stage of pulmonary
  • disorder had better not marry at all.”
  • The old man raised his weak hand and moved it to and fro before his
  • face. “What do you mean by that? You look at things in a way that would
  • make everything wrong. What sort of a cousin is a cousin that you
  • had never seen for more than twenty years of her life? We’re all each
  • other’s cousins, and if we stopped at that the human race would die out.
  • It’s just the same with your bad lung. You’re a great deal better than
  • you used to be. All you want is to lead a natural life. It is a great
  • deal more natural to marry a pretty young lady that you’re in love with
  • than it is to remain single on false principles.”
  • “I’m not in love with Isabel,” said Ralph.
  • “You said just now that you would be if you didn’t think it wrong. I
  • want to prove to you that it isn’t wrong.”
  • “It will only tire you, dear daddy,” said Ralph, who marvelled at his
  • father’s tenacity and at his finding strength to insist. “Then where
  • shall we all be?”
  • “Where shall you be if I don’t provide for you? You won’t have anything
  • to do with the bank, and you won’t have me to take care of. You say
  • you’ve so many interests; but I can’t make them out.”
  • Ralph leaned back in his chair with folded arms; his eyes were fixed for
  • some time in meditation. At last, with the air of a man fairly mustering
  • courage, “I take a great interest in my cousin,” he said, “but not the
  • sort of interest you desire. I shall not live many years; but I hope I
  • shall live long enough to see what she does with herself. She’s entirely
  • independent of me; I can exercise very little influence upon her life.
  • But I should like to do something for her.”
  • “What should you like to do?”
  • “I should like to put a little wind in her sails.”
  • “What do you mean by that?”
  • “I should like to put it into her power to do some of the things she
  • wants. She wants to see the world for instance. I should like to put
  • money in her purse.”
  • “Ah, I’m glad you’ve thought of that,” said the old man. “But I’ve
  • thought of it too. I’ve left her a legacy--five thousand pounds.”
  • “That’s capital; it’s very kind of you. But I should like to do a little
  • more.”
  • Something of that veiled acuteness with which it had been on Daniel
  • Touchett’s part the habit of a lifetime to listen to a financial
  • proposition still lingered in the face in which the invalid had not
  • obliterated the man of business. “I shall be happy to consider it,” he
  • said softly.
  • “Isabel’s poor then. My mother tells me that she has but a few hundred
  • dollars a year. I should like to make her rich.”
  • “What do you mean by rich?”
  • “I call people rich when they’re able to meet the requirements of their
  • imagination. Isabel has a great deal of imagination.”
  • “So have you, my son,” said Mr. Touchett, listening very attentively but
  • a little confusedly.
  • “You tell me I shall have money enough for two. What I want is that you
  • should kindly relieve me of my superfluity and make it over to Isabel.
  • Divide my inheritance into two equal halves and give her the second.”
  • “To do what she likes with?”
  • “Absolutely what she likes.”
  • “And without an equivalent?”
  • “What equivalent could there be?”
  • “The one I’ve already mentioned.”
  • “Her marrying--some one or other? It’s just to do away with anything of
  • that sort that I make my suggestion. If she has an easy income she’ll
  • never have to marry for a support. That’s what I want cannily to
  • prevent. She wishes to be free, and your bequest will make her free.”
  • “Well, you seem to have thought it out,” said Mr. Touchett. “But I don’t
  • see why you appeal to me. The money will be yours, and you can easily
  • give it to her yourself.”
  • Ralph openly stared. “Ah, dear father, I can’t offer Isabel money!”
  • The old man gave a groan. “Don’t tell me you’re not in love with her! Do
  • you want me to have the credit of it?”
  • “Entirely. I should like it simply to be a clause in your will, without
  • the slightest reference to me.”
  • “Do you want me to make a new will then?”
  • “A few words will do it; you can attend to it the next time you feel a
  • little lively.”
  • “You must telegraph to Mr. Hilary then. I’ll do nothing without my
  • solicitor.”
  • “You shall see Mr. Hilary to-morrow.”
  • “He’ll think we’ve quarrelled, you and I,” said the old man.
  • “Very probably; I shall like him to think it,” said Ralph, smiling;
  • “and, to carry out the idea, I give you notice that I shall be very
  • sharp, quite horrid and strange, with you.”
  • The humour of this appeared to touch his father, who lay a little while
  • taking it in. “I’ll do anything you like,” Mr. Touchett said at last;
  • “but I’m not sure it’s right. You say you want to put wind in her sails;
  • but aren’t you afraid of putting too much?”
  • “I should like to see her going before the breeze!” Ralph answered.
  • “You speak as if it were for your mere amusement.”
  • “So it is, a good deal.”
  • “Well, I don’t think I understand,” said Mr. Touchett with a sigh.
  • “Young men are very different from what I was. When I cared for a
  • girl--when I was young--I wanted to do more than look at her.”
  • “You’ve scruples that I shouldn’t have had, and you’ve ideas that I
  • shouldn’t have had either. You say Isabel wants to be free, and that
  • her being rich will keep her from marrying for money. Do you think that
  • she’s a girl to do that?”
  • “By no means. But she has less money than she has ever had before. Her
  • father then gave her everything, because he used to spend his capital.
  • She has nothing but the crumbs of that feast to live on, and she doesn’t
  • really know how meagre they are--she has yet to learn it. My mother has
  • told me all about it. Isabel will learn it when she’s really thrown upon
  • the world, and it would be very painful to me to think of her coming to
  • the consciousness of a lot of wants she should be unable to satisfy.”
  • “I’ve left her five thousand pounds. She can satisfy a good many wants
  • with that.”
  • “She can indeed. But she would probably spend it in two or three years.”
  • “You think she’d be extravagant then?”
  • “Most certainly,” said Ralph, smiling serenely.
  • Poor Mr. Touchett’s acuteness was rapidly giving place to pure
  • confusion. “It would merely be a question of time then, her spending the
  • larger sum?”
  • “No--though at first I think she’d plunge into that pretty freely: she’d
  • probably make over a part of it to each of her sisters. But after that
  • she’d come to her senses, remember she has still a lifetime before her,
  • and live within her means.”
  • “Well, you _have_ worked it out,” said the old man helplessly. “You do
  • take an interest in her, certainly.”
  • “You can’t consistently say I go too far. You wished me to go further.”
  • “Well, I don’t know,” Mr. Touchett answered. “I don’t think I enter into
  • your spirit. It seems to me immoral.”
  • “Immoral, dear daddy?”
  • “Well, I don’t know that it’s right to make everything so easy for a
  • person.”
  • “It surely depends upon the person. When the person’s good, your making
  • things easy is all to the credit of virtue. To facilitate the execution
  • of good impulses, what can be a nobler act?”
  • This was a little difficult to follow, and Mr. Touchett considered it
  • for a while. At last he said: “Isabel’s a sweet young thing; but do you
  • think she’s so good as that?”
  • “She’s as good as her best opportunities,” Ralph returned.
  • “Well,” Mr. Touchett declared, “she ought to get a great many
  • opportunities for sixty thousand pounds.”
  • “I’ve no doubt she will.”
  • “Of course I’ll do what you want,” said the old man. “I only want to
  • understand it a little.”
  • “Well, dear daddy, don’t you understand it now?” his son caressingly
  • asked. “If you don’t we won’t take any more trouble about it. We’ll
  • leave it alone.”
  • Mr. Touchett lay a long time still. Ralph supposed he had given up the
  • attempt to follow. But at last, quite lucidly, he began again. “Tell
  • me this first. Doesn’t it occur to you that a young lady with sixty
  • thousand pounds may fall a victim to the fortune-hunters?”
  • “She’ll hardly fall a victim to more than one.”
  • “Well, one’s too many.”
  • “Decidedly. That’s a risk, and it has entered into my calculation. I
  • think it’s appreciable, but I think it’s small, and I’m prepared to take
  • it.”
  • Poor Mr. Touchett’s acuteness had passed into perplexity, and his
  • perplexity now passed into admiration. “Well, you have gone into it!” he
  • repeated. “But I don’t see what good you’re to get of it.”
  • Ralph leaned over his father’s pillows and gently smoothed them; he was
  • aware their talk had been unduly prolonged. “I shall get just the good
  • I said a few moments ago I wished to put into Isabel’s reach--that of
  • having met the requirements of my imagination. But it’s scandalous, the
  • way I’ve taken advantage of you!”
  • CHAPTER XIX
  • As Mrs. Touchett had foretold, Isabel and Madame Merle were thrown
  • much together during the illness of their host, so that if they had
  • not become intimate it would have been almost a breach of good manners.
  • Their manners were of the best, but in addition to this they happened
  • to please each other. It is perhaps too much to say that they swore
  • an eternal friendship, but tacitly at least they called the future to
  • witness. Isabel did so with a perfectly good conscience, though she
  • would have hesitated to admit she was intimate with her new friend in
  • the high sense she privately attached to this term. She often wondered
  • indeed if she ever had been, or ever could be, intimate with any one.
  • She had an ideal of friendship as well as of several other sentiments,
  • which it failed to seem to her in this case--it had not seemed to her
  • in other cases--that the actual completely expressed it. But she often
  • reminded herself that there were essential reasons why one’s ideal
  • could never become concrete. It was a thing to believe in, not to see--a
  • matter of faith, not of experience. Experience, however, might supply
  • us with very creditable imitations of it, and the part of wisdom was
  • to make the best of these. Certainly, on the whole, Isabel had never
  • encountered a more agreeable and interesting figure than Madame Merle;
  • she had never met a person having less of that fault which is the
  • principal obstacle to friendship--the air of reproducing the more
  • tiresome, the stale, the too-familiar parts of one’s own character.
  • The gates of the girl’s confidence were opened wider than they had ever
  • been; she said things to this amiable auditress that she had not yet
  • said to any one. Sometimes she took alarm at her candour: it was as
  • if she had given to a comparative stranger the key to her cabinet of
  • jewels. These spiritual gems were the only ones of any magnitude that
  • Isabel possessed, but there was all the greater reason for their being
  • carefully guarded. Afterwards, however, she always remembered that one
  • should never regret a generous error and that if Madame Merle had not
  • the merits she attributed to her, so much the worse for Madame Merle.
  • There was no doubt she had great merits--she was charming, sympathetic,
  • intelligent, cultivated. More than this (for it had not been Isabel’s
  • ill-fortune to go through life without meeting in her own sex several
  • persons of whom no less could fairly be said), she was rare, superior
  • and preeminent. There are many amiable people in the world, and Madame
  • Merle was far from being vulgarly good-natured and restlessly witty. She
  • knew how to think--an accomplishment rare in women; and she had thought
  • to very good purpose. Of course, too, she knew how to feel; Isabel
  • couldn’t have spent a week with her without being sure of that. This was
  • indeed Madame Merle’s great talent, her most perfect gift. Life had told
  • upon her; she had felt it strongly, and it was part of the satisfaction
  • to be taken in her society that when the girl talked of what she was
  • pleased to call serious matters this lady understood her so easily and
  • quickly. Emotion, it is true, had become with her rather historic; she
  • made no secret of the fact that the fount of passion, thanks to having
  • been rather violently tapped at one period, didn’t flow quite so
  • freely as of yore. She proposed moreover, as well as expected, to cease
  • feeling; she freely admitted that of old she had been a little mad, and
  • now she pretended to be perfectly sane.
  • “I judge more than I used to,” she said to Isabel, “but it seems to me
  • one has earned the right. One can’t judge till one’s forty; before that
  • we’re too eager, too hard, too cruel, and in addition much too ignorant.
  • I’m sorry for you; it will be a long time before you’re forty. But every
  • gain’s a loss of some kind; I often think that after forty one can’t
  • really feel. The freshness, the quickness have certainly gone. You’ll
  • keep them longer than most people; it will be a great satisfaction to me
  • to see you some years hence. I want to see what life makes of you. One
  • thing’s certain--it can’t spoil you. It may pull you about horribly, but
  • I defy it to break you up.”
  • Isabel received this assurance as a young soldier, still panting from
  • a slight skirmish in which he has come off with honour, might receive a
  • pat on the shoulder from his colonel. Like such a recognition of merit
  • it seemed to come with authority. How could the lightest word do less
  • on the part of a person who was prepared to say, of almost everything
  • Isabel told her, “Oh, I’ve been in that, my dear; it passes, like
  • everything else.” On many of her interlocutors Madame Merle might have
  • produced an irritating effect; it was disconcertingly difficult to
  • surprise her. But Isabel, though by no means incapable of desiring to
  • be effective, had not at present this impulse. She was too sincere, too
  • interested in her judicious companion. And then moreover Madame Merle
  • never said such things in the tone of triumph or of boastfulness; they
  • dropped from her like cold confessions.
  • A period of bad weather had settled upon Gardencourt; the days grew
  • shorter and there was an end to the pretty tea-parties on the lawn. But
  • our young woman had long indoor conversations with her fellow visitor,
  • and in spite of the rain the two ladies often sallied forth for a walk,
  • equipped with the defensive apparatus which the English climate and
  • the English genius have between them brought to such perfection. Madame
  • Merle liked almost everything, including the English rain. “There’s
  • always a little of it and never too much at once,” she said; “and it
  • never wets you and it always smells good.” She declared that in England
  • the pleasures of smell were great--that in this inimitable island there
  • was a certain mixture of fog and beer and soot which, however odd it
  • might sound, was the national aroma, and was most agreeable to the
  • nostril; and she used to lift the sleeve of her British overcoat and
  • bury her nose in it, inhaling the clear, fine scent of the wool. Poor
  • Ralph Touchett, as soon as the autumn had begun to define itself, became
  • almost a prisoner; in bad weather he was unable to step out of the
  • house, and he used sometimes to stand at one of the windows with his
  • hands in his pockets and, from a countenance half-rueful, half-critical,
  • watch Isabel and Madame Merle as they walked down the avenue under a
  • pair of umbrellas. The roads about Gardencourt were so firm, even in the
  • worst weather, that the two ladies always came back with a healthy glow
  • in their cheeks, looking at the soles of their neat, stout boots and
  • declaring that their walk had done them inexpressible good. Before
  • luncheon, always, Madame Merle was engaged; Isabel admired and envied
  • her rigid possession of her morning. Our heroine had always passed for a
  • person of resources and had taken a certain pride in being one; but she
  • wandered, as by the wrong side of the wall of a private garden, round
  • the enclosed talents, accomplishments, aptitudes of Madame Merle. She
  • found herself desiring to emulate them, and in twenty such ways this
  • lady presented herself as a model. “I should like awfully to be so!”
  • Isabel secretly exclaimed, more than once, as one after another of her
  • friend’s fine aspects caught the light, and before long she knew that
  • she had learned a lesson from a high authority. It took no great time
  • indeed for her to feel herself, as the phrase is, under an influence.
  • “What’s the harm,” she wondered, “so long as it’s a good one? The more
  • one’s under a good influence the better. The only thing is to see our
  • steps as we take them--to understand them as we go. That, no doubt, I
  • shall always do. I needn’t be afraid of becoming too pliable; isn’t it
  • my fault that I’m not pliable enough?” It is said that imitation is the
  • sincerest flattery; and if Isabel was sometimes moved to gape at her
  • friend aspiringly and despairingly it was not so much because she
  • desired herself to shine as because she wished to hold up the lamp for
  • Madame Merle. She liked her extremely, but was even more dazzled than
  • attracted. She sometimes asked herself what Henrietta Stackpole would
  • say to her thinking so much of this perverted product of their common
  • soil, and had a conviction that it would be severely judged. Henrietta
  • would not at all subscribe to Madame Merle; for reasons she could not
  • have defined this truth came home to the girl. On the other hand she
  • was equally sure that, should the occasion offer, her new friend would
  • strike off some happy view of her old: Madame Merle was too humorous,
  • too observant, not to do justice to Henrietta, and on becoming
  • acquainted with her would probably give the measure of a tact which
  • Miss Stackpole couldn’t hope to emulate. She appeared to have in her
  • experience a touchstone for everything, and somewhere in the capacious
  • pocket of her genial memory she would find the key to Henrietta’s value.
  • “That’s the great thing,” Isabel solemnly pondered; “that’s the supreme
  • good fortune: to be in a better position for appreciating people than
  • they are for appreciating you.” And she added that such, when one
  • considered it, was simply the essence of the aristocratic situation.
  • In this light, if in none other, one should aim at the aristocratic
  • situation.
  • I may not count over all the links in the chain which led Isabel to
  • think of Madame Merle’s situation as aristocratic--a view of it never
  • expressed in any reference made to it by that lady herself. She had
  • known great things and great people, but she had never played a great
  • part. She was one of the small ones of the earth; she had not been born
  • to honours; she knew the world too well to nourish fatuous illusions
  • on the article of her own place in it. She had encountered many of the
  • fortunate few and was perfectly aware of those points at which their
  • fortune differed from hers. But if by her informed measure she was no
  • figure for a high scene, she had yet to Isabel’s imagination a sort of
  • greatness. To be so cultivated and civilised, so wise and so easy,
  • and still make so light of it--that was really to be a great lady,
  • especially when one so carried and presented one’s self. It was as if
  • somehow she had all society under contribution, and all the arts and
  • graces it practised--or was the effect rather that of charming uses
  • found for her, even from a distance, subtle service rendered by her to
  • a clamorous world wherever she might be? After breakfast she wrote a
  • succession of letters, as those arriving for her appeared innumerable:
  • her correspondence was a source of surprise to Isabel when they
  • sometimes walked together to the village post-office to deposit Madame
  • Merle’s offering to the mail. She knew more people, as she told Isabel,
  • than she knew what to do with, and something was always turning up to be
  • written about. Of painting she was devotedly fond, and made no more of
  • brushing in a sketch than of pulling off her gloves. At Gardencourt she
  • was perpetually taking advantage of an hour’s sunshine to go out with a
  • camp-stool and a box of water-colours. That she was a brave musician we
  • have already perceived, and it was evidence of the fact that when she
  • seated herself at the piano, as she always did in the evening, her
  • listeners resigned themselves without a murmur to losing the grace
  • of her talk. Isabel, since she had known her, felt ashamed of her own
  • facility, which she now looked upon as basely inferior; and indeed,
  • though she had been thought rather a prodigy at home, the loss to
  • society when, in taking her place upon the music-stool, she turned her
  • back to the room, was usually deemed greater than the gain. When Madame
  • Merle was neither writing, nor painting, nor touching the piano, she
  • was usually employed upon wonderful tasks of rich embroidery, cushions,
  • curtains, decorations for the chimneypiece; an art in which her bold,
  • free invention was as noted as the agility of her needle. She was never
  • idle, for when engaged in none of the ways I have mentioned she was
  • either reading (she appeared to Isabel to read “everything important”),
  • or walking out, or playing patience with the cards, or talking with her
  • fellow inmates. And with all this she had always the social quality, was
  • never rudely absent and yet never too seated. She laid down her pastimes
  • as easily as she took them up; she worked and talked at the same time,
  • and appeared to impute scant worth to anything she did. She gave away
  • her sketches and tapestries; she rose from the piano or remained
  • there, according to the convenience of her auditors, which she always
  • unerringly divined. She was in short the most comfortable, profitable,
  • amenable person to live with. If for Isabel she had a fault it was that
  • she was not natural; by which the girl meant, not that she was either
  • affected or pretentious, since from these vulgar vices no woman could
  • have been more exempt, but that her nature had been too much overlaid by
  • custom and her angles too much rubbed away. She had become too flexible,
  • too useful, was too ripe and too final. She was in a word too perfectly
  • the social animal that man and woman are supposed to have been intended
  • to be; and she had rid herself of every remnant of that tonic wildness
  • which we may assume to have belonged even to the most amiable persons
  • in the ages before country-house life was the fashion. Isabel found it
  • difficult to think of her in any detachment or privacy, she existed only
  • in her relations, direct or indirect, with her fellow mortals. One might
  • wonder what commerce she could possibly hold with her own spirit.
  • One always ended, however, by feeling that a charming surface doesn’t
  • necessarily prove one superficial; this was an illusion in which, in
  • one’s youth, one had but just escaped being nourished. Madame Merle was
  • not superficial--not she. She was deep, and her nature spoke none the
  • less in her behaviour because it spoke a conventional tongue. “What’s
  • language at all but a convention?” said Isabel. “She has the good
  • taste not to pretend, like some people I’ve met, to express herself by
  • original signs.”
  • “I’m afraid you’ve suffered much,” she once found occasion to say to her
  • friend in response to some allusion that had appeared to reach far.
  • “What makes you think that?” Madame Merle asked with the amused smile
  • of a person seated at a game of guesses. “I hope I haven’t too much the
  • droop of the misunderstood.”
  • “No; but you sometimes say things that I think people who have always
  • been happy wouldn’t have found out.”
  • “I haven’t always been happy,” said Madame Merle, smiling still, but
  • with a mock gravity, as if she were telling a child a secret. “Such a
  • wonderful thing!”
  • But Isabel rose to the irony. “A great many people give me the
  • impression of never having for a moment felt anything.”
  • “It’s very true; there are many more iron pots certainly than porcelain.
  • But you may depend on it that every one bears some mark; even the
  • hardest iron pots have a little bruise, a little hole somewhere. I
  • flatter myself that I’m rather stout, but if I must tell you the truth
  • I’ve been shockingly chipped and cracked. I do very well for service
  • yet, because I’ve been cleverly mended; and I try to remain in the
  • cupboard--the quiet, dusky cupboard where there’s an odour of stale
  • spices--as much as I can. But when I’ve to come out and into a strong
  • light--then, my dear, I’m a horror!”
  • I know not whether it was on this occasion or on some other that the
  • conversation had taken the turn I have just indicated she said to Isabel
  • that she would some day a tale unfold. Isabel assured her she should
  • delight to listen to one, and reminded her more than once of this
  • engagement. Madame Merle, however, begged repeatedly for a respite, and
  • at last frankly told her young companion that they must wait till they
  • knew each other better. This would be sure to happen, a long friendship
  • so visibly lay before them. Isabel assented, but at the same time
  • enquired if she mightn’t be trusted--if she appeared capable of a
  • betrayal of confidence.
  • “It’s not that I’m afraid of your repeating what I say,” her fellow
  • visitor answered; “I’m afraid, on the contrary, of your taking it too
  • much to yourself. You’d judge me too harshly; you’re of the cruel age.”
  • She preferred for the present to talk to Isabel of Isabel, and exhibited
  • the greatest interest in our heroine’s history, sentiments, opinions,
  • prospects. She made her chatter and listened to her chatter with
  • infinite good nature. This flattered and quickened the girl, who was
  • struck with all the distinguished people her friend had known and with
  • her having lived, as Mrs. Touchett said, in the best company in Europe.
  • Isabel thought the better of herself for enjoying the favour of a person
  • who had so large a field of comparison; and it was perhaps partly to
  • gratify the sense of profiting by comparison that she often appealed to
  • these stores of reminiscence. Madame Merle had been a dweller in many
  • lands and had social ties in a dozen different countries. “I don’t
  • pretend to be educated,” she would say, “but I think I know my Europe;”
  • and she spoke one day of going to Sweden to stay with an old friend,
  • and another of proceeding to Malta to follow up a new acquaintance. With
  • England, where she had often dwelt, she was thoroughly familiar, and
  • for Isabel’s benefit threw a great deal of light upon the customs of
  • the country and the character of the people, who “after all,” as she was
  • fond of saying, were the most convenient in the world to live with.
  • “You mustn’t think it strange her remaining here at such a time as this,
  • when Mr. Touchett’s passing away,” that gentleman’s wife remarked to her
  • niece. “She is incapable of a mistake; she’s the most tactful woman I
  • know. It’s a favour to me that she stays; she’s putting off a lot of
  • visits at great houses,” said Mrs. Touchett, who never forgot that when
  • she herself was in England her social value sank two or three degrees in
  • the scale. “She has her pick of places; she’s not in want of a shelter.
  • But I’ve asked her to put in this time because I wish you to know her. I
  • think it will be a good thing for you. Serena Merle hasn’t a fault.”
  • “If I didn’t already like her very much that description might alarm
  • me,” Isabel returned.
  • “She’s never the least little bit ‘off.’ I’ve brought you out here and I
  • wish to do the best for you. Your sister Lily told me she hoped I would
  • give you plenty of opportunities. I give you one in putting you in
  • relation with Madame Merle. She’s one of the most brilliant women in
  • Europe.”
  • “I like her better than I like your description of her,” Isabel
  • persisted in saying.
  • “Do you flatter yourself that you’ll ever feel her open to criticism? I
  • hope you’ll let me know when you do.”
  • “That will be cruel--to you,” said Isabel.
  • “You needn’t mind me. You won’t discover a fault in her.”
  • “Perhaps not. But I dare say I shan’t miss it.”
  • “She knows absolutely everything on earth there is to know,” said Mrs.
  • Touchett.
  • Isabel after this observed to their companion that she hoped she knew
  • Mrs. Touchett considered she hadn’t a speck on her perfection. On which
  • “I’m obliged to you,” Madame Merle replied, “but I’m afraid your aunt
  • imagines, or at least alludes to, no aberrations that the clock-face
  • doesn’t register.”
  • “So that you mean you’ve a wild side that’s unknown to her?”
  • “Ah no, I fear my darkest sides are my tamest. I mean that having no
  • faults, for your aunt, means that one’s never late for dinner--that is
  • for her dinner. I was not late, by the way, the other day, when you
  • came back from London; the clock was just at eight when I came into the
  • drawing-room: it was the rest of you that were before the time. It means
  • that one answers a letter the day one gets it and that when one comes to
  • stay with her one doesn’t bring too much luggage and is careful not to
  • be taken ill. For Mrs. Touchett those things constitute virtue; it’s a
  • blessing to be able to reduce it to its elements.”
  • Madame Merle’s own conversation, it will be perceived, was enriched with
  • bold, free touches of criticism, which, even when they had a restrictive
  • effect, never struck Isabel as ill-natured. It couldn’t occur to the
  • girl for instance that Mrs. Touchett’s accomplished guest was abusing
  • her; and this for very good reasons. In the first place Isabel rose
  • eagerly to the sense of her shades; in the second Madame Merle implied
  • that there was a great deal more to say; and it was clear in the
  • third that for a person to speak to one without ceremony of one’s near
  • relations was an agreeable sign of that person’s intimacy with one’s
  • self. These signs of deep communion multiplied as the days elapsed, and
  • there was none of which Isabel was more sensible than of her companion’s
  • preference for making Miss Archer herself a topic. Though she referred
  • frequently to the incidents of her own career she never lingered upon
  • them; she was as little of a gross egotist as she was of a flat gossip.
  • “I’m old and stale and faded,” she said more than once; “I’m of no
  • more interest than last week’s newspaper. You’re young and fresh and of
  • to-day; you’ve the great thing--you’ve actuality. I once had it--we all
  • have it for an hour. You, however, will have it for longer. Let us talk
  • about you then; you can say nothing I shall not care to hear. It’s a
  • sign that I’m growing old--that I like to talk with younger people. I
  • think it’s a very pretty compensation. If we can’t have youth within us
  • we can have it outside, and I really think we see it and feel it better
  • that way. Of course we must be in sympathy with it--that I shall always
  • be. I don’t know that I shall ever be ill-natured with old people--I
  • hope not; there are certainly some old people I adore. But I shall never
  • be anything but abject with the young; they touch me and appeal to me
  • too much. I give you _carte blanche_ then; you can even be impertinent if
  • you like; I shall let it pass and horribly spoil you. I speak as if I
  • were a hundred years old, you say? Well, I am, if you please; I was born
  • before the French Revolution. Ah, my dear, _je viens de loin_; I belong to
  • the old, old world. But it’s not of that I want to talk; I want to talk
  • about the new. You must tell me more about America; you never tell me
  • enough. Here I’ve been since I was brought here as a helpless child, and
  • it’s ridiculous, or rather it’s scandalous, how little I know about that
  • splendid, dreadful, funny country--surely the greatest and drollest of
  • them all. There are a great many of us like that in these parts, and I
  • must say I think we’re a wretched set of people. You should live in your
  • own land; whatever it may be you have your natural place there. If we’re
  • not good Americans we’re certainly poor Europeans; we’ve no natural
  • place here. We’re mere parasites, crawling over the surface; we haven’t
  • our feet in the soil. At least one can know it and not have illusions. A
  • woman perhaps can get on; a woman, it seems to me, has no natural place
  • anywhere; wherever she finds herself she has to remain on the surface
  • and, more or less, to crawl. You protest, my dear? you’re horrified?
  • you declare you’ll never crawl? It’s very true that I don’t see you
  • crawling; you stand more upright than a good many poor creatures.
  • Very good; on the whole, I don’t think you’ll crawl. But the men, the
  • Americans; _je vous demande un peu_, what do they make of it over here?
  • I don’t envy them trying to arrange themselves. Look at poor Ralph
  • Touchett: what sort of a figure do you call that? Fortunately he has a
  • consumption; I say fortunately, because it gives him something to do.
  • His consumption’s his _carriere_ it’s a kind of position. You can say:
  • ‘Oh, Mr. Touchett, he takes care of his lungs, he knows a great deal
  • about climates.’ But without that who would he be, what would he
  • represent? ‘Mr. Ralph Touchett: an American who lives in Europe.’ That
  • signifies absolutely nothing--it’s impossible anything should signify
  • less. ‘He’s very cultivated,’ they say: ‘he has a very pretty collection
  • of old snuff-boxes.’ The collection is all that’s wanted to make it
  • pitiful. I’m tired of the sound of the word; I think it’s grotesque.
  • With the poor old father it’s different; he has his identity, and it’s
  • rather a massive one. He represents a great financial house, and that,
  • in our day, is as good as anything else. For an American, at any rate,
  • that will do very well. But I persist in thinking your cousin very lucky
  • to have a chronic malady so long as he doesn’t die of it. It’s much
  • better than the snuffboxes. If he weren’t ill, you say, he’d do
  • something?--he’d take his father’s place in the house. My poor child, I
  • doubt it; I don’t think he’s at all fond of the house. However, you know
  • him better than I, though I used to know him rather well, and he may
  • have the benefit of the doubt. The worst case, I think, is a friend
  • of mine, a countryman of ours, who lives in Italy (where he also was
  • brought before he knew better), and who is one of the most delightful
  • men I know. Some day you must know him. I’ll bring you together and then
  • you’ll see what I mean. He’s Gilbert Osmond--he lives in Italy; that’s
  • all one can say about him or make of him. He’s exceedingly clever, a
  • man made to be distinguished; but, as I tell you, you exhaust the
  • description when you say he’s Mr. Osmond who lives _tout bêtement_ in
  • Italy. No career, no name, no position, no fortune, no past, no future,
  • no anything. Oh yes, he paints, if you please--paints in water-colours;
  • like me, only better than I. His painting’s pretty bad; on the whole I’m
  • rather glad of that. Fortunately he’s very indolent, so indolent that
  • it amounts to a sort of position. He can say, ‘Oh, I do nothing; I’m too
  • deadly lazy. You can do nothing to-day unless you get up at five o’clock
  • in the morning.’ In that way he becomes a sort of exception; you feel
  • he might do something if he’d only rise early. He never speaks of his
  • painting to people at large; he’s too clever for that. But he has a
  • little girl--a dear little girl; he does speak of her. He’s devoted
  • to her, and if it were a career to be an excellent father he’d be very
  • distinguished. But I’m afraid that’s no better than the snuff-boxes;
  • perhaps not even so good. Tell me what they do in America,” pursued
  • Madame Merle, who, it must be observed parenthetically, did not deliver
  • herself all at once of these reflexions, which are presented in a
  • cluster for the convenience of the reader. She talked of Florence, where
  • Mr. Osmond lived and where Mrs. Touchett occupied a medieval palace; she
  • talked of Rome, where she herself had a little _pied-à-terre_ with some
  • rather good old damask. She talked of places, of people and even, as the
  • phrase is, of “subjects”; and from time to time she talked of their kind
  • old host and of the prospect of his recovery. From the first she
  • had thought this prospect small, and Isabel had been struck with the
  • positive, discriminating, competent way in which she took the measure
  • of his remainder of life. One evening she announced definitely that he
  • wouldn’t live.
  • “Sir Matthew Hope told me so as plainly as was proper,” she said;
  • “standing there, near the fire, before dinner. He makes himself very
  • agreeable, the great doctor. I don’t mean his saying that has anything
  • to do with it. But he says such things with great tact. I had told him
  • I felt ill at my ease, staying here at such a time; it seemed to me so
  • indiscreet--it wasn’t as if I could nurse. ‘You must remain, you must
  • remain,’ he answered; ‘your office will come later.’ Wasn’t that a very
  • delicate way of saying both that poor Mr. Touchett would go and that I
  • might be of some use as a consoler? In fact, however, I shall not be of
  • the slightest use. Your aunt will console herself; she, and she alone,
  • knows just how much consolation she’ll require. It would be a very
  • delicate matter for another person to undertake to administer the dose.
  • With your cousin it will be different; he’ll miss his father immensely.
  • But I should never presume to condole with Mr. Ralph; we’re not on
  • those terms.” Madame Merle had alluded more than once to some undefined
  • incongruity in her relations with Ralph Touchett; so Isabel took this
  • occasion of asking her if they were not good friends.
  • “Perfectly, but he doesn’t like me.”
  • “What have you done to him?”
  • “Nothing whatever. But one has no need of a reason for that.”
  • “For not liking you? I think one has need of a very good reason.”
  • “You’re very kind. Be sure you have one ready for the day you begin.”
  • “Begin to dislike you? I shall never begin.”
  • “I hope not; because if you do you’ll never end. That’s the way with
  • your cousin; he doesn’t get over it. It’s an antipathy of nature--if
  • I can call it that when it’s all on his side. I’ve nothing whatever
  • against him and don’t bear him the least little grudge for not doing me
  • justice. Justice is all I want. However, one feels that he’s a gentleman
  • and would never say anything underhand about one. _Cartes sur table_,”
  • Madame Merle subjoined in a moment, “I’m not afraid of him.”
  • “I hope not indeed,” said Isabel, who added something about his being
  • the kindest creature living. She remembered, however, that on her first
  • asking him about Madame Merle he had answered her in a manner which
  • this lady might have thought injurious without being explicit. There
  • was something between them, Isabel said to herself, but she said nothing
  • more than this. If it were something of importance it should inspire
  • respect; if it were not it was not worth her curiosity. With all her
  • love of knowledge she had a natural shrinking from raising curtains and
  • looking into unlighted corners. The love of knowledge coexisted in her
  • mind with the finest capacity for ignorance.
  • But Madame Merle sometimes said things that startled her, made her raise
  • her clear eyebrows at the time and think of the words afterwards. “I’d
  • give a great deal to be your age again,” she broke out once with a
  • bitterness which, though diluted in her customary amplitude of ease, was
  • imperfectly disguised by it. “If I could only begin again--if I could
  • have my life before me!”
  • “Your life’s before you yet,” Isabel answered gently, for she was
  • vaguely awe-struck.
  • “No; the best part’s gone, and gone for nothing.”
  • “Surely not for nothing,” said Isabel.
  • “Why not--what have I got? Neither husband, nor child, nor fortune, nor
  • position, nor the traces of a beauty that I never had.”
  • “You have many friends, dear lady.”
  • “I’m not so sure!” cried Madame Merle.
  • “Ah, you’re wrong. You have memories, graces, talents--”
  • But Madame Merle interrupted her. “What have my talents brought me?
  • Nothing but the need of using them still, to get through the hours,
  • the years, to cheat myself with some pretence of movement, of
  • unconsciousness. As for my graces and memories the less said about them
  • the better. You’ll be my friend till you find a better use for your
  • friendship.”
  • “It will be for you to see that I don’t then,” said Isabel.
  • “Yes; I would make an effort to keep you.” And her companion looked at
  • her gravely. “When I say I should like to be your age I mean with your
  • qualities--frank, generous, sincere like you. In that case I should have
  • made something better of my life.”
  • “What should you have liked to do that you’ve not done?”
  • Madame Merle took a sheet of music--she was seated at the piano and
  • had abruptly wheeled about on the stool when she first spoke--and
  • mechanically turned the leaves. “I’m very ambitious!” she at last
  • replied.
  • “And your ambitions have not been satisfied? They must have been great.”
  • “They _were_ great. I should make myself ridiculous by talking of them.”
  • Isabel wondered what they could have been--whether Madame Merle had
  • aspired to wear a crown. “I don’t know what your idea of success may be,
  • but you seem to me to have been successful. To me indeed you’re a vivid
  • image of success.”
  • Madame Merle tossed away the music with a smile. “What’s _your_ idea of
  • success?”
  • “You evidently think it must be a very tame one. It’s to see some dream
  • of one’s youth come true.”
  • “Ah,” Madame Merle exclaimed, “that I’ve never seen! But my dreams were
  • so great--so preposterous. Heaven forgive me, I’m dreaming now!” And she
  • turned back to the piano and began grandly to play. On the morrow she
  • said to Isabel that her definition of success had been very pretty,
  • yet frightfully sad. Measured in that way, who had ever succeeded? The
  • dreams of one’s youth, why they were enchanting, they were divine! Who
  • had ever seen such things come to pass?
  • “I myself--a few of them,” Isabel ventured to answer.
  • “Already? They must have been dreams of yesterday.”
  • “I began to dream very young,” Isabel smiled.
  • “Ah, if you mean the aspirations of your childhood--that of having a
  • pink sash and a doll that could close her eyes.”
  • “No, I don’t mean that.”
  • “Or a young man with a fine moustache going down on his knees to you.”
  • “No, nor that either,” Isabel declared with still more emphasis.
  • Madame Merle appeared to note this eagerness. “I suspect that’s what
  • you do mean. We’ve all had the young man with the moustache. He’s the
  • inevitable young man; he doesn’t count.”
  • Isabel was silent a little but then spoke with extreme and
  • characteristic inconsequence. “Why shouldn’t he count? There are young
  • men and young men.”
  • “And yours was a paragon--is that what you mean?” asked her friend with
  • a laugh. “If you’ve had the identical young man you dreamed of, then
  • that was success, and I congratulate you with all my heart. Only in that
  • case why didn’t you fly with him to his castle in the Apennines?”
  • “He has no castle in the Apennines.”
  • “What has he? An ugly brick house in Fortieth Street? Don’t tell me
  • that; I refuse to recognise that as an ideal.”
  • “I don’t care anything about his house,” said Isabel.
  • “That’s very crude of you. When you’ve lived as long as I you’ll see
  • that every human being has his shell and that you must take the shell
  • into account. By the shell I mean the whole envelope of circumstances.
  • There’s no such thing as an isolated man or woman; we’re each of us
  • made up of some cluster of appurtenances. What shall we call our ‘self’?
  • Where does it begin? where does it end? It overflows into everything
  • that belongs to us--and then it flows back again. I know a large part
  • of myself is in the clothes I choose to wear. I’ve a great respect for
  • _things_! One’s self--for other people--is one’s expression of one’s self;
  • and one’s house, one’s furniture, one’s garments, the books one reads,
  • the company one keeps--these things are all expressive.”
  • This was very metaphysical; not more so, however, than several
  • observations Madame Merle had already made. Isabel was fond of
  • metaphysics, but was unable to accompany her friend into this bold
  • analysis of the human personality. “I don’t agree with you. I think just
  • the other way. I don’t know whether I succeed in expressing myself, but
  • I know that nothing else expresses me. Nothing that belongs to me is any
  • measure of me; everything’s on the contrary a limit, a barrier, and
  • a perfectly arbitrary one. Certainly the clothes which, as you say, I
  • choose to wear, don’t express me; and heaven forbid they should!”
  • “You dress very well,” Madame Merle lightly interposed.
  • “Possibly; but I don’t care to be judged by that. My clothes may express
  • the dressmaker, but they don’t express me. To begin with it’s not my own
  • choice that I wear them; they’re imposed upon me by society.”
  • “Should you prefer to go without them?” Madame Merle enquired in a tone
  • which virtually terminated the discussion.
  • I am bound to confess, though it may cast some discredit on the sketch I
  • have given of the youthful loyalty practised by our heroine toward this
  • accomplished woman, that Isabel had said nothing whatever to her about
  • Lord Warburton and had been equally reticent on the subject of Caspar
  • Goodwood. She had not, however, concealed the fact that she had had
  • opportunities of marrying and had even let her friend know of how
  • advantageous a kind they had been. Lord Warburton had left Lockleigh
  • and was gone to Scotland, taking his sisters with him; and though he had
  • written to Ralph more than once to ask about Mr. Touchett’s health the
  • girl was not liable to the embarrassment of such enquiries as, had he
  • still been in the neighbourhood, he would probably have felt bound to
  • make in person. He had excellent ways, but she felt sure that if he had
  • come to Gardencourt he would have seen Madame Merle, and that if he had
  • seen her he would have liked her and betrayed to her that he was in love
  • with her young friend. It so happened that during this lady’s previous
  • visits to Gardencourt--each of them much shorter than the present--he
  • had either not been at Lockleigh or had not called at Mr. Touchett’s.
  • Therefore, though she knew him by name as the great man of that
  • county, she had no cause to suspect him as a suitor of Mrs. Touchett’s
  • freshly-imported niece.
  • “You’ve plenty of time,” she had said to Isabel in return for the
  • mutilated confidences which our young woman made her and which didn’t
  • pretend to be perfect, though we have seen that at moments the girl
  • had compunctions at having said so much. “I’m glad you’ve done nothing
  • yet--that you have it still to do. It’s a very good thing for a girl to
  • have refused a few good offers--so long of course as they are not the
  • best she’s likely to have. Pardon me if my tone seems horribly corrupt;
  • one must take the worldly view sometimes. Only don’t keep on refusing
  • for the sake of refusing. It’s a pleasant exercise of power; but
  • accepting’s after all an exercise of power as well. There’s always the
  • danger of refusing once too often. It was not the one I fell into--I
  • didn’t refuse often enough. You’re an exquisite creature, and I should
  • like to see you married to a prime minister. But speaking strictly, you
  • know, you’re not what is technically called a _parti_. You’re extremely
  • good-looking and extremely clever; in yourself you’re quite exceptional.
  • You appear to have the vaguest ideas about your earthly possessions; but
  • from what I can make out you’re not embarrassed with an income. I wish
  • you had a little money.”
  • “I wish I had!” said Isabel, simply, apparently forgetting for the
  • moment that her poverty had been a venial fault for two gallant
  • gentlemen.
  • In spite of Sir Matthew Hope’s benevolent recommendation Madame Merle
  • did not remain to the end, as the issue of poor Mr. Touchett’s malady
  • had now come frankly to be designated. She was under pledges to other
  • people which had at last to be redeemed, and she left Gardencourt with
  • the understanding that she should in any event see Mrs. Touchett there
  • again, or else in town, before quitting England. Her parting with Isabel
  • was even more like the beginning of a friendship than their meeting had
  • been. “I’m going to six places in succession, but I shall see no one I
  • like so well as you. They’ll all be old friends, however; one doesn’t
  • make new friends at my age. I’ve made a great exception for you. You
  • must remember that and must think as well of me as possible. You must
  • reward me by believing in me.”
  • By way of answer Isabel kissed her, and, though some women kiss with
  • facility, there are kisses and kisses, and this embrace was satisfactory
  • to Madame Merle. Our young lady, after this, was much alone; she saw her
  • aunt and cousin only at meals, and discovered that of the hours during
  • which Mrs. Touchett was invisible only a minor portion was now devoted
  • to nursing her husband. She spent the rest in her own apartments, to
  • which access was not allowed even to her niece, apparently occupied
  • there with mysterious and inscrutable exercises. At table she was grave
  • and silent; but her solemnity was not an attitude--Isabel could see it
  • was a conviction. She wondered if her aunt repented of having taken her
  • own way so much; but there was no visible evidence of this--no tears, no
  • sighs, no exaggeration of a zeal always to its own sense adequate. Mrs.
  • Touchett seemed simply to feel the need of thinking things over and
  • summing them up; she had a little moral account-book--with columns
  • unerringly ruled and a sharp steel clasp--which she kept with exemplary
  • neatness. Uttered reflection had with her ever, at any rate, a practical
  • ring. “If I had foreseen this I’d not have proposed your coming abroad
  • now,” she said to Isabel after Madame Merle had left the house. “I’d
  • have waited and sent for you next year.”
  • “So that perhaps I should never have known my uncle? It’s a great
  • happiness to me to have come now.”
  • “That’s very well. But it was not that you might know your uncle that
  • I brought you to Europe.” A perfectly veracious speech; but, as Isabel
  • thought, not as perfectly timed. She had leisure to think of this and
  • other matters. She took a solitary walk every day and spent vague hours
  • in turning over books in the library. Among the subjects that engaged
  • her attention were the adventures of her friend Miss Stackpole, with
  • whom she was in regular correspondence. Isabel liked her friend’s
  • private epistolary style better than her public; that is she felt her
  • public letters would have been excellent if they had not been printed.
  • Henrietta’s career, however, was not so successful as might have been
  • wished even in the interest of her private felicity; that view of the
  • inner life of Great Britain which she was so eager to take appeared to
  • dance before her like an _ignis fatuus_. The invitation from Lady Pensil,
  • for mysterious reasons, had never arrived; and poor Mr. Bantling
  • himself, with all his friendly ingenuity, had been unable to explain
  • so grave a dereliction on the part of a missive that had obviously been
  • sent. He had evidently taken Henrietta’s affairs much to heart,
  • and believed that he owed her a set-off to this illusory visit to
  • Bedfordshire. “He says he should think I would go to the Continent,”
  • Henrietta wrote; “and as he thinks of going there himself I suppose his
  • advice is sincere. He wants to know why I don’t take a view of French
  • life; and it’s a fact that I want very much to see the new Republic. Mr.
  • Bantling doesn’t care much about the Republic, but he thinks of going
  • over to Paris anyway. I must say he’s quite as attentive as I could
  • wish, and at least I shall have seen one polite Englishman. I keep
  • telling Mr. Bantling that he ought to have been an American, and you
  • should see how that pleases him. Whenever I say so he always breaks out
  • with the same exclamation--‘Ah, but really, come now!” A few days later
  • she wrote that she had decided to go to Paris at the end of the week and
  • that Mr. Bantling had promised to see her off--perhaps even would go
  • as far as Dover with her. She would wait in Paris till Isabel should
  • arrive, Henrietta added; speaking quite as if Isabel were to start on
  • her continental journey alone and making no allusion to Mrs. Touchett.
  • Bearing in mind his interest in their late companion, our heroine
  • communicated several passages from this correspondence to Ralph,
  • who followed with an emotion akin to suspense the career of the
  • representative of the _Interviewer_.
  • “It seems to me she’s doing very well,” he said, “going over to Paris
  • with an ex-Lancer! If she wants something to write about she has only to
  • describe that episode.”
  • “It’s not conventional, certainly,” Isabel answered; “but if you mean
  • that--as far as Henrietta is concerned--it’s not perfectly innocent,
  • you’re very much mistaken. You’ll never understand Henrietta.”
  • “Pardon me, I understand her perfectly. I didn’t at all at first, but
  • now I’ve the point of view. I’m afraid, however, that Bantling hasn’t;
  • he may have some surprises. Oh, I understand Henrietta as well as if I
  • had made her!”
  • Isabel was by no means sure of this, but she abstained from expressing
  • further doubt, for she was disposed in these days to extend a great
  • charity to her cousin. One afternoon less than a week after Madame
  • Merle’s departure she was seated in the library with a volume to
  • which her attention was not fastened. She had placed herself in a deep
  • window-bench, from which she looked out into the dull, damp park; and as
  • the library stood at right angles to the entrance-front of the house she
  • could see the doctor’s brougham, which had been waiting for the last two
  • hours before the door. She was struck with his remaining so long, but at
  • last she saw him appear in the portico, stand a moment slowly drawing on
  • his gloves and looking at the knees of his horse, and then get into the
  • vehicle and roll away. Isabel kept her place for half an hour; there was
  • a great stillness in the house. It was so great that when she at last
  • heard a soft, slow step on the deep carpet of the room she was almost
  • startled by the sound. She turned quickly away from the window and saw
  • Ralph Touchett standing there with his hands still in his pockets, but
  • with a face absolutely void of its usual latent smile. She got up and
  • her movement and glance were a question.
  • “It’s all over,” said Ralph.
  • “Do you mean that my uncle...?” And Isabel stopped.
  • “My dear father died an hour ago.”
  • “Ah, my poor Ralph!” she gently wailed, putting out her two hands to
  • him.
  • CHAPTER XX
  • Some fortnight after this Madame Merle drove up in a hansom cab to
  • the house in Winchester Square. As she descended from her vehicle she
  • observed, suspended between the dining-room windows, a large, neat,
  • wooden tablet, on whose fresh black ground were inscribed in white paint
  • the words--“This noble freehold mansion to be sold”; with the name of
  • the agent to whom application should be made. “They certainly lose no
  • time,” said the visitor as, after sounding the big brass knocker, she
  • waited to be admitted; “it’s a practical country!” And within the house,
  • as she ascended to the drawing-room, she perceived numerous signs of
  • abdication; pictures removed from the walls and placed upon sofas,
  • windows undraped and floors laid bare. Mrs. Touchett presently received
  • her and intimated in a few words that condolences might be taken for
  • granted.
  • “I know what you’re going to say--he was a very good man. But I know it
  • better than any one, because I gave him more chance to show it. In that
  • I think I was a good wife.” Mrs. Touchett added that at the end her
  • husband apparently recognised this fact. “He has treated me most
  • liberally,” she said; “I won’t say more liberally than I expected,
  • because I didn’t expect. You know that as a general thing I don’t
  • expect. But he chose, I presume, to recognise the fact that though I
  • lived much abroad and mingled--you may say freely--in foreign life, I
  • never exhibited the smallest preference for any one else.”
  • “For any one but yourself,” Madame Merle mentally observed; but the
  • reflexion was perfectly inaudible.
  • “I never sacrificed my husband to another,” Mrs. Touchett continued with
  • her stout curtness.
  • “Oh no,” thought Madame Merle; “you never did anything for another!”
  • There was a certain cynicism in these mute comments which demands an
  • explanation; the more so as they are not in accord either with the
  • view--somewhat superficial perhaps--that we have hitherto enjoyed of
  • Madame Merle’s character or with the literal facts of Mrs. Touchett’s
  • history; the more so, too, as Madame Merle had a well-founded conviction
  • that her friend’s last remark was not in the least to be construed as a
  • side-thrust at herself. The truth is that the moment she had crossed the
  • threshold she received an impression that Mr. Touchett’s death had had
  • subtle consequences and that these consequences had been profitable to
  • a little circle of persons among whom she was not numbered. Of course
  • it was an event which would naturally have consequences; her imagination
  • had more than once rested upon this fact during her stay at Gardencourt.
  • But it had been one thing to foresee such a matter mentally and another
  • to stand among its massive records. The idea of a distribution of
  • property--she would almost have said of spoils--just now pressed upon
  • her senses and irritated her with a sense of exclusion. I am far from
  • wishing to picture her as one of the hungry mouths or envious hearts of
  • the general herd, but we have already learned of her having desires
  • that had never been satisfied. If she had been questioned, she would
  • of course have admitted--with a fine proud smile--that she had not the
  • faintest claim to a share in Mr. Touchett’s relics. “There was never
  • anything in the world between us,” she would have said. “There was never
  • that, poor man!”--with a fillip of her thumb and her third finger. I
  • hasten to add, moreover, that if she couldn’t at the present moment keep
  • from quite perversely yearning she was careful not to betray herself.
  • She had after all as much sympathy for Mrs. Touchett’s gains as for her
  • losses.
  • “He has left me this house,” the newly-made widow said; “but of course
  • I shall not live in it; I’ve a much better one in Florence. The will
  • was opened only three days since, but I’ve already offered the house for
  • sale. I’ve also a share in the bank; but I don’t yet understand if I’m
  • obliged to leave it there. If not I shall certainly take it out. Ralph,
  • of course, has Gardencourt; but I’m not sure that he’ll have means to
  • keep up the place. He’s naturally left very well off, but his father has
  • given away an immense deal of money; there are bequests to a string of
  • third cousins in Vermont. Ralph, however, is very fond of Gardencourt
  • and would be quite capable of living there--in summer--with a
  • maid-of-all-work and a gardener’s boy. There’s one remarkable clause
  • in my husband’s will,” Mrs. Touchett added. “He has left my niece a
  • fortune.”
  • “A fortune!” Madame Merle softly repeated.
  • “Isabel steps into something like seventy thousand pounds.” Madame
  • Merle’s hands were clasped in her lap; at this she raised them, still
  • clasped, and held them a moment against her bosom while her eyes, a
  • little dilated, fixed themselves on those of her friend. “Ah,” she
  • cried, “the clever creature!”
  • Mrs. Touchett gave her a quick look. “What do you mean by that?”
  • For an instant Madame Merle’s colour rose and she dropped her eyes. “It
  • certainly is clever to achieve such results--without an effort!”
  • “There assuredly was no effort. Don’t call it an achievement.”
  • Madame Merle was seldom guilty of the awkwardness of retracting what she
  • had said; her wisdom was shown rather in maintaining it and placing it
  • in a favourable light. “My dear friend, Isabel would certainly not
  • have had seventy thousand pounds left her if she had not been the most
  • charming girl in the world. Her charm includes great cleverness.”
  • “She never dreamed, I’m sure, of my husband’s doing anything for her;
  • and I never dreamed of it either, for he never spoke to me of his
  • intention,” Mrs. Touchett said. “She had no claim upon him whatever; it
  • was no great recommendation to him that she was my niece. Whatever she
  • achieved she achieved unconsciously.”
  • “Ah,” rejoined Madame Merle, “those are the greatest strokes!” Mrs.
  • Touchett reserved her opinion. “The girl’s fortunate; I don’t deny that.
  • But for the present she’s simply stupefied.”
  • “Do you mean that she doesn’t know what to do with the money?”
  • “That, I think, she has hardly considered. She doesn’t know what to
  • think about the matter at all. It has been as if a big gun were suddenly
  • fired off behind her; she’s feeling herself to see if she be hurt. It’s
  • but three days since she received a visit from the principal executor,
  • who came in person, very gallantly, to notify her. He told me afterwards
  • that when he had made his little speech she suddenly burst into tears.
  • The money’s to remain in the affairs of the bank, and she’s to draw the
  • interest.”
  • Madame Merle shook her head with a wise and now quite benignant smile.
  • “How very delicious! After she has done that two or three times she’ll
  • get used to it.” Then after a silence, “What does your son think of it?”
  • she abruptly asked.
  • “He left England before the will was read--used up by his fatigue and
  • anxiety and hurrying off to the south. He’s on his way to the Riviera
  • and I’ve not yet heard from him. But it’s not likely he’ll ever object
  • to anything done by his father.”
  • “Didn’t you say his own share had been cut down?”
  • “Only at his wish. I know that he urged his father to do something for
  • the people in America. He’s not in the least addicted to looking after
  • number one.”
  • “It depends upon whom he regards as number one!” said Madame Merle. And
  • she remained thoughtful a moment, her eyes bent on the floor.
  • “Am I not to see your happy niece?” she asked at last as she raised
  • them.
  • “You may see her; but you’ll not be struck with her being happy. She
  • has looked as solemn, these three days, as a Cimabue Madonna!” And Mrs.
  • Touchett rang for a servant.
  • Isabel came in shortly after the footman had been sent to call her; and
  • Madame Merle thought, as she appeared, that Mrs. Touchett’s comparison
  • had its force. The girl was pale and grave--an effect not mitigated by
  • her deeper mourning; but the smile of her brightest moments came into
  • her face as she saw Madame Merle, who went forward, laid her hand on our
  • heroine’s shoulder and, after looking at her a moment, kissed her as if
  • she were returning the kiss she had received from her at Gardencourt.
  • This was the only allusion the visitor, in her great good taste, made
  • for the present to her young friend’s inheritance.
  • Mrs. Touchett had no purpose of awaiting in London the sale of her
  • house. After selecting from among its furniture the objects she wished
  • to transport to her other abode, she left the rest of its contents to be
  • disposed of by the auctioneer and took her departure for the Continent.
  • She was of course accompanied on this journey by her niece, who now had
  • plenty of leisure to measure and weigh and otherwise handle the windfall
  • on which Madame Merle had covertly congratulated her. Isabel thought
  • very often of the fact of her accession of means, looking at it in a
  • dozen different lights; but we shall not now attempt to follow her train
  • of thought or to explain exactly why her new consciousness was at first
  • oppressive. This failure to rise to immediate joy was indeed but brief;
  • the girl presently made up her mind that to be rich was a virtue because
  • it was to be able to do, and that to do could only be sweet. It was
  • the graceful contrary of the stupid side of weakness--especially the
  • feminine variety. To be weak was, for a delicate young person, rather
  • graceful, but, after all, as Isabel said to herself, there was a larger
  • grace than that. Just now, it is true, there was not much to do--once
  • she had sent off a cheque to Lily and another to poor Edith; but she was
  • thankful for the quiet months which her mourning robes and her aunt’s
  • fresh widowhood compelled them to spend together. The acquisition of
  • power made her serious; she scrutinised her power with a kind of tender
  • ferocity, but was not eager to exercise it. She began to do so during
  • a stay of some weeks which she eventually made with her aunt in Paris,
  • though in ways that will inevitably present themselves as trivial. They
  • were the ways most naturally imposed in a city in which the shops are
  • the admiration of the world, and that were prescribed unreservedly by
  • the guidance of Mrs. Touchett, who took a rigidly practical view of the
  • transformation of her niece from a poor girl to a rich one. “Now that
  • you’re a young woman of fortune you must know how to play the part--I
  • mean to play it well,” she said to Isabel once for all; and she added
  • that the girl’s first duty was to have everything handsome. “You don’t
  • know how to take care of your things, but you must learn,” she went on;
  • this was Isabel’s second duty. Isabel submitted, but for the present
  • her imagination was not kindled; she longed for opportunities, but these
  • were not the opportunities she meant.
  • Mrs. Touchett rarely changed her plans, and, having intended before her
  • husband’s death to spend a part of the winter in Paris, saw no reason to
  • deprive herself--still less to deprive her companion--of this advantage.
  • Though they would live in great retirement she might still present
  • her niece, informally, to the little circle of her fellow countrymen
  • dwelling upon the skirts of the Champs Elysées. With many of these
  • amiable colonists Mrs. Touchett was intimate; she shared their
  • expatriation, their convictions, their pastimes, their ennui. Isabel
  • saw them arrive with a good deal of assiduity at her aunt’s hotel, and
  • pronounced on them with a trenchancy doubtless to be accounted for by
  • the temporary exaltation of her sense of human duty. She made up her
  • mind that their lives were, though luxurious, inane, and incurred some
  • disfavour by expressing this view on bright Sunday afternoons, when the
  • American absentees were engaged in calling on each other. Though her
  • listeners passed for people kept exemplarily genial by their cooks and
  • dressmakers, two or three of them thought her cleverness, which was
  • generally admitted, inferior to that of the new theatrical pieces. “You
  • all live here this way, but what does it lead to?” she was pleased to
  • ask. “It doesn’t seem to lead to anything, and I should think you’d get
  • very tired of it.”
  • Mrs. Touchett thought the question worthy of Henrietta Stackpole. The
  • two ladies had found Henrietta in Paris, and Isabel constantly saw her;
  • so that Mrs. Touchett had some reason for saying to herself that if her
  • niece were not clever enough to originate almost anything, she might be
  • suspected of having borrowed that style of remark from her journalistic
  • friend. The first occasion on which Isabel had spoken was that of
  • a visit paid by the two ladies to Mrs. Luce, an old friend of Mrs.
  • Touchett’s and the only person in Paris she now went to see. Mrs. Luce
  • had been living in Paris since the days of Louis Philippe; she used to
  • say jocosely that she was one of the generation of 1830--a joke of
  • which the point was not always taken. When it failed, Mrs. Luce used to
  • explain--“Oh yes, I’m one of the romantics;” her French had never
  • become quite perfect. She was always at home on Sunday afternoons and
  • surrounded by sympathetic compatriots, usually the same. In fact she
  • was at home at all times, and reproduced with wondrous truth in her
  • well-cushioned little corner of the brilliant city, the domestic tone of
  • her native Baltimore. This reduced Mr. Luce, her worthy husband, a tall,
  • lean, grizzled, well-brushed gentleman who wore a gold eye-glass and
  • carried his hat a little too much on the back of his head, to mere
  • platonic praise of the “distractions” of Paris--they were his great
  • word--since you would never have guessed from what cares he escaped to
  • them. One of them was that he went every day to the American banker’s,
  • where he found a post-office that was almost as sociable and colloquial
  • an institution as in an American country town. He passed an hour (in
  • fine weather) in a chair in the Champs Elysées, and he dined uncommonly
  • well at his own table, seated above a waxed floor which it was Mrs.
  • Luce’s happiness to believe had a finer polish than any other in the
  • French capital. Occasionally he dined with a friend or two at the Café
  • Anglais, where his talent for ordering a dinner was a source of felicity
  • to his companions and an object of admiration even to the headwaiter
  • of the establishment. These were his only known pastimes, but they had
  • beguiled his hours for upwards of half a century, and they doubtless
  • justified his frequent declaration that there was no place like Paris.
  • In no other place, on these terms, could Mr. Luce flatter himself that
  • he was enjoying life. There was nothing like Paris, but it must be
  • confessed that Mr. Luce thought less highly of this scene of his
  • dissipations than in earlier days. In the list of his resources his
  • political reflections should not be omitted, for they were doubtless the
  • animating principle of many hours that superficially seemed vacant.
  • Like many of his fellow colonists Mr. Luce was a high--or rather a
  • deep--conservative, and gave no countenance to the government lately
  • established in France. He had no faith in its duration and would assure
  • you from year to year that its end was close at hand. “They want to be
  • kept down, sir, to be kept down; nothing but the strong hand--the iron
  • heel--will do for them,” he would frequently say of the French people;
  • and his ideal of a fine showy clever rule was that of the superseded
  • Empire. “Paris is much less attractive than in the days of the Emperor;
  • _he_ knew how to make a city pleasant,” Mr. Luce had often remarked to
  • Mrs. Touchett, who was quite of his own way of thinking and wished to
  • know what one had crossed that odious Atlantic for but to get away from
  • republics.
  • “Why, madam, sitting in the Champs Elysées, opposite to the Palace of
  • Industry, I’ve seen the court-carriages from the Tuileries pass up and
  • down as many as seven times a day. I remember one occasion when they
  • went as high as nine. What do you see now? It’s no use talking, the
  • style’s all gone. Napoleon knew what the French people want, and
  • there’ll be a dark cloud over Paris, our Paris, till they get the Empire
  • back again.”
  • Among Mrs. Luce’s visitors on Sunday afternoons was a young man with
  • whom Isabel had had a good deal of conversation and whom she found
  • full of valuable knowledge. Mr. Edward Rosier--Ned Rosier as he was
  • called--was native to New York and had been brought up in Paris, living
  • there under the eye of his father who, as it happened, had been an early
  • and intimate friend of the late Mr. Archer. Edward Rosier remembered
  • Isabel as a little girl; it had been his father who came to the rescue
  • of the small Archers at the inn at Neufchatel (he was travelling that
  • way with the boy and had stopped at the hotel by chance), after their
  • _bonne_ had gone off with the Russian prince and when Mr. Archer’s
  • whereabouts remained for some days a mystery. Isabel remembered
  • perfectly the neat little male child whose hair smelt of a delicious
  • cosmetic and who had a _bonne_ all his own, warranted to lose sight of him
  • under no provocation. Isabel took a walk with the pair beside the lake
  • and thought little Edward as pretty as an angel--a comparison by no
  • means conventional in her mind, for she had a very definite conception
  • of a type of features which she supposed to be angelic and which her
  • new friend perfectly illustrated. A small pink face surmounted by a blue
  • velvet bonnet and set off by a stiff embroidered collar had become the
  • countenance of her childish dreams; and she had firmly believed for some
  • time afterwards that the heavenly hosts conversed among themselves in
  • a queer little dialect of French-English, expressing the properest
  • sentiments, as when Edward told her that he was “defended” by his _bonne_
  • to go near the edge of the lake, and that one must always obey to one’s
  • _bonne_. Ned Rosier’s English had improved; at least it exhibited in a
  • less degree the French variation. His father was dead and his _bonne_
  • dismissed, but the young man still conformed to the spirit of their
  • teaching--he never went to the edge of the lake. There was still
  • something agreeable to the nostrils about him and something not
  • offensive to nobler organs. He was a very gentle and gracious youth,
  • with what are called cultivated tastes--an acquaintance with old china,
  • with good wine, with the bindings of books, with the _Almanach de Gotha_,
  • with the best shops, the best hotels, the hours of railway-trains. He
  • could order a dinner almost as well as Mr. Luce, and it was probable
  • that as his experience accumulated he would be a worthy successor to
  • that gentleman, whose rather grim politics he also advocated in a soft
  • and innocent voice. He had some charming rooms in Paris, decorated with
  • old Spanish altar-lace, the envy of his female friends, who declared
  • that his chimney-piece was better draped than the high shoulders of many
  • a duchess. He usually, however, spent a part of every winter at Pau, and
  • had once passed a couple of months in the United States.
  • He took a great interest in Isabel and remembered perfectly the walk at
  • Neufchatel, when she would persist in going so near the edge. He seemed
  • to recognise this same tendency in the subversive enquiry that I quoted
  • a moment ago, and set himself to answer our heroine’s question with
  • greater urbanity than it perhaps deserved. “What does it lead to, Miss
  • Archer? Why Paris leads everywhere. You can’t go anywhere unless you
  • come here first. Every one that comes to Europe has got to pass through.
  • You don’t mean it in that sense so much? You mean what good it does you?
  • Well, how can you penetrate futurity? How can you tell what lies ahead?
  • If it’s a pleasant road I don’t care where it leads. I like the road,
  • Miss Archer; I like the dear old asphalte. You can’t get tired of
  • it--you can’t if you try. You think you would, but you wouldn’t;
  • there’s always something new and fresh. Take the Hôtel Drouot, now;
  • they sometimes have three and four sales a week. Where can you get such
  • things as you can here? In spite of all they say I maintain they’re
  • cheaper too, if you know the right places. I know plenty of places,
  • but I keep them to myself. I’ll tell you, if you like, as a particular
  • favour; only you mustn’t tell any one else. Don’t you go anywhere
  • without asking me first; I want you to promise me that. As a general
  • thing avoid the Boulevards; there’s very little to be done on the
  • Boulevards. Speaking conscientiously--_sans blague_--I don’t believe
  • any one knows Paris better than I. You and Mrs. Touchett must come and
  • breakfast with me some day, and I’ll show you my things; _je ne vous dis
  • que ça!_ There has been a great deal of talk about London of late; it’s
  • the fashion to cry up London. But there’s nothing in it--you can’t
  • do anything in London. No Louis Quinze--nothing of the First Empire;
  • nothing but their eternal Queen Anne. It’s good for one’s bed-room,
  • Queen Anne--for one’s washing-room; but it isn’t proper for a salon. Do
  • I spend my life at the auctioneer’s?” Mr. Rosier pursued in answer to
  • another question of Isabel’s. “Oh no; I haven’t the means. I wish I
  • had. You think I’m a mere trifler; I can tell by the expression of your
  • face--you’ve got a wonderfully expressive face. I hope you don’t mind
  • my saying that; I mean it as a kind of warning. You think I ought to do
  • something, and so do I, so long as you leave it vague. But when you
  • come to the point you see you have to stop. I can’t go home and be
  • a shopkeeper. You think I’m very well fitted? Ah, Miss Archer, you
  • overrate me. I can buy very well, but I can’t sell; you should see when
  • I sometimes try to get rid of my things. It takes much more ability to
  • make other people buy than to buy yourself. When I think how clever they
  • must be, the people who make _me_ buy! Ah no; I couldn’t be a shopkeeper.
  • I can’t be a doctor; it’s a repulsive business. I can’t be a clergyman;
  • I haven’t got convictions. And then I can’t pronounce the names right in
  • the Bible. They’re very difficult, in the Old Testament particularly. I
  • can’t be a lawyer; I don’t understand--how do you call it?--the American
  • procedure. Is there anything else? There’s nothing for a gentleman
  • in America. I should like to be a diplomatist; but American
  • diplomacy--that’s not for gentlemen either. I’m sure if you had seen the
  • last min--”
  • Henrietta Stackpole, who was often with her friend when Mr. Rosier,
  • coming to pay his compliments late in the afternoon, expressed himself
  • after the fashion I have sketched, usually interrupted the young man at
  • this point and read him a lecture on the duties of the American citizen.
  • She thought him most unnatural; he was worse than poor Ralph Touchett.
  • Henrietta, however, was at this time more than ever addicted to fine
  • criticism, for her conscience had been freshly alarmed as regards
  • Isabel. She had not congratulated this young lady on her augmentations
  • and begged to be excused from doing so.
  • “If Mr. Touchett had consulted me about leaving you the money,” she
  • frankly asserted, “I’d have said to him ‘Never!”
  • “I see,” Isabel had answered. “You think it will prove a curse in
  • disguise. Perhaps it will.”
  • “Leave it to some one you care less for--that’s what I should have
  • said.”
  • “To yourself for instance?” Isabel suggested jocosely. And then, “Do you
  • really believe it will ruin me?” she asked in quite another tone.
  • “I hope it won’t ruin you; but it will certainly confirm your dangerous
  • tendencies.”
  • “Do you mean the love of luxury--of extravagance?”
  • “No, no,” said Henrietta; “I mean your exposure on the moral side. I
  • approve of luxury; I think we ought to be as elegant as possible. Look
  • at the luxury of our western cities; I’ve seen nothing over here to
  • compare with it. I hope you’ll never become grossly sensual; but I’m not
  • afraid of that. The peril for you is that you live too much in the world
  • of your own dreams. You’re not enough in contact with reality--with
  • the toiling, striving, suffering, I may even say sinning, world
  • that surrounds you. You’re too fastidious; you’ve too many graceful
  • illusions. Your newly-acquired thousands will shut you up more and
  • more to the society of a few selfish and heartless people who will be
  • interested in keeping them up.”
  • Isabel’s eyes expanded as she gazed at this lurid scene. “What are my
  • illusions?” she asked. “I try so hard not to have any.”
  • “Well,” said Henrietta, “you think you can lead a romantic life, that
  • you can live by pleasing yourself and pleasing others. You’ll find
  • you’re mistaken. Whatever life you lead you must put your soul in it--to
  • make any sort of success of it; and from the moment you do that it
  • ceases to be romance, I assure you: it becomes grim reality! And you
  • can’t always please yourself; you must sometimes please other people.
  • That, I admit, you’re very ready to do; but there’s another thing that’s
  • still more important--you must often displease others. You must always
  • be ready for that--you must never shrink from it. That doesn’t suit you
  • at all--you’re too fond of admiration, you like to be thought well
  • of. You think we can escape disagreeable duties by taking romantic
  • views--that’s your great illusion, my dear. But we can’t. You must be
  • prepared on many occasions in life to please no one at all--not even
  • yourself.”
  • Isabel shook her head sadly; she looked troubled and frightened. “This,
  • for you, Henrietta,” she said, “must be one of those occasions!”
  • It was certainly true that Miss Stackpole, during her visit to Paris,
  • which had been professionally more remunerative than her English
  • sojourn, had not been living in the world of dreams. Mr. Bantling, who
  • had now returned to England, was her companion for the first four weeks
  • of her stay; and about Mr. Bantling there was nothing dreamy. Isabel
  • learned from her friend that the two had led a life of great personal
  • intimacy and that this had been a peculiar advantage to Henrietta,
  • owing to the gentleman’s remarkable knowledge of Paris. He had
  • explained everything, shown her everything, been her constant guide and
  • interpreter. They had breakfasted together, dined together, gone to
  • the theatre together, supped together, really in a manner quite lived
  • together. He was a true friend, Henrietta more than once assured our
  • heroine; and she had never supposed that she could like any Englishman
  • so well. Isabel could not have told you why, but she found something
  • that ministered to mirth in the alliance the correspondent of the
  • _Interviewer_ had struck with Lady Pensil’s brother; her amusement
  • moreover subsisted in face of the fact that she thought it a credit to
  • each of them. Isabel couldn’t rid herself of a suspicion that they were
  • playing somehow at cross-purposes--that the simplicity of each had
  • been entrapped. But this simplicity was on either side none the less
  • honourable. It was as graceful on Henrietta’s part to believe that Mr.
  • Bantling took an interest in the diffusion of lively journalism and in
  • consolidating the position of lady-correspondents as it was on the
  • part of his companion to suppose that the cause of the _Interviewer_--a
  • periodical of which he never formed a very definite conception--was, if
  • subtly analysed (a task to which Mr. Bantling felt himself quite equal),
  • but the cause of Miss Stackpole’s need of demonstrative affection. Each
  • of these groping celibates supplied at any rate a want of which the
  • other was impatiently conscious. Mr. Bantling, who was of rather a slow
  • and a discursive habit, relished a prompt, keen, positive woman, who
  • charmed him by the influence of a shining, challenging eye and a kind of
  • bandbox freshness, and who kindled a perception of raciness in a mind
  • to which the usual fare of life seemed unsalted. Henrietta, on the other
  • hand, enjoyed the society of a gentleman who appeared somehow, in his
  • way, made, by expensive, roundabout, almost “quaint” processes, for
  • her use, and whose leisured state, though generally indefensible, was a
  • decided boon to a breathless mate, and who was furnished with an easy,
  • traditional, though by no means exhaustive, answer to almost any social
  • or practical question that could come up. She often found Mr. Bantling’s
  • answers very convenient, and in the press of catching the American post
  • would largely and showily address them to publicity. It was to be feared
  • that she was indeed drifting toward those abysses of sophistication as
  • to which Isabel, wishing for a good-humoured retort, had warned her.
  • There might be danger in store for Isabel; but it was scarcely to be
  • hoped that Miss Stackpole, on her side, would find permanent rest in any
  • adoption of the views of a class pledged to all the old abuses. Isabel
  • continued to warn her good-humouredly; Lady Pensil’s obliging brother
  • was sometimes, on our heroine’s lips, an object of irreverent and
  • facetious allusion. Nothing, however, could exceed Henrietta’s
  • amiability on this point; she used to abound in the sense of Isabel’s
  • irony and to enumerate with elation the hours she had spent with this
  • perfect man of the world--a term that had ceased to make with her, as
  • previously, for opprobrium. Then, a few moments later, she would forget
  • that they had been talking jocosely and would mention with impulsive
  • earnestness some expedition she had enjoyed in his company. She would
  • say: “Oh, I know all about Versailles; I went there with Mr. Bantling. I
  • was bound to see it thoroughly--I warned him when we went out there that
  • I was thorough: so we spent three days at the hotel and wandered all
  • over the place. It was lovely weather--a kind of Indian summer, only not
  • so good. We just lived in that park. Oh yes; you can’t tell me anything
  • about Versailles.” Henrietta appeared to have made arrangements to meet
  • her gallant friend during the spring in Italy.
  • CHAPTER XXI
  • Mrs. Touchett, before arriving in Paris, had fixed the day for her
  • departure and by the middle of February had begun to travel southward.
  • She interrupted her journey to pay a visit to her son, who at San Remo,
  • on the Italian shore of the Mediterranean, had been spending a dull,
  • bright winter beneath a slow-moving white umbrella. Isabel went with her
  • aunt as a matter of course, though Mrs. Touchett, with homely, customary
  • logic, had laid before her a pair of alternatives.
  • “Now, of course, you’re completely your own mistress and are as free as
  • the bird on the bough. I don’t mean you were not so before, but you’re
  • at present on a different footing--property erects a kind of barrier.
  • You can do a great many things if you’re rich which would be severely
  • criticised if you were poor. You can go and come, you can travel alone,
  • you can have your own establishment: I mean of course if you’ll take
  • a companion--some decayed gentlewoman, with a darned cashmere and dyed
  • hair, who paints on velvet. You don’t think you’d like that? Of course
  • you can do as you please; I only want you to understand how much you’re
  • at liberty. You might take Miss Stackpole as your _dame de compagnie_;
  • she’d keep people off very well. I think, however, that it’s a great
  • deal better you should remain with me, in spite of there being no
  • obligation. It’s better for several reasons, quite apart from your
  • liking it. I shouldn’t think you’d like it, but I recommend you to make
  • the sacrifice. Of course whatever novelty there may have been at first
  • in my society has quite passed away, and you see me as I am--a dull,
  • obstinate, narrow-minded old woman.”
  • “I don’t think you’re at all dull,” Isabel had replied to this.
  • “But you do think I’m obstinate and narrow-minded? I told you so!” said
  • Mrs. Touchett with much elation at being justified.
  • Isabel remained for the present with her aunt, because, in spite of
  • eccentric impulses, she had a great regard for what was usually deemed
  • decent, and a young gentlewoman without visible relations had always
  • struck her as a flower without foliage. It was true that Mrs. Touchett’s
  • conversation had never again appeared so brilliant as that first
  • afternoon in Albany, when she sat in her damp waterproof and sketched
  • the opportunities that Europe would offer to a young person of taste.
  • This, however, was in a great measure the girl’s own fault; she had
  • got a glimpse of her aunt’s experience, and her imagination constantly
  • anticipated the judgements and emotions of a woman who had very little
  • of the same faculty. Apart from this, Mrs. Touchett had a great merit;
  • she was as honest as a pair of compasses. There was a comfort in her
  • stiffness and firmness; you knew exactly where to find her and were
  • never liable to chance encounters and concussions. On her own ground
  • she was perfectly present, but was never over-inquisitive as regards
  • the territory of her neighbour. Isabel came at last to have a kind of
  • undemonstrable pity for her; there seemed something so dreary in
  • the condition of a person whose nature had, as it were, so little
  • surface--offered so limited a face to the accretions of human contact.
  • Nothing tender, nothing sympathetic, had ever had a chance to fasten
  • upon it--no wind-sown blossom, no familiar softening moss. Her offered,
  • her passive extent, in other words, was about that of a knife-edge.
  • Isabel had reason to believe none the less that as she advanced in life
  • she made more of those concessions to the sense of something obscurely
  • distinct from convenience--more of them than she independently exacted.
  • She was learning to sacrifice consistency to considerations of that
  • inferior order for which the excuse must be found in the particular
  • case. It was not to the credit of her absolute rectitude that she should
  • have gone the longest way round to Florence in order to spend a few
  • weeks with her invalid son; since in former years it had been one of her
  • most definite convictions that when Ralph wished to see her he was at
  • liberty to remember that Palazzo Crescentini contained a large apartment
  • known as the quarter of the _signorino_.
  • “I want to ask you something,” Isabel said to this young man the day
  • after her arrival at San Remo--“something I’ve thought more than once
  • of asking you by letter, but that I’ve hesitated on the whole to write
  • about. Face to face, nevertheless, my question seems easy enough. Did
  • you know your father intended to leave me so much money?”
  • Ralph stretched his legs a little further than usual and gazed a little
  • more fixedly at the Mediterranean.
  • “What does it matter, my dear Isabel, whether I knew? My father was very
  • obstinate.”
  • “So,” said the girl, “you did know.”
  • “Yes; he told me. We even talked it over a little.” “What did he do it
  • for?” asked Isabel abruptly. “Why, as a kind of compliment.”
  • “A compliment on what?”
  • “On your so beautifully existing.”
  • “He liked me too much,” she presently declared.
  • “That’s a way we all have.”
  • “If I believed that I should be very unhappy. Fortunately I don’t
  • believe it. I want to be treated with justice; I want nothing but that.”
  • “Very good. But you must remember that justice to a lovely being is
  • after all a florid sort of sentiment.”
  • “I’m not a lovely being. How can you say that, at the very moment when
  • I’m asking such odious questions? I must seem to you delicate!”
  • “You seem to me troubled,” said Ralph.
  • “I am troubled.”
  • “About what?”
  • For a moment she answered nothing; then she broke out: “Do you think it
  • good for me suddenly to be made so rich? Henrietta doesn’t.”
  • “Oh, hang Henrietta!” said Ralph coarsely, “If you ask me I’m delighted
  • at it.”
  • “Is that why your father did it--for your amusement?”
  • “I differ with Miss Stackpole,” Ralph went on more gravely. “I think it
  • very good for you to have means.”
  • Isabel looked at him with serious eyes. “I wonder whether you know
  • what’s good for me--or whether you care.”
  • “If I know depend upon it I care. Shall I tell you what it is? Not to
  • torment yourself.”
  • “Not to torment you, I suppose you mean.”
  • “You can’t do that; I’m proof. Take things more easily. Don’t ask
  • yourself so much whether this or that is good for you. Don’t question
  • your conscience so much--it will get out of tune like a strummed
  • piano. Keep it for great occasions. Don’t try so much to form your
  • character--it’s like trying to pull open a tight, tender young rose.
  • Live as you like best, and your character will take care of itself. Most
  • things are good for you; the exceptions are very rare, and a comfortable
  • income’s not one of them.” Ralph paused, smiling; Isabel had listened
  • quickly. “You’ve too much power of thought--above all too much
  • conscience,” Ralph added. “It’s out of all reason, the number of things
  • you think wrong. Put back your watch. Diet your fever. Spread your
  • wings; rise above the ground. It’s never wrong to do that.”
  • She had listened eagerly, as I say; and it was her nature to understand
  • quickly. “I wonder if you appreciate what you say. If you do, you take a
  • great responsibility.”
  • “You frighten me a little, but I think I’m right,” said Ralph,
  • persisting in cheer.
  • “All the same what you say is very true,” Isabel pursued. “You could say
  • nothing more true. I’m absorbed in myself--I look at life too much as
  • a doctor’s prescription. Why indeed should we perpetually be thinking
  • whether things are good for us, as if we were patients lying in a
  • hospital? Why should I be so afraid of not doing right? As if it
  • mattered to the world whether I do right or wrong!”
  • “You’re a capital person to advise,” said Ralph; “you take the wind out
  • of my sails!”
  • She looked at him as if she had not heard him--though she was following
  • out the train of reflexion which he himself had kindled. “I try to
  • care more about the world than about myself--but I always come back to
  • myself. It’s because I’m afraid.” She stopped; her voice had trembled
  • a little. “Yes, I’m afraid; I can’t tell you. A large fortune means
  • freedom, and I’m afraid of that. It’s such a fine thing, and one should
  • make such a good use of it. If one shouldn’t one would be ashamed. And
  • one must keep thinking; it’s a constant effort. I’m not sure it’s not a
  • greater happiness to be powerless.”
  • “For weak people I’ve no doubt it’s a greater happiness. For weak people
  • the effort not to be contemptible must be great.”
  • “And how do you know I’m not weak?” Isabel asked.
  • “Ah,” Ralph answered with a flush that the girl noticed, “if you are I’m
  • awfully sold!”
  • The charm of the Mediterranean coast only deepened for our heroine
  • on acquaintance, for it was the threshold of Italy, the gate of
  • admirations. Italy, as yet imperfectly seen and felt, stretched before
  • her as a land of promise, a land in which a love of the beautiful might
  • be comforted by endless knowledge. Whenever she strolled upon the shore
  • with her cousin--and she was the companion of his daily walk--she looked
  • across the sea, with longing eyes, to where she knew that Genoa lay. She
  • was glad to pause, however, on the edge of this larger adventure; there
  • was such a thrill even in the preliminary hovering. It affected her
  • moreover as a peaceful interlude, as a hush of the drum and fife in a
  • career which she had little warrant as yet for regarding as agitated,
  • but which nevertheless she was constantly picturing to herself by
  • the light of her hopes, her fears, her fancies, her ambitions, her
  • predilections, and which reflected these subjective accidents in
  • a manner sufficiently dramatic. Madame Merle had predicted to Mrs.
  • Touchett that after their young friend had put her hand into her pocket
  • half a dozen times she would be reconciled to the idea that it had been
  • filled by a munificent uncle; and the event justified, as it had so
  • often justified before, that lady’s perspicacity. Ralph Touchett had
  • praised his cousin for being morally inflammable, that is for being
  • quick to take a hint that was meant as good advice. His advice had
  • perhaps helped the matter; she had at any rate before leaving San Remo
  • grown used to feeling rich. The consciousness in question found a
  • proper place in rather a dense little group of ideas that she had about
  • herself, and often it was by no means the least agreeable. It took
  • perpetually for granted a thousand good intentions. She lost herself in
  • a maze of visions; the fine things to be done by a rich, independent,
  • generous girl who took a large human view of occasions and obligations
  • were sublime in the mass. Her fortune therefore became to her mind a
  • part of her better self; it gave her importance, gave her even, to her
  • own imagination, a certain ideal beauty. What it did for her in the
  • imagination of others is another affair, and on this point we must also
  • touch in time. The visions I have just spoken of were mixed with other
  • debates. Isabel liked better to think of the future than of the past;
  • but at times, as she listened to the murmur of the Mediterranean waves,
  • her glance took a backward flight. It rested upon two figures which, in
  • spite of increasing distance, were still sufficiently salient; they were
  • recognisable without difficulty as those of Caspar Goodwood and Lord
  • Warburton. It was strange how quickly these images of energy had fallen
  • into the background of our young lady’s life. It was in her disposition
  • at all times to lose faith in the reality of absent things; she could
  • summon back her faith, in case of need, with an effort, but the effort
  • was often painful even when the reality had been pleasant. The past was
  • apt to look dead and its revival rather to show the livid light of a
  • judgement-day. The girl moreover was not prone to take for granted that
  • she herself lived in the mind of others--she had not the fatuity to
  • believe she left indelible traces. She was capable of being wounded by
  • the discovery that she had been forgotten; but of all liberties the one
  • she herself found sweetest was the liberty to forget. She had not given
  • her last shilling, sentimentally speaking, either to Caspar Goodwood or
  • to Lord Warburton, and yet couldn’t but feel them appreciably in debt
  • to her. She had of course reminded herself that she was to hear from Mr.
  • Goodwood again; but this was not to be for another year and a half, and
  • in that time a great many things might happen. She had indeed failed to
  • say to herself that her American suitor might find some other girl more
  • comfortable to woo; because, though it was certain many other girls
  • would prove so, she had not the smallest belief that this merit
  • would attract him. But she reflected that she herself might know the
  • humiliation of change, might really, for that matter, come to the end of
  • the things that were not Caspar (even though there appeared so many of
  • them), and find rest in those very elements of his presence which struck
  • her now as impediments to the finer respiration. It was conceivable
  • that these impediments should some day prove a sort of blessing
  • in disguise--a clear and quiet harbour enclosed by a brave granite
  • breakwater. But that day could only come in its order, and she couldn’t
  • wait for it with folded hands. That Lord Warburton should continue
  • to cherish her image seemed to her more than a noble humility or an
  • enlightened pride ought to wish to reckon with. She had so definitely
  • undertaken to preserve no record of what had passed between them that a
  • corresponding effort on his own part would be eminently just. This
  • was not, as it may seem, merely a theory tinged with sarcasm. Isabel
  • candidly believed that his lordship would, in the usual phrase, get over
  • his disappointment. He had been deeply affected--this she believed, and
  • she was still capable of deriving pleasure from the belief; but it
  • was absurd that a man both so intelligent and so honourably dealt with
  • should cultivate a scar out of proportion to any wound. Englishmen
  • liked moreover to be comfortable, said Isabel, and there could be
  • little comfort for Lord Warburton, in the long run, in brooding over a
  • self-sufficient American girl who had been but a casual acquaintance.
  • She flattered herself that, should she hear from one day to another that
  • he had married some young woman of his own country who had done more
  • to deserve him, she should receive the news without a pang even of
  • surprise. It would have proved that he believed she was firm--which was
  • what she wished to seem to him. That alone was grateful to her pride.
  • CHAPTER XXII
  • On one of the first days of May, some six months after old Mr.
  • Touchett’s death, a small group that might have been described by a
  • painter as composing well was gathered in one of the many rooms of an
  • ancient villa crowning an olive-muffled hill outside of the Roman gate
  • of Florence. The villa was a long, rather blank-looking structure, with
  • the far-projecting roof which Tuscany loves and which, on the hills that
  • encircle Florence, when considered from a distance, makes so harmonious
  • a rectangle with the straight, dark, definite cypresses that usually
  • rise in groups of three or four beside it. The house had a front upon
  • a little grassy, empty, rural piazza which occupied a part of the
  • hill-top; and this front, pierced with a few windows in irregular
  • relations and furnished with a stone bench lengthily adjusted to the
  • base of the structure and useful as a lounging-place to one or two
  • persons wearing more or less of that air of undervalued merit which in
  • Italy, for some reason or other, always gracefully invests any one who
  • confidently assumes a perfectly passive attitude--this antique,
  • solid, weather-worn, yet imposing front had a somewhat incommunicative
  • character. It was the mask, not the face of the house. It had heavy
  • lids, but no eyes; the house in reality looked another way--looked off
  • behind, into splendid openness and the range of the afternoon light.
  • In that quarter the villa overhung the slope of its hill and the long
  • valley of the Arno, hazy with Italian colour. It had a narrow garden, in
  • the manner of a terrace, productive chiefly of tangles of wild roses
  • and other old stone benches, mossy and sun-warmed. The parapet of the
  • terrace was just the height to lean upon, and beneath it the ground
  • declined into the vagueness of olive-crops and vineyards. It is not,
  • however, with the outside of the place that we are concerned; on this
  • bright morning of ripened spring its tenants had reason to prefer the
  • shady side of the wall. The windows of the ground-floor, as you saw
  • them from the piazza, were, in their noble proportions, extremely
  • architectural; but their function seemed less to offer communication
  • with the world than to defy the world to look in. They were massively
  • cross-barred, and placed at such a height that curiosity, even on
  • tiptoe, expired before it reached them. In an apartment lighted by a
  • row of three of these jealous apertures--one of the several distinct
  • apartments into which the villa was divided and which were mainly
  • occupied by foreigners of random race long resident in Florence--a
  • gentleman was seated in company with a young girl and two good sisters
  • from a religious house. The room was, however, less sombre than our
  • indications may have represented, for it had a wide, high door, which
  • now stood open into the tangled garden behind; and the tall iron
  • lattices admitted on occasion more than enough of the Italian
  • sunshine. It was moreover a seat of ease, indeed of luxury, telling
  • of arrangements subtly studied and refinements frankly proclaimed, and
  • containing a variety of those faded hangings of damask and tapestry,
  • those chests and cabinets of carved and time-polished oak, those angular
  • specimens of pictorial art in frames as pedantically primitive, those
  • perverse-looking relics of medieval brass and pottery, of which Italy
  • has long been the not quite exhausted storehouse. These things kept
  • terms with articles of modern furniture in which large allowance had
  • been made for a lounging generation; it was to be noticed that all the
  • chairs were deep and well padded and that much space was occupied by a
  • writing-table of which the ingenious perfection bore the stamp of London
  • and the nineteenth century. There were books in profusion and magazines
  • and newspapers, and a few small, odd, elaborate pictures, chiefly in
  • water-colour. One of these productions stood on a drawing-room easel
  • before which, at the moment we begin to be concerned with her, the young
  • girl I have mentioned had placed herself. She was looking at the picture
  • in silence.
  • Silence--absolute silence--had not fallen upon her companions; but their
  • talk had an appearance of embarrassed continuity. The two good sisters
  • had not settled themselves in their respective chairs; their attitude
  • expressed a final reserve and their faces showed the glaze of
  • prudence. They were plain, ample, mild-featured women, with a kind of
  • business-like modesty to which the impersonal aspect of their stiffened
  • linen and of the serge that draped them as if nailed on frames gave an
  • advantage. One of them, a person of a certain age, in spectacles, with a
  • fresh complexion and a full cheek, had a more discriminating manner
  • than her colleague, as well as the responsibility of their errand, which
  • apparently related to the young girl. This object of interest wore her
  • hat--an ornament of extreme simplicity and not at variance with her
  • plain muslin gown, too short for her years, though it must already
  • have been “let out.” The gentleman who might have been supposed to be
  • entertaining the two nuns was perhaps conscious of the difficulties of
  • his function, it being in its way as arduous to converse with the very
  • meek as with the very mighty. At the same time he was clearly much
  • occupied with their quiet charge, and while she turned her back to
  • him his eyes rested gravely on her slim, small figure. He was a man of
  • forty, with a high but well-shaped head, on which the hair, still dense,
  • but prematurely grizzled, had been cropped close. He had a fine, narrow,
  • extremely modelled and composed face, of which the only fault was just
  • this effect of its running a trifle too much to points; an appearance to
  • which the shape of the beard contributed not a little. This beard, cut
  • in the manner of the portraits of the sixteenth century and surmounted
  • by a fair moustache, of which the ends had a romantic upward flourish,
  • gave its wearer a foreign, traditionary look and suggested that he was a
  • gentleman who studied style. His conscious, curious eyes, however, eyes
  • at once vague and penetrating, intelligent and hard, expressive of
  • the observer as well as of the dreamer, would have assured you that
  • he studied it only within well-chosen limits, and that in so far as he
  • sought it he found it. You would have been much at a loss to determine
  • his original clime and country; he had none of the superficial signs
  • that usually render the answer to this question an insipidly easy one.
  • If he had English blood in his veins it had probably received some
  • French or Italian commixture; but he suggested, fine gold coin as he
  • was, no stamp nor emblem of the common mintage that provides for general
  • circulation; he was the elegant complicated medal struck off for a
  • special occasion. He had a light, lean, rather languid-looking figure,
  • and was apparently neither tall nor short. He was dressed as a man
  • dresses who takes little other trouble about it than to have no vulgar
  • things.
  • “Well, my dear, what do you think of it?” he asked of the young girl. He
  • used the Italian tongue, and used it with perfect ease; but this would
  • not have convinced you he was Italian.
  • The child turned her head earnestly to one side and the other. “It’s
  • very pretty, papa. Did you make it yourself?”
  • “Certainly I made it. Don’t you think I’m clever?”
  • “Yes, papa, very clever; I also have learned to make pictures.” And
  • she turned round and showed a small, fair face painted with a fixed and
  • intensely sweet smile.
  • “You should have brought me a specimen of your powers.”
  • “I’ve brought a great many; they’re in my trunk.”
  • “She draws very--very carefully,” the elder of the nuns remarked,
  • speaking in French.
  • “I’m glad to hear it. Is it you who have instructed her?”
  • “Happily no,” said the good sister, blushing a little. “_Ce n’est pas ma
  • partie._ I teach nothing; I leave that to those who are wiser. We’ve an
  • excellent drawing-master, Mr.--Mr.--what is his name?” she asked of her
  • companion.
  • Her companion looked about at the carpet. “It’s a German name,” she said
  • in Italian, as if it needed to be translated.
  • “Yes,” the other went on, “he’s a German, and we’ve had him many years.”
  • The young girl, who was not heeding the conversation, had wandered away
  • to the open door of the large room and stood looking into the garden.
  • “And you, my sister, are French,” said the gentleman.
  • “Yes, sir,” the visitor gently replied. “I speak to the pupils in my
  • own tongue. I know no other. But we have sisters of other
  • countries--English, German, Irish. They all speak their proper
  • language.”
  • The gentleman gave a smile. “Has my daughter been under the care of one
  • of the Irish ladies?” And then, as he saw that his visitors suspected
  • a joke, though failing to understand it, “You’re very complete,” he
  • instantly added.
  • “Oh, yes, we’re complete. We’ve everything, and everything’s of the
  • best.”
  • “We have gymnastics,” the Italian sister ventured to remark. “But not
  • dangerous.”
  • “I hope not. Is that _your_ branch?” A question which provoked much candid
  • hilarity on the part of the two ladies; on the subsidence of which their
  • entertainer, glancing at his daughter, remarked that she had grown.
  • “Yes, but I think she has finished. She’ll remain--not big,” said the
  • French sister.
  • “I’m not sorry. I prefer women like books--very good and not too long.
  • But I know,” the gentleman said, “no particular reason why my child
  • should be short.”
  • The nun gave a temperate shrug, as if to intimate that such things might
  • be beyond our knowledge. “She’s in very good health; that’s the best
  • thing.”
  • “Yes, she looks sound.” And the young girl’s father watched her a
  • moment. “What do you see in the garden?” he asked in French.
  • “I see many flowers,” she replied in a sweet, small voice and with an
  • accent as good as his own.
  • “Yes, but not many good ones. However, such as they are, go out and
  • gather some for _ces dames_.”
  • The child turned to him with her smile heightened by pleasure. “May I,
  • truly?”
  • “Ah, when I tell you,” said her father.
  • The girl glanced at the elder of the nuns. “May I, truly, _ma mère_?”
  • “Obey _monsieur_ your father, my child,” said the sister, blushing again.
  • The child, satisfied with this authorisation, descended from the
  • threshold and was presently lost to sight. “You don’t spoil them,” said
  • her father gaily.
  • “For everything they must ask leave. That’s our system. Leave is freely
  • granted, but they must ask it.”
  • “Oh, I don’t quarrel with your system; I’ve no doubt it’s excellent. I
  • sent you my daughter to see what you’d make of her. I had faith.”
  • “One must have faith,” the sister blandly rejoined, gazing through her
  • spectacles.
  • “Well, has my faith been rewarded? What have you made of her?”
  • The sister dropped her eyes a moment. “A good Christian, _monsieur_.”
  • Her host dropped his eyes as well; but it was probable that the movement
  • had in each case a different spring. “Yes, and what else?”
  • He watched the lady from the convent, probably thinking she would say
  • that a good Christian was everything; but for all her simplicity she
  • was not so crude as that. “A charming young lady--a real little woman--a
  • daughter in whom you will have nothing but contentment.”
  • “She seems to me very _gentille_,” said the father. “She’s really pretty.”
  • “She’s perfect. She has no faults.”
  • “She never had any as a child, and I’m glad you have given her none.”
  • “We love her too much,” said the spectacled sister with dignity.
  • “And as for faults, how can we give what we have not? _Le couvent n’est
  • pas comme le monde, monsieur_. She’s our daughter, as you may say. We’ve
  • had her since she was so small.”
  • “Of all those we shall lose this year she’s the one we shall miss most,”
  • the younger woman murmured deferentially.
  • “Ah, yes, we shall talk long of her,” said the other. “We shall hold her
  • up to the new ones.” And at this the good sister appeared to find her
  • spectacles dim; while her companion, after fumbling a moment, presently
  • drew forth a pocket-handkerchief of durable texture.
  • “It’s not certain you’ll lose her; nothing’s settled yet,” their host
  • rejoined quickly; not as if to anticipate their tears, but in the tone
  • of a man saying what was most agreeable to himself. “We should be very
  • happy to believe that. Fifteen is very young to leave us.”
  • “Oh,” exclaimed the gentleman with more vivacity than he had yet used,
  • “it is not I who wish to take her away. I wish you could keep her
  • always!”
  • “Ah, _monsieur_,” said the elder sister, smiling and getting up, “good as
  • she is, she’s made for the world. _Le monde y gagnera_.”
  • “If all the good people were hidden away in convents how would the world
  • get on?” her companion softly enquired, rising also.
  • This was a question of a wider bearing than the good woman apparently
  • supposed; and the lady in spectacles took a harmonising view by saying
  • comfortably: “Fortunately there are good people everywhere.”
  • “If you’re going there will be two less here,” her host remarked
  • gallantly.
  • For this extravagant sally his simple visitors had no answer, and they
  • simply looked at each other in decent deprecation; but their confusion
  • was speedily covered by the return of the young girl with two large
  • bunches of roses--one of them all white, the other red.
  • “I give you your choice, _mamman_ Catherine,” said the child. “It’s only
  • the colour that’s different, _mamman_ Justine; there are just as many
  • roses in one bunch as in the other.”
  • The two sisters turned to each other, smiling and hesitating, with
  • “Which will you take?” and “No, it’s for you to choose.”
  • “I’ll take the red, thank you,” said Catherine in the spectacles. “I’m
  • so red myself. They’ll comfort us on our way back to Rome.”
  • “Ah, they won’t last,” cried the young girl. “I wish I could give you
  • something that would last!”
  • “You’ve given us a good memory of yourself, my daughter. That will
  • last!”
  • “I wish nuns could wear pretty things. I would give you my blue beads,”
  • the child went on.
  • “And do you go back to Rome to-night?” her father enquired.
  • “Yes, we take the train again. We’ve so much to do là-bas.”
  • “Are you not tired?”
  • “We are never tired.”
  • “Ah, my sister, sometimes,” murmured the junior votaress.
  • “Not to-day, at any rate. We have rested too well here. _Que Dieu vous
  • garde, ma fille._”
  • Their host, while they exchanged kisses with his daughter, went forward
  • to open the door through which they were to pass; but as he did so he
  • gave a slight exclamation, and stood looking beyond. The door opened
  • into a vaulted ante-chamber, as high as a chapel and paved with red
  • tiles; and into this antechamber a lady had just been admitted by a
  • servant, a lad in shabby livery, who was now ushering her toward the
  • apartment in which our friends were grouped. The gentleman at the door,
  • after dropping his exclamation, remained silent; in silence too the lady
  • advanced. He gave her no further audible greeting and offered her no
  • hand, but stood aside to let her pass into the saloon. At the threshold
  • she hesitated. “Is there any one?” she asked.
  • “Some one you may see.”
  • She went in and found herself confronted with the two nuns and their
  • pupil, who was coming forward, between them, with a hand in the arm of
  • each. At the sight of the new visitor they all paused, and the lady, who
  • had also stopped, stood looking at them. The young girl gave a little
  • soft cry: “Ah, Madame Merle!”
  • The visitor had been slightly startled, but her manner the next instant
  • was none the less gracious. “Yes, it’s Madame Merle, come to welcome you
  • home.” And she held out two hands to the girl, who immediately came up
  • to her, presenting her forehead to be kissed. Madame Merle saluted this
  • portion of her charming little person and then stood smiling at the two
  • nuns. They acknowledged her smile with a decent obeisance, but permitted
  • themselves no direct scrutiny of this imposing, brilliant woman, who
  • seemed to bring in with her something of the radiance of the outer
  • world. “These ladies have brought my daughter home, and now they return
  • to the convent,” the gentleman explained.
  • “Ah, you go back to Rome? I’ve lately come from there. It’s very lovely
  • now,” said Madame Merle.
  • The good sisters, standing with their hands folded into their sleeves,
  • accepted this statement uncritically; and the master of the house asked
  • his new visitor how long it was since she had left Rome. “She came to
  • see me at the convent,” said the young girl before the lady addressed
  • had time to reply.
  • “I’ve been more than once, Pansy,” Madame Merle declared. “Am I not your
  • great friend in Rome?”
  • “I remember the last time best,” said Pansy, “because you told me I
  • should come away.”
  • “Did you tell her that?” the child’s father asked.
  • “I hardly remember. I told her what I thought would please her. I’ve
  • been in Florence a week. I hoped you would come to see me.”
  • “I should have done so if I had known you were there. One doesn’t know
  • such things by inspiration--though I suppose one ought. You had better
  • sit down.”
  • These two speeches were made in a particular tone of voice--a tone
  • half-lowered and carefully quiet, but as from habit rather than from any
  • definite need. Madame Merle looked about her, choosing her seat. “You’re
  • going to the door with these women? Let me of course not interrupt the
  • ceremony. _Je vous salue, mesdames_,” she added, in French, to the nuns,
  • as if to dismiss them.
  • “This lady’s a great friend of ours; you will have seen her at the
  • convent,” said their entertainer. “We’ve much faith in her judgement,
  • and she’ll help me to decide whether my daughter shall return to you at
  • the end of the holidays.”
  • “I hope you’ll decide in our favour, madame,” the sister in spectacles
  • ventured to remark.
  • “That’s Mr. Osmond’s pleasantry; I decide nothing,” said Madame Merle,
  • but also as in pleasantry. “I believe you’ve a very good school, but
  • Miss Osmond’s friends must remember that she’s very naturally meant for
  • the world.”
  • “That’s what I’ve told _monsieur_,” sister Catherine answered. “It’s
  • precisely to fit her for the world,” she murmured, glancing at Pansy,
  • who stood, at a little distance, attentive to Madame Merle’s elegant
  • apparel.
  • “Do you hear that, Pansy? You’re very naturally meant for the world,”
  • said Pansy’s father.
  • The child fixed him an instant with her pure young eyes. “Am I not meant
  • for you, papa?”
  • Papa gave a quick, light laugh. “That doesn’t prevent it! I’m of the
  • world, Pansy.”
  • “Kindly permit us to retire,” said sister Catherine. “Be good and wise
  • and happy in any case, my daughter.”
  • “I shall certainly come back and see you,” Pansy returned, recommencing
  • her embraces, which were presently interrupted by Madame Merle.
  • “Stay with me, dear child,” she said, “while your father takes the good
  • ladies to the door.”
  • Pansy stared, disappointed, yet not protesting. She was evidently
  • impregnated with the idea of submission, which was due to any one who
  • took the tone of authority; and she was a passive spectator of the
  • operation of her fate. “May I not see _mamman_ Catherine get into the
  • carriage?” she nevertheless asked very gently.
  • “It would please me better if you’d remain with me,” said Madame Merle,
  • while Mr. Osmond and his companions, who had bowed low again to the
  • other visitor, passed into the ante-chamber.
  • “Oh yes, I’ll stay,” Pansy answered; and she stood near Madame Merle,
  • surrendering her little hand, which this lady took. She stared out of
  • the window; her eyes had filled with tears.
  • “I’m glad they’ve taught you to obey,” said Madame Merle. “That’s what
  • good little girls should do.”
  • “Oh yes, I obey very well,” cried Pansy with soft eagerness, almost with
  • boastfulness, as if she had been speaking of her piano-playing. And then
  • she gave a faint, just audible sigh.
  • Madame Merle, holding her hand, drew it across her own fine palm and
  • looked at it. The gaze was critical, but it found nothing to deprecate;
  • the child’s small hand was delicate and fair. “I hope they always see
  • that you wear gloves,” she said in a moment. “Little girls usually
  • dislike them.”
  • “I used to dislike them, but I like them now,” the child made answer.
  • “Very good, I’ll make you a present of a dozen.”
  • “I thank you very much. What colours will they be?” Pansy demanded with
  • interest.
  • Madame Merle meditated. “Useful colours.”
  • “But very pretty?”
  • “Are you very fond of pretty things?”
  • “Yes; but--but not too fond,” said Pansy with a trace of asceticism.
  • “Well, they won’t be too pretty,” Madame Merle returned with a laugh.
  • She took the child’s other hand and drew her nearer; after which,
  • looking at her a moment, “Shall you miss mother Catherine?” she went on.
  • “Yes--when I think of her.”
  • “Try then not to think of her. Perhaps some day,” added Madame Merle,
  • “you’ll have another mother.”
  • “I don’t think that’s necessary,” Pansy said, repeating her little soft
  • conciliatory sigh. “I had more than thirty mothers at the convent.”
  • Her father’s step sounded again in the antechamber, and Madame Merle got
  • up, releasing the child. Mr. Osmond came in and closed the door; then,
  • without looking at Madame Merle, he pushed one or two chairs back into
  • their places. His visitor waited a moment for him to speak, watching him
  • as he moved about. Then at last she said: “I hoped you’d have come to
  • Rome. I thought it possible you’d have wished yourself to fetch Pansy
  • away.”
  • “That was a natural supposition; but I’m afraid it’s not the first time
  • I’ve acted in defiance of your calculations.”
  • “Yes,” said Madame Merle, “I think you very perverse.”
  • Mr. Osmond busied himself for a moment in the room--there was plenty of
  • space in it to move about--in the fashion of a man mechanically
  • seeking pretexts for not giving an attention which may be embarrassing.
  • Presently, however, he had exhausted his pretexts; there was nothing
  • left for him--unless he took up a book--but to stand with his hands
  • behind him looking at Pansy. “Why didn’t you come and see the last of
  • _mamman_ Catherine?” he asked of her abruptly in French.
  • Pansy hesitated a moment, glancing at Madame Merle. “I asked her to stay
  • with me,” said this lady, who had seated herself again in another place.
  • “Ah, that was better,” Osmond conceded. With which he dropped into a
  • chair and sat looking at Madame Merle; bent forward a little, his elbows
  • on the edge of the arms and his hands interlocked.
  • “She’s going to give me some gloves,” said Pansy.
  • “You needn’t tell that to every one, my dear,” Madame Merle observed.
  • “You’re very kind to her,” said Osmond. “She’s supposed to have
  • everything she needs.”
  • “I should think she had had enough of the nuns.”
  • “If we’re going to discuss that matter she had better go out of the
  • room.”
  • “Let her stay,” said Madame Merle. “We’ll talk of something else.”
  • “If you like I won’t listen,” Pansy suggested with an appearance of
  • candour which imposed conviction.
  • “You may listen, charming child, because you won’t understand,” her
  • father replied. The child sat down, deferentially, near the open door,
  • within sight of the garden, into which she directed her innocent,
  • wistful eyes; and Mr. Osmond went on irrelevantly, addressing himself to
  • his other companion. “You’re looking particularly well.”
  • “I think I always look the same,” said Madame Merle.
  • “You always _are_ the same. You don’t vary. You’re a wonderful woman.”
  • “Yes, I think I am.”
  • “You sometimes change your mind, however. You told me on your return
  • from England that you wouldn’t leave Rome again for the present.”
  • “I’m pleased that you remember so well what I say. That was my
  • intention. But I’ve come to Florence to meet some friends who have
  • lately arrived and as to whose movements I was at that time uncertain.”
  • “That reason’s characteristic. You’re always doing something for your
  • friends.”
  • Madame Merle smiled straight at her host. “It’s less characteristic than
  • your comment upon it which is perfectly insincere. I don’t, however,
  • make a crime of that,” she added, “because if you don’t believe what
  • you say there’s no reason why you should. I don’t ruin myself for my
  • friends; I don’t deserve your praise. I care greatly for myself.”
  • “Exactly; but yourself includes so many other selves--so much of every
  • one else and of everything. I never knew a person whose life touched so
  • many other lives.”
  • “What do you call one’s life?” asked Madame Merle. “One’s appearance,
  • one’s movements, one’s engagements, one’s society?”
  • “I call _your_ life your ambitions,” said Osmond.
  • Madame Merle looked a moment at Pansy. “I wonder if she understands
  • that,” she murmured.
  • “You see she can’t stay with us!” And Pansy’s father gave rather a
  • joyless smile. “Go into the garden, _mignonne_, and pluck a flower or two
  • for Madame Merle,” he went on in French.
  • “That’s just what I wanted to do,” Pansy exclaimed, rising with
  • promptness and noiselessly departing. Her father followed her to the
  • open door, stood a moment watching her, and then came back, but remained
  • standing, or rather strolling to and fro, as if to cultivate a sense of
  • freedom which in another attitude might be wanting.
  • “My ambitions are principally for you,” said Madame Merle, looking up at
  • him with a certain courage.
  • “That comes back to what I say. I’m part of your life--I and a thousand
  • others. You’re not selfish--I can’t admit that. If you were selfish,
  • what should I be? What epithet would properly describe me?”
  • “You’re indolent. For me that’s your worst fault.”
  • “I’m afraid it’s really my best.”
  • “You don’t care,” said Madame Merle gravely.
  • “No; I don’t think I care much. What sort of a fault do you call that?
  • My indolence, at any rate, was one of the reasons I didn’t go to Rome.
  • But it was only one of them.”
  • “It’s not of importance--to me at least--that you didn’t go; though I
  • should have been glad to see you. I’m glad you’re not in Rome now--which
  • you might be, would probably be, if you had gone there a month ago.
  • There’s something I should like you to do at present in Florence.”
  • “Please remember my indolence,” said Osmond.
  • “I do remember it; but I beg you to forget it. In that way you’ll have
  • both the virtue and the reward. This is not a great labour, and it
  • may prove a real interest. How long is it since you made a new
  • acquaintance?”
  • “I don’t think I’ve made any since I made yours.”
  • “It’s time then you should make another. There’s a friend of mine I want
  • you to know.”
  • Mr. Osmond, in his walk, had gone back to the open door again and was
  • looking at his daughter as she moved about in the intense sunshine.
  • “What good will it do me?” he asked with a sort of genial crudity.
  • Madame Merle waited. “It will amuse you.” There was nothing crude in
  • this rejoinder; it had been thoroughly well considered.
  • “If you say that, you know, I believe it,” said Osmond, coming toward
  • her. “There are some points in which my confidence in you is complete.
  • I’m perfectly aware, for instance, that you know good society from bad.”
  • “Society is all bad.”
  • “Pardon me. That isn’t--the knowledge I impute to you--a common sort
  • of wisdom. You’ve gained it in the right way--experimentally; you’ve
  • compared an immense number of more or less impossible people with each
  • other.”
  • “Well, I invite you to profit by my knowledge.”
  • “To profit? Are you very sure that I shall?”
  • “It’s what I hope. It will depend on yourself. If I could only induce
  • you to make an effort!”
  • “Ah, there you are! I knew something tiresome was coming. What in the
  • world--that’s likely to turn up here--is worth an effort?”
  • Madame Merle flushed as with a wounded intention. “Don’t be foolish,
  • Osmond. No one knows better than you what _is_ worth an effort. Haven’t I
  • seen you in old days?”
  • “I recognise some things. But they’re none of them probable in this poor
  • life.”
  • “It’s the effort that makes them probable,” said Madame Merle.
  • “There’s something in that. Who then is your friend?”
  • “The person I came to Florence to see. She’s a niece of Mrs. Touchett,
  • whom you’ll not have forgotten.”
  • “A niece? The word niece suggests youth and ignorance. I see what you’re
  • coming to.”
  • “Yes, she’s young--twenty-three years old. She’s a great friend of mine.
  • I met her for the first time in England, several months ago, and we
  • struck up a grand alliance. I like her immensely, and I do what I don’t
  • do every day--I admire her. You’ll do the same.”
  • “Not if I can help it.”
  • “Precisely. But you won’t be able to help it.”
  • “Is she beautiful, clever, rich, splendid, universally intelligent and
  • unprecedentedly virtuous? It’s only on those conditions that I care to
  • make her acquaintance. You know I asked you some time ago never to speak
  • to me of a creature who shouldn’t correspond to that description. I know
  • plenty of dingy people; I don’t want to know any more.”
  • “Miss Archer isn’t dingy; she’s as bright as the morning. She
  • corresponds to your description; it’s for that I wish you to know her.
  • She fills all your requirements.”
  • “More or less, of course.”
  • “No; quite literally. She’s beautiful, accomplished, generous and, for
  • an American, well-born. She’s also very clever and very amiable, and she
  • has a handsome fortune.”
  • Mr. Osmond listened to this in silence, appearing to turn it over in his
  • mind with his eyes on his informant. “What do you want to do with her?”
  • he asked at last.
  • “What you see. Put her in your way.”
  • “Isn’t she meant for something better than that?”
  • “I don’t pretend to know what people are meant for,” said Madame Merle.
  • “I only know what I can do with them.”
  • “I’m sorry for Miss Archer!” Osmond declared.
  • Madame Merle got up. “If that’s a beginning of interest in her I take
  • note of it.”
  • The two stood there face to face; she settled her mantilla, looking down
  • at it as she did so. “You’re looking very well,” Osmond repeated still
  • less relevantly than before. “You have some idea. You’re never so well
  • as when you’ve got an idea; they’re always becoming to you.”
  • In the manner and tone of these two persons, on first meeting at any
  • juncture, and especially when they met in the presence of others, was
  • something indirect and circumspect, as if they had approached each other
  • obliquely and addressed each other by implication. The effect of
  • each appeared to be to intensify to an appreciable degree the
  • self-consciousness of the other. Madame Merle of course carried off any
  • embarrassment better than her friend; but even Madame Merle had not
  • on this occasion the form she would have liked to have--the perfect
  • self-possession she would have wished to wear for her host. The point to
  • be made is, however, that at a certain moment the element between them,
  • whatever it was, always levelled itself and left them more closely
  • face to face than either ever was with any one else. This was what had
  • happened now. They stood there knowing each other well and each on the
  • whole willing to accept the satisfaction of knowing as a compensation
  • for the inconvenience--whatever it might be--of being known. “I wish
  • very much you were not so heartless,” Madame Merle quietly said. “It has
  • always been against you, and it will be against you now.”
  • “I’m not so heartless as you think. Every now and then something touches
  • me--as for instance your saying just now that your ambitions are for
  • me. I don’t understand it; I don’t see how or why they should be. But it
  • touches me, all the same.”
  • “You’ll probably understand it even less as time goes on. There are some
  • things you’ll never understand. There’s no particular need you should.”
  • “You, after all, are the most remarkable of women,” said Osmond. “You
  • have more in you than almost any one. I don’t see why you think Mrs.
  • Touchett’s niece should matter very much to me, when--when--” But he
  • paused a moment.
  • “When I myself have mattered so little?”
  • “That of course is not what I meant to say. When I’ve known and
  • appreciated such a woman as you.”
  • “Isabel Archer’s better than I,” said Madame Merle.
  • Her companion gave a laugh. “How little you must think of her to say
  • that!”
  • “Do you suppose I’m capable of jealousy? Please answer me that.”
  • “With regard to me? No; on the whole I don’t.”
  • “Come and see me then, two days hence. I’m staying at Mrs.
  • Touchett’s--Palazzo Crescentini--and the girl will be there.”
  • “Why didn’t you ask me that at first simply, without speaking of the
  • girl?” said Osmond. “You could have had her there at any rate.”
  • Madame Merle looked at him in the manner of a woman whom no question he
  • could ever put would find unprepared. “Do you wish to know why? Because
  • I’ve spoken of you to her.”
  • Osmond frowned and turned away. “I’d rather not know that.” Then in
  • a moment he pointed out the easel supporting the little water-colour
  • drawing. “Have you seen what’s there--my last?”
  • Madame Merle drew near and considered. “Is it the Venetian Alps--one of
  • your last year’s sketches?”
  • “Yes--but how you guess everything!”
  • She looked a moment longer, then turned away. “You know I don’t care for
  • your drawings.”
  • “I know it, yet I’m always surprised at it. They’re really so much
  • better than most people’s.”
  • “That may very well be. But as the only thing you do--well, it’s so
  • little. I should have liked you to do so many other things: those were
  • my ambitions.”
  • “Yes; you’ve told me many times--things that were impossible.”
  • “Things that were impossible,” said Madame Merle. And then in quite a
  • different tone: “In itself your little picture’s very good.” She looked
  • about the room--at the old cabinets, pictures, tapestries, surfaces
  • of faded silk. “Your rooms at least are perfect. I’m struck with that
  • afresh whenever I come back; I know none better anywhere. You understand
  • this sort of thing as nobody anywhere does. You’ve such adorable taste.”
  • “I’m sick of my adorable taste,” said Gilbert Osmond.
  • “You must nevertheless let Miss Archer come and see it. I’ve told her
  • about it.”
  • “I don’t object to showing my things--when people are not idiots.”
  • “You do it delightfully. As cicerone of your museum you appear to
  • particular advantage.”
  • Mr. Osmond, in return for this compliment, simply looked at once colder
  • and more attentive. “Did you say she was rich?”
  • “She has seventy thousand pounds.”
  • “_En ecus bien comptes_?”
  • “There’s no doubt whatever about her fortune. I’ve seen it, as I may
  • say.”
  • “Satisfactory woman!--I mean you. And if I go to see her shall I see the
  • mother?”
  • “The mother? She has none--nor father either.”
  • “The aunt then--whom did you say?--Mrs. Touchett. I can easily keep her
  • out of the way.”
  • “I don’t object to her,” said Osmond; “I rather like Mrs. Touchett.
  • She has a sort of old-fashioned character that’s passing away--a vivid
  • identity. But that long jackanapes the son--is he about the place?”
  • “He’s there, but he won’t trouble you.”
  • “He’s a good deal of a donkey.”
  • “I think you’re mistaken. He’s a very clever man. But he’s not fond of
  • being about when I’m there, because he doesn’t like me.”
  • “What could he be more asinine than that? Did you say she has looks?”
  • Osmond went on.
  • “Yes; but I won’t say it again, lest you should be disappointed in them.
  • Come and make a beginning; that’s all I ask of you.”
  • “A beginning of what?”
  • Madame Merle was silent a little. “I want you of course to marry her.”
  • “The beginning of the end? Well, I’ll see for myself. Have you told her
  • that?”
  • “For what do you take me? She’s not so coarse a piece of machinery--nor
  • am I.”
  • “Really,” said Osmond after some meditation, “I don’t understand your
  • ambitions.”
  • “I think you’ll understand this one after you’ve seen Miss Archer.
  • Suspend your judgement.” Madame Merle, as she spoke, had drawn near the
  • open door of the garden, where she stood a moment looking out. “Pansy
  • has really grown pretty,” she presently added.
  • “So it seemed to me.”
  • “But she has had enough of the convent.”
  • “I don’t know,” said Osmond. “I like what they’ve made of her. It’s very
  • charming.”
  • “That’s not the convent. It’s the child’s nature.”
  • “It’s the combination, I think. She’s as pure as a pearl.”
  • “Why doesn’t she come back with my flowers then?” Madame Merle asked.
  • “She’s not in a hurry.”
  • “We’ll go and get them.”
  • “She doesn’t like me,” the visitor murmured as she raised her parasol
  • and they passed into the garden.
  • CHAPTER XXIII
  • Madame Merle, who had come to Florence on Mrs. Touchett’s arrival at
  • the invitation of this lady--Mrs. Touchett offering her for a month the
  • hospitality of Palazzo Crescentini--the judicious Madame Merle spoke to
  • Isabel afresh about Gilbert Osmond and expressed the hope she might know
  • him; making, however, no such point of the matter as we have seen her do
  • in recommending the girl herself to Mr. Osmond’s attention. The reason
  • of this was perhaps that Isabel offered no resistance whatever to Madame
  • Merle’s proposal. In Italy, as in England, the lady had a multitude of
  • friends, both among the natives of the country and its heterogeneous
  • visitors. She had mentioned to Isabel most of the people the girl would
  • find it well to “meet”--of course, she said, Isabel could know whomever
  • in the wide world she would--and had placed Mr. Osmond near the top of
  • the list. He was an old friend of her own; she had known him these dozen
  • years; he was one of the cleverest and most agreeable men--well, in
  • Europe simply. He was altogether above the respectable average; quite
  • another affair. He wasn’t a professional charmer--far from it, and the
  • effect he produced depended a good deal on the state of his nerves and
  • his spirits. When not in the right mood he could fall as low as any one,
  • saved only by his looking at such hours rather like a demoralised prince
  • in exile. But if he cared or was interested or rightly challenged--just
  • exactly rightly it had to be--then one felt his cleverness and his
  • distinction. Those qualities didn’t depend, in him, as in so many
  • people, on his not committing or exposing himself. He had his
  • perversities--which indeed Isabel would find to be the case with all the
  • men really worth knowing--and didn’t cause his light to shine equally
  • for all persons. Madame Merle, however, thought she could undertake that
  • for Isabel he would be brilliant. He was easily bored, too easily, and
  • dull people always put him out; but a quick and cultivated girl like
  • Isabel would give him a stimulus which was too absent from his life. At
  • any rate he was a person not to miss. One shouldn’t attempt to live in
  • Italy without making a friend of Gilbert Osmond, who knew more about the
  • country than any one except two or three German professors. And if
  • they had more knowledge than he it was he who had most perception and
  • taste--being artistic through and through. Isabel remembered that her
  • friend had spoken of him during their plunge, at Gardencourt, into the
  • deeps of talk, and wondered a little what was the nature of the tie
  • binding these superior spirits. She felt that Madame Merle’s ties always
  • somehow had histories, and such an impression was part of the interest
  • created by this inordinate woman. As regards her relations with Mr.
  • Osmond, however, she hinted at nothing but a long-established calm
  • friendship. Isabel said she should be happy to know a person who had
  • enjoyed so high a confidence for so many years. “You ought to see a
  • great many men,” Madame Merle remarked; “you ought to see as many as
  • possible, so as to get used to them.”
  • “Used to them?” Isabel repeated with that solemn stare which sometimes
  • seemed to proclaim her deficient in the sense of comedy. “Why, I’m not
  • afraid of them--I’m as used to them as the cook to the butcher-boys.”
  • “Used to them, I mean, so as to despise them. That’s what one comes to
  • with most of them. You’ll pick out, for your society, the few whom you
  • don’t despise.”
  • This was a note of cynicism that Madame Merle didn’t often allow herself
  • to sound; but Isabel was not alarmed, for she had never supposed that
  • as one saw more of the world the sentiment of respect became the
  • most active of one’s emotions. It was excited, none the less, by the
  • beautiful city of Florence, which pleased her not less than Madame Merle
  • had promised; and if her unassisted perception had not been able to
  • gauge its charms she had clever companions as priests to the mystery.
  • She was--in no want indeed of esthetic illumination, for Ralph found it
  • a joy that renewed his own early passion to act as cicerone to his
  • eager young kinswoman. Madame Merle remained at home; she had seen the
  • treasures of Florence again and again and had always something else
  • to do. But she talked of all things with remarkable vividness of
  • memory--she recalled the right-hand corner of the large Perugino and the
  • position of the hands of the Saint Elizabeth in the picture next to it.
  • She had her opinions as to the character of many famous works of art,
  • differing often from Ralph with great sharpness and defending her
  • interpretations with as much ingenuity as good-humour. Isabel listened
  • to the discussions taking place between the two with a sense that
  • she might derive much benefit from them and that they were among the
  • advantages she couldn’t have enjoyed for instance in Albany. In the
  • clear May mornings before the formal breakfast--this repast at Mrs.
  • Touchett’s was served at twelve o’clock--she wandered with her cousin
  • through the narrow and sombre Florentine streets, resting a while in
  • the thicker dusk of some historic church or the vaulted chambers of some
  • dispeopled convent. She went to the galleries and palaces; she looked at
  • the pictures and statues that had hitherto been great names to her,
  • and exchanged for a knowledge which was sometimes a limitation a
  • presentiment which proved usually to have been a blank. She performed
  • all those acts of mental prostration in which, on a first visit to
  • Italy, youth and enthusiasm so freely indulge; she felt her heart beat
  • in the presence of immortal genius and knew the sweetness of rising
  • tears in eyes to which faded fresco and darkened marble grew dim. But
  • the return, every day, was even pleasanter than the going forth; the
  • return into the wide, monumental court of the great house in which Mrs.
  • Touchett, many years before, had established herself, and into the
  • high, cool rooms where the carven rafters and pompous frescoes of the
  • sixteenth century looked down on the familiar commodities of the age of
  • advertisement. Mrs. Touchett inhabited an historic building in a narrow
  • street whose very name recalled the strife of medieval factions; and
  • found compensation for the darkness of her frontage in the modicity of
  • her rent and the brightness of a garden where nature itself looked as
  • archaic as the rugged architecture of the palace and which cleared
  • and scented the rooms in regular use. To live in such a place was, for
  • Isabel, to hold to her ear all day a shell of the sea of the past. This
  • vague eternal rumour kept her imagination awake.
  • Gilbert Osmond came to see Madame Merle, who presented him to the young
  • lady lurking at the other side of the room. Isabel took on this occasion
  • little part in the talk; she scarcely even smiled when the others turned
  • to her invitingly; she sat there as if she had been at the play and had
  • paid even a large sum for her place. Mrs. Touchett was not present, and
  • these two had it, for the effect of brilliancy, all their own way. They
  • talked of the Florentine, the Roman, the cosmopolite world, and might
  • have been distinguished performers figuring for a charity. It all had
  • the rich readiness that would have come from rehearsal. Madame Merle
  • appealed to her as if she had been on the stage, but she could ignore
  • any learnt cue without spoiling the scene--though of course she thus put
  • dreadfully in the wrong the friend who had told Mr. Osmond she could be
  • depended on. This was no matter for once; even if more had been involved
  • she could have made no attempt to shine. There was something in
  • the visitor that checked her and held her in suspense--made it more
  • important she should get an impression of him than that she should
  • produce one herself. Besides, she had little skill in producing an
  • impression which she knew to be expected: nothing could be happier, in
  • general, than to seem dazzling, but she had a perverse unwillingness to
  • glitter by arrangement. Mr. Osmond, to do him justice, had a well-bred
  • air of expecting nothing, a quiet ease that covered everything, even the
  • first show of his own wit. This was the more grateful as his face, his
  • head, was sensitive; he was not handsome, but he was fine, as fine as
  • one of the drawings in the long gallery above the bridge of the
  • Uffizi. And his very voice was fine--the more strangely that, with its
  • clearness, it yet somehow wasn’t sweet. This had had really to do with
  • making her abstain from interference. His utterance was the vibration
  • of glass, and if she had put out her finger she might have changed the
  • pitch and spoiled the concert. Yet before he went she had to speak.
  • “Madame Merle,” he said, “consents to come up to my hill-top some day
  • next week and drink tea in my garden. It would give me much pleasure if
  • you would come with her. It’s thought rather pretty--there’s what they
  • call a general view. My daughter too would be so glad--or rather, for
  • she’s too young to have strong emotions, I should be so glad--so very
  • glad.” And Mr. Osmond paused with a slight air of embarrassment, leaving
  • his sentence unfinished. “I should be so happy if you could know my
  • daughter,” he went on a moment afterwards.
  • Isabel replied that she should be delighted to see Miss Osmond and that
  • if Madame Merle would show her the way to the hill-top she should be
  • very grateful. Upon this assurance the visitor took his leave; after
  • which Isabel fully expected her friend would scold her for having been
  • so stupid. But to her surprise that lady, who indeed never fell into the
  • mere matter-of-course, said to her in a few moments,
  • “You were charming, my dear; you were just as one would have wished you.
  • You’re never disappointing.”
  • A rebuke might possibly have been irritating, though it is much more
  • probable that Isabel would have taken it in good part; but, strange
  • to say, the words that Madame Merle actually used caused her the first
  • feeling of displeasure she had known this ally to excite. “That’s more
  • than I intended,” she answered coldly. “I’m under no obligation that I
  • know of to charm Mr. Osmond.”
  • Madame Merle perceptibly flushed, but we know it was not her habit to
  • retract. “My dear child, I didn’t speak for him, poor man; I spoke for
  • yourself. It’s not of course a question as to his liking you; it matters
  • little whether he likes you or not! But I thought you liked _him_.”
  • “I did,” said Isabel honestly. “But I don’t see what that matters
  • either.”
  • “Everything that concerns you matters to me,” Madame Merle returned
  • with her weary nobleness; “especially when at the same time another old
  • friend’s concerned.”
  • Whatever Isabel’s obligations may have been to Mr. Osmond, it must be
  • admitted that she found them sufficient to lead her to put to Ralph
  • sundry questions about him. She thought Ralph’s judgements distorted by
  • his trials, but she flattered herself she had learned to make allowance
  • for that.
  • “Do I know him?” said her cousin. “Oh, yes, I ‘know’ him; not well,
  • but on the whole enough. I’ve never cultivated his society, and he
  • apparently has never found mine indispensable to his happiness. Who is
  • he, what is he? He’s a vague, unexplained American who has been living
  • these thirty years, or less, in Italy. Why do I call him unexplained?
  • Only as a cover for my ignorance; I don’t know his antecedents, his
  • family, his origin. For all I do know he may be a prince in disguise; he
  • rather looks like one, by the way--like a prince who has abdicated in a
  • fit of fastidiousness and has been in a state of disgust ever since. He
  • used to live in Rome; but of late years he has taken up his abode here;
  • I remember hearing him say that Rome has grown vulgar. He has a great
  • dread of vulgarity; that’s his special line; he hasn’t any other that I
  • know of. He lives on his income, which I suspect of not being vulgarly
  • large. He’s a poor but honest gentleman that’s what he calls himself.
  • He married young and lost his wife, and I believe he has a daughter. He
  • also has a sister, who’s married to some small Count or other, of these
  • parts; I remember meeting her of old. She’s nicer than he, I should
  • think, but rather impossible. I remember there used to be some stories
  • about her. I don’t think I recommend you to know her. But why don’t you
  • ask Madame Merle about these people? She knows them all much better than
  • I.”
  • “I ask you because I want your opinion as well as hers,” said Isabel.
  • “A fig for my opinion! If you fall in love with Mr. Osmond what will you
  • care for that?”
  • “Not much, probably. But meanwhile it has a certain importance. The more
  • information one has about one’s dangers the better.”
  • “I don’t agree to that--it may make them dangers. We know too much about
  • people in these days; we hear too much. Our ears, our minds, our mouths,
  • are stuffed with personalities. Don’t mind anything any one tells you
  • about any one else. Judge everyone and everything for yourself.”
  • “That’s what I try to do,” said Isabel “but when you do that people call
  • you conceited.”
  • “You’re not to mind them--that’s precisely my argument; not to mind what
  • they say about yourself any more than what they say about your friend or
  • your enemy.”
  • Isabel considered. “I think you’re right; but there are some things I
  • can’t help minding: for instance when my friend’s attacked or when I
  • myself am praised.”
  • “Of course you’re always at liberty to judge the critic. Judge people as
  • critics, however,” Ralph added, “and you’ll condemn them all!”
  • “I shall see Mr. Osmond for myself,” said Isabel. “I’ve promised to pay
  • him a visit.”
  • “To pay him a visit?”
  • “To go and see his view, his pictures, his daughter--I don’t know
  • exactly what. Madame Merle’s to take me; she tells me a great many
  • ladies call on him.”
  • “Ah, with Madame Merle you may go anywhere, _de confiance_,” said Ralph.
  • “She knows none but the best people.”
  • Isabel said no more about Mr. Osmond, but she presently remarked to her
  • cousin that she was not satisfied with his tone about Madame Merle. “It
  • seems to me you insinuate things about her. I don’t know what you mean,
  • but if you’ve any grounds for disliking her I think you should either
  • mention them frankly or else say nothing at all.”
  • Ralph, however, resented this charge with more apparent earnestness than
  • he commonly used. “I speak of Madame Merle exactly as I speak to her:
  • with an even exaggerated respect.”
  • “Exaggerated, precisely. That’s what I complain of.”
  • “I do so because Madame Merle’s merits are exaggerated.”
  • “By whom, pray? By me? If so I do her a poor service.”
  • “No, no; by herself.”
  • “Ah, I protest!” Isabel earnestly cried. “If ever there was a woman who
  • made small claims--!”
  • “You put your finger on it,” Ralph interrupted. “Her modesty’s
  • exaggerated. She has no business with small claims--she has a perfect
  • right to make large ones.”
  • “Her merits are large then. You contradict yourself.”
  • “Her merits are immense,” said Ralph. “She’s indescribably blameless; a
  • pathless desert of virtue; the only woman I know who never gives one a
  • chance.”
  • “A chance for what?”
  • “Well, say to call her a fool! She’s the only woman I know who has but
  • that one little fault.”
  • Isabel turned away with impatience. “I don’t understand you; you’re too
  • paradoxical for my plain mind.”
  • “Let me explain. When I say she exaggerates I don’t mean it in the
  • vulgar sense--that she boasts, overstates, gives too fine an account of
  • herself. I mean literally that she pushes the search for perfection too
  • far--that her merits are in themselves overstrained. She’s too good, too
  • kind, too clever, too learned, too accomplished, too everything. She’s
  • too complete, in a word. I confess to you that she acts on my nerves and
  • that I feel about her a good deal as that intensely human Athenian felt
  • about Aristides the Just.”
  • Isabel looked hard at her cousin; but the mocking spirit, if it lurked
  • in his words, failed on this occasion to peep from his face. “Do you
  • wish Madame Merle to be banished?”
  • “By no means. She’s much too good company. I delight in Madame Merle,”
  • said Ralph Touchett simply.
  • “You’re very odious, sir!” Isabel exclaimed. And then she asked him if
  • he knew anything that was not to the honour of her brilliant friend.
  • “Nothing whatever. Don’t you see that’s just what I mean? On the
  • character of every one else you may find some little black speck; if
  • I were to take half an hour to it, some day, I’ve no doubt I should be
  • able to find one on yours. For my own, of course, I’m spotted like a
  • leopard. But on Madame Merle’s nothing, nothing, nothing!”
  • “That’s just what I think!” said Isabel with a toss of her head. “That
  • is why I like her so much.”
  • “She’s a capital person for you to know. Since you wish to see the world
  • you couldn’t have a better guide.”
  • “I suppose you mean by that that she’s worldly?”
  • “Worldly? No,” said Ralph, “she’s the great round world itself!”
  • It had certainly not, as Isabel for the moment took it into her head to
  • believe, been a refinement of malice in him to say that he delighted in
  • Madame Merle. Ralph Touchett took his refreshment wherever he could find
  • it, and he would not have forgiven himself if he had been left wholly
  • unbeguiled by such a mistress of the social art. There are deep-lying
  • sympathies and antipathies, and it may have been that, in spite of the
  • administered justice she enjoyed at his hands, her absence from his
  • mother’s house would not have made life barren to him. But Ralph
  • Touchett had learned more or less inscrutably to attend, and there could
  • have been nothing so “sustained” to attend to as the general performance
  • of Madame Merle. He tasted her in sips, he let her stand, with an
  • opportuneness she herself could not have surpassed. There were moments
  • when he felt almost sorry for her; and these, oddly enough, were the
  • moments when his kindness was least demonstrative. He was sure she had
  • been yearningly ambitious and that what she had visibly accomplished was
  • far below her secret measure. She had got herself into perfect training,
  • but had won none of the prizes. She was always plain Madame Merle,
  • the widow of a Swiss negociant, with a small income and a large
  • acquaintance, who stayed with people a great deal and was almost as
  • universally “liked” as some new volume of smooth twaddle. The contrast
  • between this position and any one of some half-dozen others that he
  • supposed to have at various moments engaged her hope had an element of
  • the tragical. His mother thought he got on beautifully with their genial
  • guest; to Mrs. Touchett’s sense two persons who dealt so largely in
  • too-ingenious theories of conduct--that is of their own--would have much
  • in common. He had given due consideration to Isabel’s intimacy with her
  • eminent friend, having long since made up his mind that he could not,
  • without opposition, keep his cousin to himself; and he made the best of
  • it, as he had done of worse things. He believed it would take care of
  • itself; it wouldn’t last forever. Neither of these two superior persons
  • knew the other as well as she supposed, and when each had made an
  • important discovery or two there would be, if not a rupture, at least
  • a relaxation. Meanwhile he was quite willing to admit that the
  • conversation of the elder lady was an advantage to the younger, who had
  • a great deal to learn and would doubtless learn it better from Madame
  • Merle than from some other instructors of the young. It was not probable
  • that Isabel would be injured.
  • CHAPTER XXIV
  • It would certainly have been hard to see what injury could arise to
  • her from the visit she presently paid to Mr. Osmond’s hill-top. Nothing
  • could have been more charming than this occasion--a soft afternoon in
  • the full maturity of the Tuscan spring. The companions drove out of the
  • Roman Gate, beneath the enormous blank superstructure which crowns the
  • fine clear arch of that portal and makes it nakedly impressive, and
  • wound between high-walled lanes into which the wealth of blossoming
  • orchards over-drooped and flung a fragrance, until they reached the
  • small superurban piazza, of crooked shape, where the long brown wall of
  • the villa occupied in part by Mr. Osmond formed a principal, or at least
  • a very imposing, object. Isabel went with her friend through a wide,
  • high court, where a clear shadow rested below and a pair of light-arched
  • galleries, facing each other above, caught the upper sunshine upon their
  • slim columns and the flowering plants in which they were dressed. There
  • was something grave and strong in the place; it looked somehow as
  • if, once you were in, you would need an act of energy to get out. For
  • Isabel, however, there was of course as yet no thought of getting out,
  • but only of advancing. Mr. Osmond met her in the cold ante-chamber--it
  • was cold even in the month of May--and ushered her, with her
  • conductress, into the apartment to which we have already been
  • introduced. Madame Merle was in front, and while Isabel lingered a
  • little, talking with him, she went forward familiarly and greeted two
  • persons who were seated in the saloon. One of these was little Pansy, on
  • whom she bestowed a kiss; the other was a lady whom Mr. Osmond indicated
  • to Isabel as his sister, the Countess Gemini. “And that’s my little
  • girl,” he said, “who has just come out of her convent.”
  • Pansy had on a scant white dress, and her fair hair was neatly arranged
  • in a net; she wore her small shoes tied sandal-fashion about her ankles.
  • She made Isabel a little conventual curtsey and then came to be kissed.
  • The Countess Gemini simply nodded without getting up: Isabel could see
  • she was a woman of high fashion. She was thin and dark and not at
  • all pretty, having features that suggested some tropical bird--a long
  • beak-like nose, small, quickly-moving eyes and a mouth and chin
  • that receded extremely. Her expression, however, thanks to various
  • intensities of emphasis and wonder, of horror and joy, was not inhuman,
  • and, as regards her appearance, it was plain she understood herself
  • and made the most of her points. Her attire, voluminous and delicate,
  • bristling with elegance, had the look of shimmering plumage, and her
  • attitudes were as light and sudden as those of a creature who perched
  • upon twigs. She had a great deal of manner; Isabel, who had never
  • known any one with so much manner, immediately classed her as the most
  • affected of women. She remembered that Ralph had not recommended her as
  • an acquaintance; but she was ready to acknowledge that to a casual view
  • the Countess Gemini revealed no depths. Her demonstrations suggested the
  • violent waving of some flag of general truce--white silk with fluttering
  • streamers.
  • “You’ll believe I’m glad to see you when I tell you it’s only because
  • I knew you were to be here that I came myself. I don’t come and see my
  • brother--I make him come and see me. This hill of his is impossible--I
  • don’t see what possesses him. Really, Osmond, you’ll be the ruin of my
  • horses some day, and if it hurts them you’ll have to give me another
  • pair. I heard them wheezing to-day; I assure you I did. It’s very
  • disagreeable to hear one’s horses wheezing when one’s sitting in the
  • carriage; it sounds too as if they weren’t what they should be. But
  • I’ve always had good horses; whatever else I may have lacked I’ve always
  • managed that. My husband doesn’t know much, but I think he knows a
  • horse. In general Italians don’t, but my husband goes in, according to
  • his poor light, for everything English. My horses are English--so it’s
  • all the greater pity they should be ruined. I must tell you,” she went
  • on, directly addressing Isabel, “that Osmond doesn’t often invite me;
  • I don’t think he likes to have me. It was quite my own idea, coming
  • to-day. I like to see new people, and I’m sure you’re very new. But
  • don’t sit there; that chair’s not what it looks. There are some very
  • good seats here, but there are also some horrors.”
  • These remarks were delivered with a series of little jerks and pecks, of
  • roulades of shrillness, and in an accent that was as some fond recall of
  • good English, or rather of good American, in adversity.
  • “I don’t like to have you, my dear?” said her brother. “I’m sure you’re
  • invaluable.”
  • “I don’t see any horrors anywhere,” Isabel returned, looking about her.
  • “Everything seems to me beautiful and precious.”
  • “I’ve a few good things,” Mr. Osmond allowed; “indeed I’ve nothing very
  • bad. But I’ve not what I should have liked.”
  • He stood there a little awkwardly, smiling and glancing about; his
  • manner was an odd mixture of the detached and the involved. He seemed to
  • hint that nothing but the right “values” was of any consequence. Isabel
  • made a rapid induction: perfect simplicity was not the badge of his
  • family. Even the little girl from the convent, who, in her prim white
  • dress, with her small submissive face and her hands locked before her,
  • stood there as if she were about to partake of her first communion,
  • even Mr. Osmond’s diminutive daughter had a kind of finish that was not
  • entirely artless.
  • “You’d have liked a few things from the Uffizi and the Pitti--that’s what
  • you’d have liked,” said Madame Merle.
  • “Poor Osmond, with his old curtains and crucifixes!” the Countess Gemini
  • exclaimed: she appeared to call her brother only by his family-name. Her
  • ejaculation had no particular object; she smiled at Isabel as she made
  • it and looked at her from head to foot.
  • Her brother had not heard her; he seemed to be thinking what he could
  • say to Isabel. “Won’t you have some tea?--you must be very tired,” he at
  • last bethought himself of remarking.
  • “No indeed, I’m not tired; what have I done to tire me?” Isabel felt a
  • certain need of being very direct, of pretending to nothing; there was
  • something in the air, in her general impression of things--she could
  • hardly have said what it was--that deprived her of all disposition to
  • put herself forward. The place, the occasion, the combination of people,
  • signified more than lay on the surface; she would try to understand--she
  • would not simply utter graceful platitudes. Poor Isabel was doubtless
  • not aware that many women would have uttered graceful platitudes to
  • cover the working of their observation. It must be confessed that her
  • pride was a trifle alarmed. A man she had heard spoken of in terms
  • that excited interest and who was evidently capable of distinguishing
  • himself, had invited her, a young lady not lavish of her favours,
  • to come to his house. Now that she had done so the burden of the
  • entertainment rested naturally on his wit. Isabel was not rendered
  • less observant, and for the moment, we judge, she was not rendered
  • more indulgent, by perceiving that Mr. Osmond carried his burden less
  • complacently than might have been expected. “What a fool I was to
  • have let myself so needlessly in--!” she could fancy his exclaiming to
  • himself.
  • “You’ll be tired when you go home, if he shows you all his bibelots and
  • gives you a lecture on each,” said the Countess Gemini.
  • “I’m not afraid of that; but if I’m tired I shall at least have learned
  • something.”
  • “Very little, I suspect. But my sister’s dreadfully afraid of learning
  • anything,” said Mr. Osmond.
  • “Oh, I confess to that; I don’t want to know anything more--I know too
  • much already. The more you know the more unhappy you are.”
  • “You should not undervalue knowledge before Pansy, who has not finished
  • her education,” Madame Merle interposed with a smile. “Pansy will
  • never know any harm,” said the child’s father. “Pansy’s a little
  • convent-flower.”
  • “Oh, the convents, the convents!” cried the Countess with a flutter of
  • her ruffles. “Speak to me of the convents! You may learn anything there;
  • I’m a convent-flower myself. I don’t pretend to be good, but the nuns
  • do. Don’t you see what I mean?” she went on, appealing to Isabel.
  • Isabel was not sure she saw, and she answered that she was very bad
  • at following arguments. The Countess then declared that she herself
  • detested arguments, but that this was her brother’s taste--he would
  • always discuss. “For me,” she said, “one should like a thing or one
  • shouldn’t; one can’t like everything, of course. But one shouldn’t
  • attempt to reason it out--you never know where it may lead you. There
  • are some very good feelings that may have bad reasons, don’t you know?
  • And then there are very bad feelings, sometimes, that have good reasons.
  • Don’t you see what I mean? I don’t care anything about reasons, but I
  • know what I like.”
  • “Ah, that’s the great thing,” said Isabel, smiling and suspecting that
  • her acquaintance with this lightly flitting personage would not lead to
  • intellectual repose. If the Countess objected to argument Isabel at this
  • moment had as little taste for it, and she put out her hand to Pansy
  • with a pleasant sense that such a gesture committed her to nothing that
  • would admit of a divergence of views. Gilbert Osmond apparently took a
  • rather hopeless view of his sister’s tone; he turned the conversation to
  • another topic. He presently sat down on the other side of his daughter,
  • who had shyly brushed Isabel’s fingers with her own; but he ended by
  • drawing her out of her chair and making her stand between his knees,
  • leaning against him while he passed his arm round her slimness. The
  • child fixed her eyes on Isabel with a still, disinterested gaze which
  • seemed void of an intention, yet conscious of an attraction. Mr. Osmond
  • talked of many things; Madame Merle had said he could be agreeable
  • when he chose, and to-day, after a little, he appeared not only to have
  • chosen but to have determined. Madame Merle and the Countess Gemini sat
  • a little apart, conversing in the effortless manner of persons who knew
  • each other well enough to take their ease; but every now and then Isabel
  • heard the Countess, at something said by her companion, plunge into the
  • latter’s lucidity as a poodle splashes after a thrown stick. It was as
  • if Madame Merle were seeing how far she would go. Mr. Osmond talked of
  • Florence, of Italy, of the pleasure of living in that country and of the
  • abatements to the pleasure. There were both satisfactions and drawbacks;
  • the drawbacks were numerous; strangers were too apt to see such a world
  • as all romantic. It met the case soothingly for the human, for the
  • social failure--by which he meant the people who couldn’t “realise,” as
  • they said, on their sensibility: they could keep it about them there,
  • in their poverty, without ridicule, as you might keep an heirloom or an
  • inconvenient entailed place that brought you in nothing. Thus there were
  • advantages in living in the country which contained the greatest sum of
  • beauty. Certain impressions you could get only there. Others, favourable
  • to life, you never got, and you got some that were very bad. But from
  • time to time you got one of a quality that made up for everything.
  • Italy, all the same, had spoiled a great many people; he was even
  • fatuous enough to believe at times that he himself might have been a
  • better man if he had spent less of his life there. It made one idle and
  • dilettantish and second-rate; it had no discipline for the character,
  • didn’t cultivate in you, otherwise expressed, the successful social
  • and other “cheek” that flourished in Paris and London. “We’re sweetly
  • provincial,” said Mr. Osmond, “and I’m perfectly aware that I myself am
  • as rusty as a key that has no lock to fit it. It polishes me up a little
  • to talk with you--not that I venture to pretend I can turn that very
  • complicated lock I suspect your intellect of being! But you’ll be going
  • away before I’ve seen you three times, and I shall perhaps never see you
  • after that. That’s what it is to live in a country that people come to.
  • When they’re disagreeable here it’s bad enough; when they’re agreeable
  • it’s still worse. As soon as you like them they’re off again! I’ve been
  • deceived too often; I’ve ceased to form attachments, to permit myself
  • to feel attractions. You mean to stay--to settle? That would be really
  • comfortable. Ah yes, your aunt’s a sort of guarantee; I believe she may
  • be depended on. Oh, she’s an old Florentine; I mean literally an old
  • one; not a modern outsider. She’s a contemporary of the Medici; she must
  • have been present at the burning of Savonarola, and I’m not sure she
  • didn’t throw a handful of chips into the flame. Her face is very much
  • like some faces in the early pictures; little, dry, definite faces that
  • must have had a good deal of expression, but almost always the same one.
  • Indeed I can show you her portrait in a fresco of Ghirlandaio’s. I hope
  • you don’t object to my speaking that way of your aunt, eh? I’ve an idea
  • you don’t. Perhaps you think that’s even worse. I assure you there’s
  • no want of respect in it, to either of you. You know I’m a particular
  • admirer of Mrs. Touchett.”
  • While Isabel’s host exerted himself to entertain her in this somewhat
  • confidential fashion she looked occasionally at Madame Merle, who met
  • her eyes with an inattentive smile in which, on this occasion, there
  • was no infelicitous intimation that our heroine appeared to advantage.
  • Madame Merle eventually proposed to the Countess Gemini that they
  • should go into the garden, and the Countess, rising and shaking out
  • her feathers, began to rustle toward the door. “Poor Miss Archer!” she
  • exclaimed, surveying the other group with expressive compassion. “She
  • has been brought quite into the family.”
  • “Miss Archer can certainly have nothing but sympathy for a family to
  • which you belong,” Mr. Osmond answered, with a laugh which, though it
  • had something of a mocking ring, had also a finer patience.
  • “I don’t know what you mean by that! I’m sure she’ll see no harm in
  • me but what you tell her. I’m better than he says, Miss Archer,” the
  • Countess went on. “I’m only rather an idiot and a bore. Is that all he
  • has said? Ah then, you keep him in good-humour. Has he opened on one of
  • his favourite subjects? I give you notice that there are two or three
  • that he treats _à fond_. In that case you had better take off your
  • bonnet.”
  • “I don’t think I know what Mr. Osmond’s favourite subjects are,” said
  • Isabel, who had risen to her feet.
  • The Countess assumed for an instant an attitude of intense meditation,
  • pressing one of her hands, with the finger-tips gathered together, to
  • her forehead. “I’ll tell you in a moment. One’s Machiavelli; the other’s
  • Vittoria Colonna; the next is Metastasio.”
  • “Ah, with me,” said Madame Merle, passing her arm into the Countess
  • Gemini’s as if to guide her course to the garden, “Mr. Osmond’s never so
  • historical.”
  • “Oh you,” the Countess answered as they moved away, “you yourself are
  • Machiavelli--you yourself are Vittoria Colonna!”
  • “We shall hear next that poor Madame Merle is Metastasio!” Gilbert
  • Osmond resignedly sighed.
  • Isabel had got up on the assumption that they too were to go into the
  • garden; but her host stood there with no apparent inclination to leave
  • the room, his hands in the pockets of his jacket and his daughter, who
  • had now locked her arm into one of his own, clinging to him and looking
  • up while her eyes moved from his own face to Isabel’s. Isabel waited,
  • with a certain unuttered contentedness, to have her movements directed;
  • she liked Mr. Osmond’s talk, his company: she had what always gave her
  • a very private thrill, the consciousness of a new relation. Through
  • the open doors of the great room she saw Madame Merle and the Countess
  • stroll across the fine grass of the garden; then she turned, and her
  • eyes wandered over the things scattered about her. The understanding
  • had been that Mr. Osmond should show her his treasures; his pictures and
  • cabinets all looked like treasures. Isabel after a moment went toward
  • one of the pictures to see it better; but just as she had done so he
  • said to her abruptly: “Miss Archer, what do you think of my sister?”
  • She faced him with some surprise. “Ah, don’t ask me that--I’ve seen your
  • sister too little.”
  • “Yes, you’ve seen her very little; but you must have observed that
  • there is not a great deal of her to see. What do you think of our family
  • tone?” he went on with his cool smile. “I should like to know how
  • it strikes a fresh, unprejudiced mind. I know what you’re going to
  • say--you’ve had almost no observation of it. Of course this is only
  • a glimpse. But just take notice, in future, if you have a chance. I
  • sometimes think we’ve got into a rather bad way, living off here among
  • things and people not our own, without responsibilities or attachments,
  • with nothing to hold us together or keep us up; marrying foreigners,
  • forming artificial tastes, playing tricks with our natural mission. Let
  • me add, though, that I say that much more for myself than for my sister.
  • She’s a very honest lady--more so than she seems. She’s rather
  • unhappy, and as she’s not of a serious turn she doesn’t tend to show
  • it tragically: she shows it comically instead. She has got a horrid
  • husband, though I’m not sure she makes the best of him. Of course,
  • however, a horrid husband’s an awkward thing. Madame Merle gives her
  • excellent advice, but it’s a good deal like giving a child a dictionary
  • to learn a language with. He can look out the words, but he can’t put
  • them together. My sister needs a grammar, but unfortunately she’s not
  • grammatical. Pardon my troubling you with these details; my sister was
  • very right in saying you’ve been taken into the family. Let me take down
  • that picture; you want more light.”
  • He took down the picture, carried it toward the window, related some
  • curious facts about it. She looked at the other works of art, and he
  • gave her such further information as might appear most acceptable to
  • a young lady making a call on a summer afternoon. His pictures, his
  • medallions and tapestries were interesting; but after a while Isabel
  • felt the owner much more so, and independently of them, thickly as they
  • seemed to overhang him. He resembled no one she had ever seen; most
  • of the people she knew might be divided into groups of half a dozen
  • specimens. There were one or two exceptions to this; she could think for
  • instance of no group that would contain her aunt Lydia. There were other
  • people who were, relatively speaking, original--original, as one might
  • say, by courtesy such as Mr. Goodwood, as her cousin Ralph, as Henrietta
  • Stackpole, as Lord Warburton, as Madame Merle. But in essentials, when
  • one came to look at them, these individuals belonged to types already
  • present to her mind. Her mind contained no class offering a natural
  • place to Mr. Osmond--he was a specimen apart. It was not that she
  • recognised all these truths at the hour, but they were falling into
  • order before her. For the moment she only said to herself that this “new
  • relation” would perhaps prove her very most distinguished. Madame Merle
  • had had that note of rarity, but what quite other power it immediately
  • gained when sounded by a man! It was not so much what he said and did,
  • but rather what he withheld, that marked him for her as by one of those
  • signs of the highly curious that he was showing her on the underside of
  • old plates and in the corner of sixteenth-century drawings: he indulged
  • in no striking deflections from common usage, he was an original without
  • being an eccentric. She had never met a person of so fine a grain.
  • The peculiarity was physical, to begin with, and it extended to
  • impalpabilities. His dense, delicate hair, his overdrawn, retouched
  • features, his clear complexion, ripe without being coarse, the very
  • evenness of the growth of his beard, and that light, smooth slenderness
  • of structure which made the movement of a single one of his fingers
  • produce the effect of an expressive gesture--these personal points
  • struck our sensitive young woman as signs of quality, of intensity,
  • somehow as promises of interest. He was certainly fastidious and
  • critical; he was probably irritable. His sensibility had governed
  • him--possibly governed him too much; it had made him impatient of
  • vulgar troubles and had led him to live by himself, in a sorted, sifted,
  • arranged world, thinking about art and beauty and history. He had
  • consulted his taste in everything--his taste alone perhaps, as a sick
  • man consciously incurable consults at last only his lawyer: that was
  • what made him so different from every one else. Ralph had something of
  • this same quality, this appearance of thinking that life was a matter
  • of connoisseurship; but in Ralph it was an anomaly, a kind of humorous
  • excrescence, whereas in Mr. Osmond it was the keynote, and everything
  • was in harmony with it. She was certainly far from understanding him
  • completely; his meaning was not at all times obvious. It was hard to see
  • what he meant for instance by speaking of his provincial side--which
  • was exactly the side she would have taken him most to lack. Was it a
  • harmless paradox, intended to puzzle her? or was it the last refinement
  • of high culture? She trusted she should learn in time; it would be very
  • interesting to learn. If it was provincial to have that harmony, what
  • then was the finish of the capital? And she could put this question
  • in spite of so feeling her host a shy personage; since such shyness as
  • his--the shyness of ticklish nerves and fine perceptions--was perfectly
  • consistent with the best breeding. Indeed it was almost a proof of
  • standards and touchstones other than the vulgar: he must be so sure the
  • vulgar would be first on the ground. He wasn’t a man of easy assurance,
  • who chatted and gossiped with the fluency of a superficial nature; he
  • was critical of himself as well as of others, and, exacting a good deal
  • of others, to think them agreeable, probably took a rather ironical view
  • of what he himself offered: a proof into the bargain that he was not
  • grossly conceited. If he had not been shy he wouldn’t have effected that
  • gradual, subtle, successful conversion of it to which she owed both what
  • pleased her in him and what mystified her. If he had suddenly asked her
  • what she thought of the Countess Gemini, that was doubtless a proof that
  • he was interested in her; it could scarcely be as a help to knowledge
  • of his own sister. That he should be so interested showed an enquiring
  • mind; but it was a little singular he should sacrifice his fraternal
  • feeling to his curiosity. This was the most eccentric thing he had done.
  • There were two other rooms, beyond the one in which she had been
  • received, equally full of romantic objects, and in these apartments
  • Isabel spent a quarter of an hour. Everything was in the last degree
  • curious and precious, and Mr. Osmond continued to be the kindest of
  • ciceroni as he led her from one fine piece to another and still held his
  • little girl by the hand. His kindness almost surprised our young friend,
  • who wondered why he should take so much trouble for her; and she was
  • oppressed at last with the accumulation of beauty and knowledge to which
  • she found herself introduced. There was enough for the present; she had
  • ceased to attend to what he said; she listened to him with attentive
  • eyes, but was not thinking of what he told her. He probably thought
  • her quicker, cleverer in every way, more prepared, than she was. Madame
  • Merle would have pleasantly exaggerated; which was a pity, because in
  • the end he would be sure to find out, and then perhaps even her real
  • intelligence wouldn’t reconcile him to his mistake. A part of Isabel’s
  • fatigue came from the effort to appear as intelligent as she believed
  • Madame Merle had described her, and from the fear (very unusual with
  • her) of exposing--not her ignorance; for that she cared comparatively
  • little--but her possible grossness of perception. It would have annoyed
  • her to express a liking for something he, in his superior enlightenment,
  • would think she oughtn’t to like; or to pass by something at which the
  • truly initiated mind would arrest itself. She had no wish to fall into
  • that grotesqueness--in which she had seen women (and it was a warning)
  • serenely, yet ignobly, flounder. She was very careful therefore as to
  • what she said, as to what she noticed or failed to notice; more careful
  • than she had ever been before.
  • They came back into the first of the rooms, where the tea had been
  • served; but as the two other ladies were still on the terrace, and as
  • Isabel had not yet been made acquainted with the view, the paramount
  • distinction of the place, Mr. Osmond directed her steps into the garden
  • without more delay. Madame Merle and the Countess had had chairs brought
  • out, and as the afternoon was lovely the Countess proposed they should
  • take their tea in the open air. Pansy therefore was sent to bid the
  • servant bring out the preparations. The sun had got low, the golden
  • light took a deeper tone, and on the mountains and the plain that
  • stretched beneath them the masses of purple shadow glowed as richly
  • as the places that were still exposed. The scene had an extraordinary
  • charm. The air was almost solemnly still, and the large expanse of the
  • landscape, with its garden-like culture and nobleness of outline,
  • its teeming valley and delicately-fretted hills, its peculiarly
  • human-looking touches of habitation, lay there in splendid harmony and
  • classic grace. “You seem so well pleased that I think you can be trusted
  • to come back,” Osmond said as he led his companion to one of the angles
  • of the terrace.
  • “I shall certainly come back,” she returned, “in spite of what you say
  • about its being bad to live in Italy. What was that you said about one’s
  • natural mission? I wonder if I should forsake my natural mission if I
  • were to settle in Florence.”
  • “A woman’s natural mission is to be where she’s most appreciated.”
  • “The point’s to find out where that is.”
  • “Very true--she often wastes a great deal of time in the enquiry. People
  • ought to make it very plain to her.”
  • “Such a matter would have to be made very plain to me,” smiled Isabel.
  • “I’m glad, at any rate, to hear you talk of settling. Madame Merle had
  • given me an idea that you were of a rather roving disposition. I thought
  • she spoke of your having some plan of going round the world.”
  • “I’m rather ashamed of my plans; I make a new one every day.”
  • “I don’t see why you should be ashamed; it’s the greatest of pleasures.”
  • “It seems frivolous, I think,” said Isabel. “One ought to choose
  • something very deliberately, and be faithful to that.”
  • “By that rule then, I’ve not been frivolous.”
  • “Have you never made plans?”
  • “Yes, I made one years ago, and I’m acting on it to-day.”
  • “It must have been a very pleasant one,” Isabel permitted herself to
  • observe.
  • “It was very simple. It was to be as quiet as possible.”
  • “As quiet?” the girl repeated.
  • “Not to worry--not to strive nor struggle. To resign myself. To be
  • content with little.” He spoke these sentences slowly, with short pauses
  • between, and his intelligent regard was fixed on his visitor’s with the
  • conscious air of a man who has brought himself to confess something.
  • “Do you call that simple?” she asked with mild irony.
  • “Yes, because it’s negative.”
  • “Has your life been negative?”
  • “Call it affirmative if you like. Only it has affirmed my indifference.
  • Mind you, not my natural indifference--I _had_ none. But my studied, my
  • wilful renunciation.”
  • She scarcely understood him; it seemed a question whether he were
  • joking or not. Why should a man who struck her as having a great fund
  • of reserve suddenly bring himself to be so confidential? This was his
  • affair, however, and his confidences were interesting. “I don’t see why
  • you should have renounced,” she said in a moment.
  • “Because I could do nothing. I had no prospects, I was poor, and I was
  • not a man of genius. I had no talents even; I took my measure early in
  • life. I was simply the most fastidious young gentleman living. There
  • were two or three people in the world I envied--the Emperor of Russia,
  • for instance, and the Sultan of Turkey! There were even moments when I
  • envied the Pope of Rome--for the consideration he enjoys. I should have
  • been delighted to be considered to that extent; but since that couldn’t
  • be I didn’t care for anything less, and I made up my mind not to go
  • in for honours. The leanest gentleman can always consider himself,
  • and fortunately I _was_, though lean, a gentleman. I could do nothing in
  • Italy--I couldn’t even be an Italian patriot. To do that I should have
  • had to get out of the country; and I was too fond of it to leave it, to
  • say nothing of my being too well satisfied with it, on the whole, as it
  • then was, to wish it altered. So I’ve passed a great many years here on
  • that quiet plan I spoke of. I’ve not been at all unhappy. I don’t mean
  • to say I’ve cared for nothing; but the things I’ve cared for have
  • been definite--limited. The events of my life have been absolutely
  • unperceived by any one save myself; getting an old silver crucifix at a
  • bargain (I’ve never bought anything dear, of course), or discovering,
  • as I once did, a sketch by Correggio on a panel daubed over by some
  • inspired idiot.”
  • This would have been rather a dry account of Mr. Osmond’s career if
  • Isabel had fully believed it; but her imagination supplied the human
  • element which she was sure had not been wanting. His life had been
  • mingled with other lives more than he admitted; naturally she couldn’t
  • expect him to enter into this. For the present she abstained from
  • provoking further revelations; to intimate that he had not told her
  • everything would be more familiar and less considerate than she now
  • desired to be--would in fact be uproariously vulgar. He had certainly
  • told her quite enough. It was her present inclination, however, to
  • express a measured sympathy for the success with which he had preserved
  • his independence. “That’s a very pleasant life,” she said, “to renounce
  • everything but Correggio!”
  • “Oh, I’ve made in my way a good thing of it. Don’t imagine I’m whining
  • about it. It’s one’s own fault if one isn’t happy.”
  • This was large; she kept down to something smaller. “Have you lived here
  • always?”
  • “No, not always. I lived a long time at Naples, and many years in
  • Rome. But I’ve been here a good while. Perhaps I shall have to change,
  • however; to do something else. I’ve no longer myself to think of. My
  • daughter’s growing up and may very possibly not care so much for the
  • Correggios and crucifixes as I. I shall have to do what’s best for
  • Pansy.”
  • “Yes, do that,” said Isabel. “She’s such a dear little girl.”
  • “Ah,” cried Gilbert Osmond beautifully, “she’s a little saint of heaven!
  • She is my great happiness!”
  • CHAPTER XXV
  • While this sufficiently intimate colloquy (prolonged for some time after
  • we cease to follow it) went forward Madame Merle and her companion,
  • breaking a silence of some duration, had begun to exchange remarks.
  • They were sitting in an attitude of unexpressed expectancy; an attitude
  • especially marked on the part of the Countess Gemini, who, being of a
  • more nervous temperament than her friend, practised with less success
  • the art of disguising impatience. What these ladies were waiting for
  • would not have been apparent and was perhaps not very definite to their
  • own minds. Madame Merle waited for Osmond to release their young friend
  • from her _tête-à-tête_, and the Countess waited because Madame Merle did.
  • The Countess, moreover, by waiting, found the time ripe for one of her
  • pretty perversities. She might have desired for some minutes to place
  • it. Her brother wandered with Isabel to the end of the garden, to which
  • point her eyes followed them.
  • “My dear,” she then observed to her companion, “you’ll excuse me if I
  • don’t congratulate you!”
  • “Very willingly, for I don’t in the least know why you should.”
  • “Haven’t you a little plan that you think rather well of?” And the
  • Countess nodded at the sequestered couple.
  • Madame Merle’s eyes took the same direction; then she looked serenely at
  • her neighbour. “You know I never understand you very well,” she smiled.
  • “No one can understand better than you when you wish. I see that just
  • now you _don’t_ wish.”
  • “You say things to me that no one else does,” said Madame Merle gravely,
  • yet without bitterness.
  • “You mean things you don’t like? Doesn’t Osmond sometimes say such
  • things?”
  • “What your brother says has a point.”
  • “Yes, a poisoned one sometimes. If you mean that I’m not so clever as he
  • you mustn’t think I shall suffer from your sense of our difference. But
  • it will be much better that you should understand me.”
  • “Why so?” asked Madame Merle. “To what will it conduce?”
  • “If I don’t approve of your plan you ought to know it in order to
  • appreciate the danger of my interfering with it.”
  • Madame Merle looked as if she were ready to admit that there might be
  • something in this; but in a moment she said quietly: “You think me more
  • calculating than I am.”
  • “It’s not your calculating I think ill of; it’s your calculating wrong.
  • You’ve done so in this case.”
  • “You must have made extensive calculations yourself to discover that.”
  • “No, I’ve not had time. I’ve seen the girl but this once,” said the
  • Countess, “and the conviction has suddenly come to me. I like her very
  • much.”
  • “So do I,” Madame Merle mentioned.
  • “You’ve a strange way of showing it.”
  • “Surely I’ve given her the advantage of making your acquaintance.”
  • “That indeed,” piped the Countess, “is perhaps the best thing that could
  • happen to her!”
  • Madame Merle said nothing for some time. The Countess’s manner was
  • odious, was really low; but it was an old story, and with her eyes upon
  • the violet slope of Monte Morello she gave herself up to reflection. “My
  • dear lady,” she finally resumed, “I advise you not to agitate yourself.
  • The matter you allude to concerns three persons much stronger of purpose
  • than yourself.”
  • “Three persons? You and Osmond of course. But is Miss Archer also very
  • strong of purpose?”
  • “Quite as much so as we.”
  • “Ah then,” said the Countess radiantly, “if I convince her it’s her
  • interest to resist you she’ll do so successfully!”
  • “Resist us? Why do you express yourself so coarsely? She’s not exposed
  • to compulsion or deception.”
  • “I’m not sure of that. You’re capable of anything, you and Osmond. I
  • don’t mean Osmond by himself, and I don’t mean you by yourself. But
  • together you’re dangerous--like some chemical combination.”
  • “You had better leave us alone then,” smiled Madame Merle.
  • “I don’t mean to touch you--but I shall talk to that girl.”
  • “My poor Amy,” Madame Merle murmured, “I don’t see what has got into
  • your head.”
  • “I take an interest in her--that’s what has got into my head. I like
  • her.”
  • Madame Merle hesitated a moment. “I don’t think she likes you.”
  • The Countess’s bright little eyes expanded and her face was set in a
  • grimace. “Ah, you _are_ dangerous--even by yourself!”
  • “If you want her to like you don’t abuse your brother to her,” said
  • Madame Merle.
  • “I don’t suppose you pretend she has fallen in love with him in two
  • interviews.”
  • Madame Merle looked a moment at Isabel and at the master of the house.
  • He was leaning against the parapet, facing her, his arms folded; and
  • she at present was evidently not lost in the mere impersonal view,
  • persistently as she gazed at it. As Madame Merle watched her she lowered
  • her eyes; she was listening, possibly with a certain embarrassment,
  • while she pressed the point of her parasol into the path. Madame Merle
  • rose from her chair. “Yes, I think so!” she pronounced.
  • The shabby footboy, summoned by Pansy--he might, tarnished as to livery
  • and quaint as to type, have issued from some stray sketch of old-time
  • manners, been “put in” by the brush of a Longhi or a Goya--had come out
  • with a small table and placed it on the grass, and then had gone back
  • and fetched the tea-tray; after which he had again disappeared, to
  • return with a couple of chairs. Pansy had watched these proceedings with
  • the deepest interest, standing with her small hands folded together
  • upon the front of her scanty frock; but she had not presumed to offer
  • assistance. When the tea-table had been arranged, however, she gently
  • approached her aunt.
  • “Do you think papa would object to my making the tea?”
  • The Countess looked at her with a deliberately critical gaze and without
  • answering her question. “My poor niece,” she said, “is that your best
  • frock?”
  • “Ah no,” Pansy answered, “it’s just a little toilette for common
  • occasions.”
  • “Do you call it a common occasion when I come to see you?--to say
  • nothing of Madame Merle and the pretty lady yonder.”
  • Pansy reflected a moment, turning gravely from one of the persons
  • mentioned to the other. Then her face broke into its perfect smile.
  • “I have a pretty dress, but even that one’s very simple. Why should I
  • expose it beside your beautiful things?”
  • “Because it’s the prettiest you have; for me you must always wear the
  • prettiest. Please put it on the next time. It seems to me they don’t
  • dress you so well as they might.”
  • The child sparingly stroked down her antiquated skirt. “It’s a good
  • little dress to make tea--don’t you think? Don’t you believe papa would
  • allow me?”
  • “Impossible for me to say, my child,” said the Countess. “For me, your
  • father’s ideas are unfathomable. Madame Merle understands them better.
  • Ask _her_.”
  • Madame Merle smiled with her usual grace. “It’s a weighty question--let
  • me think. It seems to me it would please your father to see a careful
  • little daughter making his tea. It’s the proper duty of the daughter of
  • the house--when she grows up.”
  • “So it seems to me, Madame Merle!” Pansy cried. “You shall see how well
  • I’ll make it. A spoonful for each.” And she began to busy herself at the
  • table.
  • “Two spoonfuls for me,” said the Countess, who, with Madame Merle,
  • remained for some moments watching her. “Listen to me, Pansy,” the
  • Countess resumed at last. “I should like to know what you think of your
  • visitor.”
  • “Ah, she’s not mine--she’s papa’s,” Pansy objected.
  • “Miss Archer came to see you as well,” said Madame Merle.
  • “I’m very happy to hear that. She has been very polite to me.”
  • “Do you like her then?” the Countess asked.
  • “She’s charming--charming,” Pansy repeated in her little neat
  • conversational tone. “She pleases me thoroughly.”
  • “And how do you think she pleases your father?”
  • “Ah really, Countess!” murmured Madame Merle dissuasively. “Go and call
  • them to tea,” she went on to the child.
  • “You’ll see if they don’t like it!” Pansy declared; and departed to
  • summon the others, who had still lingered at the end of the terrace.
  • “If Miss Archer’s to become her mother it’s surely interesting to know
  • if the child likes her,” said the Countess.
  • “If your brother marries again it won’t be for Pansy’s sake,” Madame
  • Merle replied. “She’ll soon be sixteen, and after that she’ll begin to
  • need a husband rather than a stepmother.”
  • “And will you provide the husband as well?”
  • “I shall certainly take an interest in her marrying fortunately. I
  • imagine you’ll do the same.”
  • “Indeed I shan’t!” cried the Countess. “Why should I, of all women, set
  • such a price on a husband?”
  • “You didn’t marry fortunately; that’s what I’m speaking of. When I say a
  • husband I mean a good one.”
  • “There are no good ones. Osmond won’t be a good one.”
  • Madame Merle closed her eyes a moment. “You’re irritated just now; I
  • don’t know why,” she presently said. “I don’t think you’ll really object
  • either to your brother’s or to your niece’s marrying, when the time
  • comes for them to do so; and as regards Pansy I’m confident that we
  • shall some day have the pleasure of looking for a husband for her
  • together. Your large acquaintance will be a great help.”
  • “Yes, I’m irritated,” the Countess answered. “You often irritate me.
  • Your own coolness is fabulous. You’re a strange woman.”
  • “It’s much better that we should always act together,” Madame Merle went
  • on.
  • “Do you mean that as a threat?” asked the Countess rising. Madame
  • Merle shook her head as for quiet amusement. “No indeed, you’ve not my
  • coolness!”
  • Isabel and Mr. Osmond were now slowly coming toward them and Isabel
  • had taken Pansy by the hand. “Do you pretend to believe he’d make her
  • happy?” the Countess demanded.
  • “If he should marry Miss Archer I suppose he’d behave like a gentleman.”
  • The Countess jerked herself into a succession of attitudes. “Do you
  • mean as most gentlemen behave? That would be much to be thankful for! Of
  • course Osmond’s a gentleman; his own sister needn’t be reminded of that.
  • But does he think he can marry any girl he happens to pick out? Osmond’s
  • a gentleman, of course; but I must say I’ve _never_, no, no, never, seen
  • any one of Osmond’s pretensions! What they’re all founded on is more
  • than I can say. I’m his own sister; I might be supposed to know. Who
  • is he, if you please? What has he ever done? If there had been anything
  • particularly grand in his origin--if he were made of some superior
  • clay--I presume I should have got some inkling of it. If there had been
  • any great honours or splendours in the family I should certainly have
  • made the most of them: they would have been quite in my line. But
  • there’s nothing, nothing, nothing. One’s parents were charming people of
  • course; but so were yours, I’ve no doubt. Every one’s a charming person
  • nowadays. Even I’m a charming person; don’t laugh, it has literally
  • been said. As for Osmond, he has always appeared to believe that he’s
  • descended from the gods.”
  • “You may say what you please,” said Madame Merle, who had listened to
  • this quick outbreak none the less attentively, we may believe, because
  • her eye wandered away from the speaker and her hands busied themselves
  • with adjusting the knots of ribbon on her dress. “You Osmonds are a fine
  • race--your blood must flow from some very pure source. Your brother,
  • like an intelligent man, has had the conviction of it if he has not
  • had the proofs. You’re modest about it, but you yourself are extremely
  • distinguished. What do you say about your niece? The child’s a little
  • princess. Nevertheless,” Madame Merle added, “it won’t be an easy matter
  • for Osmond to marry Miss Archer. Yet he can try.”
  • “I hope she’ll refuse him. It will take him down a little.”
  • “We mustn’t forget that he is one of the cleverest of men.”
  • “I’ve heard you say that before, but I haven’t yet discovered what he
  • has done.”
  • “What he has done? He has done nothing that has had to be undone. And he
  • has known how to wait.”
  • “To wait for Miss Archer’s money? How much of it is there?”
  • “That’s not what I mean,” said Madame Merle. “Miss Archer has seventy
  • thousand pounds.”
  • “Well, it’s a pity she’s so charming,” the Countess declared. “To be
  • sacrificed, any girl would do. She needn’t be superior.”
  • “If she weren’t superior your brother would never look at her. He must
  • have the best.”
  • “Yes,” returned the Countess as they went forward a little to meet
  • the others, “he’s very hard to satisfy. That makes me tremble for her
  • happiness!”
  • CHAPTER XXVI
  • Gilbert Osmond came to see Isabel again; that is he came to Palazzo
  • Crescentini. He had other friends there as well, and to Mrs. Touchett
  • and Madame Merle he was always impartially civil; but the former of
  • these ladies noted the fact that in the course of a fortnight he
  • called five times, and compared it with another fact that she found no
  • difficulty in remembering. Two visits a year had hitherto constituted
  • his regular tribute to Mrs. Touchett’s worth, and she had never
  • observed him select for such visits those moments, of almost periodical
  • recurrence, when Madame Merle was under her roof. It was not for Madame
  • Merle that he came; these two were old friends and he never put himself
  • out for her. He was not fond of Ralph--Ralph had told her so--and it was
  • not supposable that Mr. Osmond had suddenly taken a fancy to her son.
  • Ralph was imperturbable--Ralph had a kind of loose-fitting urbanity
  • that wrapped him about like an ill-made overcoat, but of which he
  • never divested himself; he thought Mr. Osmond very good company and was
  • willing at any time to look at him in the light of hospitality. But he
  • didn’t flatter himself that the desire to repair a past injustice was
  • the motive of their visitor’s calls; he read the situation more clearly.
  • Isabel was the attraction, and in all conscience a sufficient one.
  • Osmond was a critic, a student of the exquisite, and it was natural he
  • should be curious of so rare an apparition. So when his mother observed
  • to him that it was plain what Mr. Osmond was thinking of, Ralph replied
  • that he was quite of her opinion. Mrs. Touchett had from far back found
  • a place on her scant list for this gentleman, though wondering dimly by
  • what art and what process--so negative and so wise as they were--he
  • had everywhere effectively imposed himself. As he had never been an
  • importunate visitor he had had no chance to be offensive, and he was
  • recommended to her by his appearance of being as well able to do without
  • her as she was to do without him--a quality that always, oddly enough,
  • affected her as providing ground for a relation with her. It gave her
  • no satisfaction, however, to think that he had taken it into his head to
  • marry her niece. Such an alliance, on Isabel’s part, would have an air
  • of almost morbid perversity. Mrs. Touchett easily remembered that the
  • girl had refused an English peer; and that a young lady with whom Lord
  • Warburton had not successfully wrestled should content herself with an
  • obscure American dilettante, a middle-aged widower with an uncanny child
  • and an ambiguous income, this answered to nothing in Mrs. Touchett’s
  • conception of success. She took, it will be observed, not the
  • sentimental, but the political, view of matrimony--a view which has
  • always had much to recommend it. “I trust she won’t have the folly
  • to listen to him,” she said to her son; to which Ralph replied that
  • Isabel’s listening was one thing and Isabel’s answering quite another.
  • He knew she had listened to several parties, as his father would
  • have said, but had made them listen in return; and he found much
  • entertainment in the idea that in these few months of his knowing her he
  • should observe a fresh suitor at her gate. She had wanted to see life,
  • and fortune was serving her to her taste; a succession of fine gentlemen
  • going down on their knees to her would do as well as anything else.
  • Ralph looked forward to a fourth, a fifth, a tenth besieger; he had no
  • conviction she would stop at a third. She would keep the gate ajar and
  • open a parley; she would certainly not allow number three to come in.
  • He expressed this view, somewhat after this fashion, to his mother, who
  • looked at him as if he had been dancing a jig. He had such a fanciful,
  • pictorial way of saying things that he might as well address her in the
  • deaf-mute’s alphabet.
  • “I don’t think I know what you mean,” she said; “you use too many
  • figures of speech; I could never understand allegories. The two words in
  • the language I most respect are Yes and No. If Isabel wants to marry Mr.
  • Osmond she’ll do so in spite of all your comparisons. Let her alone to
  • find a fine one herself for anything she undertakes. I know very little
  • about the young man in America; I don’t think she spends much of her
  • time in thinking of him, and I suspect he has got tired of waiting for
  • her. There’s nothing in life to prevent her marrying Mr. Osmond if
  • she only looks at him in a certain way. That’s all very well; no one
  • approves more than I of one’s pleasing one’s self. But she takes her
  • pleasure in such odd things; she’s capable of marrying Mr. Osmond for
  • the beauty of his opinions or for his autograph of Michael Angelo.
  • She wants to be disinterested: as if she were the only person who’s
  • in danger of not being so! Will _he_ be so disinterested when he has the
  • spending of her money? That was her idea before your father’s death, and
  • it has acquired new charms for her since. She ought to marry some one of
  • whose disinterestedness she shall herself be sure; and there would be no
  • such proof of that as his having a fortune of his own.”
  • “My dear mother, I’m not afraid,” Ralph answered. “She’s making fools of
  • us all. She’ll please herself, of course; but she’ll do so by studying
  • human nature at close quarters and yet retaining her liberty. She has
  • started on an exploring expedition, and I don’t think she’ll change her
  • course, at the outset, at a signal from Gilbert Osmond. She may have
  • slackened speed for an hour, but before we know it she’ll be steaming
  • away again. Excuse another metaphor.”
  • Mrs. Touchett excused it perhaps, but was not so much reassured as to
  • withhold from Madame Merle the expression of her fears. “You who
  • know everything,” she said, “you must know this: whether that curious
  • creature’s really making love to my niece.”
  • “Gilbert Osmond?” Madame Merle widened her clear eyes and, with a full
  • intelligence, “Heaven help us,” she exclaimed, “that’s an idea!”
  • “Hadn’t it occurred to you?”
  • “You make me feel an idiot, but I confess it hadn’t. I wonder,” she
  • added, “if it has occurred to Isabel.”
  • “Oh, I shall now ask her,” said Mrs. Touchett.
  • Madame Merle reflected. “Don’t put it into her head. The thing would be
  • to ask Mr. Osmond.”
  • “I can’t do that,” said Mrs. Touchett. “I won’t have him enquire
  • of me--as he perfectly may with that air of his, given Isabel’s
  • situation--what business it is of mine.”
  • “I’ll ask him myself,” Madame Merle bravely declared.
  • “But what business--for _him_--is it of yours?”
  • “It’s being none whatever is just why I can afford to speak. It’s so
  • much less my business than any one’s else that he can put me off with
  • anything he chooses. But it will be by the way he does this that I shall
  • know.”
  • “Pray let me hear then,” said Mrs. Touchett, “of the fruits of your
  • penetration. If I can’t speak to him, however, at least I can speak to
  • Isabel.”
  • Her companion sounded at this the note of warning. “Don’t be too quick
  • with her. Don’t inflame her imagination.”
  • “I never did anything in life to any one’s imagination. But I’m always
  • sure of her doing something--well, not of _my_ kind.”
  • “No, you wouldn’t like this,” Madame Merle observed without the point of
  • interrogation.
  • “Why in the world should I, pray? Mr. Osmond has nothing the least solid
  • to offer.”
  • Again Madame Merle was silent while her thoughtful smile drew up her
  • mouth even more charmingly than usual toward the left corner. “Let us
  • distinguish. Gilbert Osmond’s certainly not the first comer. He’s a man
  • who in favourable conditions might very well make a great impression. He
  • has made a great impression, to my knowledge, more than once.”
  • “Don’t tell me about his probably quite cold-blooded love-affairs;
  • they’re nothing to me!” Mrs. Touchett cried. “What you say’s precisely
  • why I wish he would cease his visits. He has nothing in the world that
  • I know of but a dozen or two of early masters and a more or less pert
  • little daughter.”
  • “The early masters are now worth a good deal of money,” said Madame
  • Merle, “and the daughter’s a very young and very innocent and very
  • harmless person.”
  • “In other words she’s an insipid little chit. Is that what you mean?
  • Having no fortune she can’t hope to marry as they marry here; so that
  • Isabel will have to furnish her either with a maintenance or with a
  • dowry.”
  • “Isabel probably wouldn’t object to being kind to her. I think she likes
  • the poor child.”
  • “Another reason then for Mr. Osmond’s stopping at home! Otherwise, a
  • week hence, we shall have my niece arriving at the conviction that her
  • mission in life’s to prove that a stepmother may sacrifice herself--and
  • that, to prove it, she must first become one.”
  • “She would make a charming stepmother,” smiled Madame Merle; “but I
  • quite agree with you that she had better not decide upon her mission
  • too hastily. Changing the form of one’s mission’s almost as difficult as
  • changing the shape of one’s nose: there they are, each, in the middle of
  • one’s face and one’s character--one has to begin too far back. But I’ll
  • investigate and report to you.”
  • All this went on quite over Isabel’s head; she had no suspicions that
  • her relations with Mr. Osmond were being discussed. Madame Merle had
  • said nothing to put her on her guard; she alluded no more pointedly to
  • him than to the other gentlemen of Florence, native and foreign, who now
  • arrived in considerable numbers to pay their respects to Miss Archer’s
  • aunt. Isabel thought him interesting--she came back to that; she liked
  • so to think of him. She had carried away an image from her visit to his
  • hill-top which her subsequent knowledge of him did nothing to efface
  • and which put on for her a particular harmony with other supposed
  • and divined things, histories within histories: the image of a quiet,
  • clever, sensitive, distinguished man, strolling on a moss-grown terrace
  • above the sweet Val d’Arno and holding by the hand a little girl whose
  • bell-like clearness gave a new grace to childhood. The picture had no
  • flourishes, but she liked its lowness of tone and the atmosphere of
  • summer twilight that pervaded it. It spoke of the kind of personal issue
  • that touched her most nearly; of the choice between objects, subjects,
  • contacts--what might she call them?--of a thin and those of a rich
  • association; of a lonely, studious life in a lovely land; of an old
  • sorrow that sometimes ached to-day; of a feeling of pride that was
  • perhaps exaggerated, but that had an element of nobleness; of a care
  • for beauty and perfection so natural and so cultivated together that the
  • career appeared to stretch beneath it in the disposed vistas and with
  • the ranges of steps and terraces and fountains of a formal Italian
  • garden--allowing only for arid places freshened by the natural dews of
  • a quaint half-anxious, half-helpless fatherhood. At Palazzo Crescentini
  • Mr. Osmond’s manner remained the same; diffident at first--oh
  • self-conscious beyond doubt! and full of the effort (visible only to a
  • sympathetic eye) to overcome this disadvantage; an effort which
  • usually resulted in a great deal of easy, lively, very positive, rather
  • aggressive, always suggestive talk. Mr. Osmond’s talk was not injured by
  • the indication of an eagerness to shine; Isabel found no difficulty
  • in believing that a person was sincere who had so many of the signs of
  • strong conviction--as for instance an explicit and graceful appreciation
  • of anything that might be said on his own side of the question, said
  • perhaps by Miss Archer in especial. What continued to please this young
  • woman was that while he talked so for amusement he didn’t talk, as she
  • had heard people, for “effect.” He uttered his ideas as if, odd as
  • they often appeared, he were used to them and had lived with them; old
  • polished knobs and heads and handles, of precious substance, that could
  • be fitted if necessary to new walking-sticks--not switches plucked in
  • destitution from the common tree and then too elegantly waved about. One
  • day he brought his small daughter with him, and she rejoiced to renew
  • acquaintance with the child, who, as she presented her forehead to be
  • kissed by every member of the circle, reminded her vividly of an ingenue
  • in a French play. Isabel had never seen a little person of this pattern;
  • American girls were very different--different too were the maidens of
  • England. Pansy was so formed and finished for her tiny place in the
  • world, and yet in imagination, as one could see, so innocent and
  • infantine. She sat on the sofa by Isabel; she wore a small grenadine
  • mantle and a pair of the useful gloves that Madame Merle had given
  • her--little grey gloves with a single button. She was like a sheet of
  • blank paper--the ideal _jeune fille_ of foreign fiction. Isabel hoped that
  • so fair and smooth a page would be covered with an edifying text.
  • The Countess Gemini also came to call upon her, but the Countess was
  • quite another affair. She was by no means a blank sheet; she had been
  • written over in a variety of hands, and Mrs. Touchett, who felt by no
  • means honoured by her visit, pronounced that a number of unmistakeable
  • blots were to be seen upon her surface. The Countess gave rise indeed to
  • some discussion between the mistress of the house and the visitor from
  • Rome, in which Madame Merle (who was not such a fool as to irritate
  • people by always agreeing with them) availed herself felicitously enough
  • of that large licence of dissent which her hostess permitted as freely
  • as she practised it. Mrs. Touchett had declared it a piece of audacity
  • that this highly compromised character should have presented herself at
  • such a time of day at the door of a house in which she was esteemed so
  • little as she must long have known herself to be at Palazzo Crescentini.
  • Isabel had been made acquainted with the estimate prevailing under that
  • roof: it represented Mr. Osmond’s sister as a lady who had so mismanaged
  • her improprieties that they had ceased to hang together at all--which
  • was at the least what one asked of such matters--and had become the mere
  • floating fragments of a wrecked renown, incommoding social circulation.
  • She had been married by her mother--a more administrative person, with
  • an appreciation of foreign titles which the daughter, to do her justice,
  • had probably by this time thrown off--to an Italian nobleman who had
  • perhaps given her some excuse for attempting to quench the consciousness
  • of outrage. The Countess, however, had consoled herself outrageously,
  • and the list of her excuses had now lost itself in the labyrinth of her
  • adventures. Mrs. Touchett had never consented to receive her, though the
  • Countess had made overtures of old. Florence was not an austere city;
  • but, as Mrs. Touchett said, she had to draw the line somewhere.
  • Madame Merle defended the luckless lady with a great deal of zeal and
  • wit. She couldn’t see why Mrs. Touchett should make a scapegoat of a
  • woman who had really done no harm, who had only done good in the wrong
  • way. One must certainly draw the line, but while one was about it one
  • should draw it straight: it was a very crooked chalk-mark that would
  • exclude the Countess Gemini. In that case Mrs. Touchett had better
  • shut up her house; this perhaps would be the best course so long as
  • she remained in Florence. One must be fair and not make arbitrary
  • differences: the Countess had doubtless been imprudent, she had not been
  • so clever as other women. She was a good creature, not clever at
  • all; but since when had that been a ground of exclusion from the best
  • society? For ever so long now one had heard nothing about her, and there
  • could be no better proof of her having renounced the error of her ways
  • than her desire to become a member of Mrs. Touchett’s circle. Isabel
  • could contribute nothing to this interesting dispute, not even a patient
  • attention; she contented herself with having given a friendly welcome to
  • the unfortunate lady, who, whatever her defects, had at least the merit
  • of being Mr. Osmond’s sister. As she liked the brother Isabel thought it
  • proper to try and like the sister: in spite of the growing complexity of
  • things she was still capable of these primitive sequences. She had not
  • received the happiest impression of the Countess on meeting her at the
  • villa, but was thankful for an opportunity to repair the accident.
  • Had not Mr. Osmond remarked that she was a respectable person? To have
  • proceeded from Gilbert Osmond this was a crude proposition, but Madame
  • Merle bestowed upon it a certain improving polish. She told Isabel
  • more about the poor Countess than Mr. Osmond had done, and related the
  • history of her marriage and its consequences. The Count was a member of
  • an ancient Tuscan family, but of such small estate that he had been glad
  • to accept Amy Osmond, in spite of the questionable beauty which had yet
  • not hampered her career, with the modest dowry her mother was able
  • to offer--a sum about equivalent to that which had already formed her
  • brother’s share of their patrimony. Count Gemini since then, however,
  • had inherited money, and now they were well enough off, as Italians
  • went, though Amy was horribly extravagant. The Count was a low-lived
  • brute; he had given his wife every pretext. She had no children; she had
  • lost three within a year of their birth. Her mother, who had bristled
  • with pretensions to elegant learning and published descriptive poems and
  • corresponded on Italian subjects with the English weekly journals, her
  • mother had died three years after the Countess’s marriage, the father,
  • lost in the grey American dawn of the situation, but reputed originally
  • rich and wild, having died much earlier. One could see this in Gilbert
  • Osmond, Madame Merle held--see that he had been brought up by a woman;
  • though, to do him justice, one would suppose it had been by a more
  • sensible woman than the American Corinne, as Mrs. Osmond had liked to be
  • called. She had brought her children to Italy after her husband’s death,
  • and Mrs. Touchett remembered her during the year that followed her
  • arrival. She thought her a horrible snob; but this was an irregularity
  • of judgement on Mrs. Touchett’s part, for she, like Mrs. Osmond,
  • approved of political marriages. The Countess was very good company and
  • not really the featherhead she seemed; all one had to do with her was
  • to observe the simple condition of not believing a word she said.
  • Madame Merle had always made the best of her for her brother’s sake;
  • he appreciated any kindness shown to Amy, because (if it had to be
  • confessed for him) he rather felt she let down their common name.
  • Naturally he couldn’t like her style, her shrillness, her egotism,
  • her violations of taste and above all of truth: she acted badly on his
  • nerves, she was not _his_ sort of woman. What was his sort of woman? Oh,
  • the very opposite of the Countess, a woman to whom the truth should be
  • habitually sacred. Isabel was unable to estimate the number of times her
  • visitor had, in half an hour, profaned it: the Countess indeed had
  • given her an impression of rather silly sincerity. She had talked almost
  • exclusively about herself; how much she should like to know Miss Archer;
  • how thankful she should be for a real friend; how base the people in
  • Florence were; how tired she was of the place; how much she should
  • like to live somewhere else--in Paris, in London, in Washington; how
  • impossible it was to get anything nice to wear in Italy except a little
  • old lace; how dear the world was growing everywhere; what a life of
  • suffering and privation she had led. Madame Merle listened with interest
  • to Isabel’s account of this passage, but she had not needed it to feel
  • exempt from anxiety. On the whole she was not afraid of the Countess,
  • and she could afford to do what was altogether best--not to appear so.
  • Isabel had meanwhile another visitor, whom it was not, even behind her
  • back, so easy a matter to patronise. Henrietta Stackpole, who had left
  • Paris after Mrs. Touchett’s departure for San Remo and had worked her
  • way down, as she said, through the cities of North Italy, reached the
  • banks of the Arno about the middle of May. Madame Merle surveyed her
  • with a single glance, took her in from head to foot, and after a pang
  • of despair determined to endure her. She determined indeed to delight
  • in her. She mightn’t be inhaled as a rose, but she might be grasped as
  • a nettle. Madame Merle genially squeezed her into insignificance, and
  • Isabel felt that in foreseeing this liberality she had done justice to
  • her friend’s intelligence. Henrietta’s arrival had been announced by
  • Mr. Bantling, who, coming down from Nice while she was at Venice, and
  • expecting to find her in Florence, which she had not yet reached, called
  • at Palazzo Crescentini to express his disappointment. Henrietta’s own
  • advent occurred two days later and produced in Mr. Bantling an emotion
  • amply accounted for by the fact that he had not seen her since the
  • termination of the episode at Versailles. The humorous view of his
  • situation was generally taken, but it was uttered only by Ralph
  • Touchett, who, in the privacy of his own apartment, when Bantling smoked
  • a cigar there, indulged in goodness knew what strong comedy on the
  • subject of the all-judging one and her British backer. This gentleman
  • took the joke in perfectly good part and candidly confessed that he
  • regarded the affair as a positive intellectual adventure. He liked
  • Miss Stackpole extremely; he thought she had a wonderful head on her
  • shoulders, and found great comfort in the society of a woman who was not
  • perpetually thinking about what would be said and how what she did, how
  • what they did--and they had done things!--would look. Miss Stackpole
  • never cared how anything looked, and, if she didn’t care, pray why
  • should he? But his curiosity had been roused; he wanted awfully to see
  • if she ever _would_ care. He was prepared to go as far as she--he didn’t
  • see why he should break down first.
  • Henrietta showed no signs of breaking down. Her prospects had brightened
  • on her leaving England, and she was now in the full enjoyment of her
  • copious resources. She had indeed been obliged to sacrifice her hopes
  • with regard to the inner life; the social question, on the Continent,
  • bristled with difficulties even more numerous than those she had
  • encountered in England. But on the Continent there was the outer
  • life, which was palpable and visible at every turn, and more easily
  • convertible to literary uses than the customs of those opaque islanders.
  • Out of doors in foreign lands, as she ingeniously remarked, one seemed
  • to see the right side of the tapestry; out of doors in England one
  • seemed to see the wrong side, which gave one no notion of the figure.
  • The admission costs her historian a pang, but Henrietta, despairing of
  • more occult things, was now paying much attention to the outer life. She
  • had been studying it for two months at Venice, from which city she sent
  • to the _Interviewer_ a conscientious account of the gondolas, the Piazza,
  • the Bridge of Sighs, the pigeons and the young boatman who chanted
  • Tasso. The _Interviewer_ was perhaps disappointed, but Henrietta was at
  • least seeing Europe. Her present purpose was to get down to Rome before
  • the malaria should come on--she apparently supposed that it began on a
  • fixed day; and with this design she was to spend at present but few days
  • in Florence. Mr. Bantling was to go with her to Rome, and she pointed
  • out to Isabel that as he had been there before, as he was a military man
  • and as he had had a classical education--he had been bred at Eton, where
  • they study nothing but Latin and Whyte-Melville, said Miss Stackpole--he
  • would be a most useful companion in the city of the Caesars. At this
  • juncture Ralph had the happy idea of proposing to Isabel that she also,
  • under his own escort, should make a pilgrimage to Rome. She expected
  • to pass a portion of the next winter there--that was very well; but
  • meantime there was no harm in surveying the field. There were ten days
  • left of the beautiful month of May--the most precious month of all
  • to the true Rome-lover. Isabel would become a Rome-lover; that was a
  • foregone conclusion. She was provided with a trusty companion of her
  • own sex, whose society, thanks to the fact of other calls on this lady’s
  • attention, would probably not be oppressive. Madame Merle would remain
  • with Mrs. Touchett; she had left Rome for the summer and wouldn’t
  • care to return. She professed herself delighted to be left at peace
  • in Florence; she had locked up her apartment and sent her cook home to
  • Palestrina. She urged Isabel, however, to assent to Ralph’s proposal,
  • and assured her that a good introduction to Rome was not a thing to
  • be despised. Isabel in truth needed no urging, and the party of four
  • arranged its little journey. Mrs. Touchett, on this occasion, had
  • resigned herself to the absence of a duenna; we have seen that she
  • now inclined to the belief that her niece should stand alone. One of
  • Isabel’s preparations consisted of her seeing Gilbert Osmond before she
  • started and mentioning her intention to him.
  • “I should like to be in Rome with you,” he commented. “I should like to
  • see you on that wonderful ground.”
  • She scarcely faltered. “You might come then.”
  • “But you’ll have a lot of people with you.”
  • “Ah,” Isabel admitted, “of course I shall not be alone.”
  • For a moment he said nothing more. “You’ll like it,” he went on at last.
  • “They’ve spoiled it, but you’ll rave about it.”
  • “Ought I to dislike it because, poor old dear--the Niobe of Nations, you
  • know--it has been spoiled?” she asked.
  • “No, I think not. It has been spoiled so often,” he smiled. “If I were
  • to go, what should I do with my little girl?”
  • “Can’t you leave her at the villa?”
  • “I don’t know that I like that--though there’s a very good old woman who
  • looks after her. I can’t afford a governess.”
  • “Bring her with you then,” said Isabel promptly.
  • Mr. Osmond looked grave. “She has been in Rome all winter, at her
  • convent; and she’s too young to make journeys of pleasure.”
  • “You don’t like bringing her forward?” Isabel enquired.
  • “No, I think young girls should be kept out of the world.”
  • “I was brought up on a different system.”
  • “You? Oh, with you it succeeded, because you--you were exceptional.”
  • “I don’t see why,” said Isabel, who, however, was not sure there was not
  • some truth in the speech.
  • Mr. Osmond didn’t explain; he simply went on: “If I thought it would
  • make her resemble you to join a social group in Rome I’d take her there
  • to-morrow.”
  • “Don’t make her resemble me,” said Isabel. “Keep her like herself.”
  • “I might send her to my sister,” Mr. Osmond observed. He had almost
  • the air of asking advice; he seemed to like to talk over his domestic
  • matters with Miss Archer.
  • “Yes,” she concurred; “I think that wouldn’t do much towards making her
  • resemble me!”
  • After she had left Florence Gilbert Osmond met Madame Merle at the
  • Countess Gemini’s. There were other people present; the Countess’s
  • drawing-room was usually well filled, and the talk had been general,
  • but after a while Osmond left his place and came and sat on an ottoman
  • half-behind, half-beside Madame Merle’s chair. “She wants me to go to
  • Rome with her,” he remarked in a low voice.
  • “To go with her?”
  • “To be there while she’s there. She proposed it.
  • “I suppose you mean that you proposed it and she assented.”
  • “Of course I gave her a chance. But she’s encouraging--she’s very
  • encouraging.”
  • “I rejoice to hear it--but don’t cry victory too soon. Of course you’ll
  • go to Rome.”
  • “Ah,” said Osmond, “it makes one work, this idea of yours!”
  • “Don’t pretend you don’t enjoy it--you’re very ungrateful. You’ve not
  • been so well occupied these many years.”
  • “The way you take it’s beautiful,” said Osmond. “I ought to be grateful
  • for that.”
  • “Not too much so, however,” Madame Merle answered. She talked with
  • her usual smile, leaning back in her chair and looking round the room.
  • “You’ve made a very good impression, and I’ve seen for myself that
  • you’ve received one. You’ve not come to Mrs. Touchett’s seven times to
  • oblige me.”
  • “The girl’s not disagreeable,” Osmond quietly conceded.
  • Madame Merle dropped her eye on him a moment, during which her lips
  • closed with a certain firmness. “Is that all you can find to say about
  • that fine creature?”
  • “All? Isn’t it enough? Of how many people have you heard me say more?”
  • She made no answer to this, but still presented her talkative grace to
  • the room. “You’re unfathomable,” she murmured at last. “I’m frightened
  • at the abyss into which I shall have cast her.”
  • He took it almost gaily. “You can’t draw back--you’ve gone too far.”
  • “Very good; but you must do the rest yourself.”
  • “I shall do it,” said Gilbert Osmond.
  • Madame Merle remained silent and he changed his place again; but when
  • she rose to go he also took leave. Mrs. Touchett’s victoria was awaiting
  • her guest in the court, and after he had helped his friend into it he
  • stood there detaining her. “You’re very indiscreet,” she said rather
  • wearily; “you shouldn’t have moved when I did.”
  • He had taken off his hat; he passed his hand over his forehead. “I
  • always forget; I’m out of the habit.”
  • “You’re quite unfathomable,” she repeated, glancing up at the windows of
  • the house, a modern structure in the new part of the town.
  • He paid no heed to this remark, but spoke in his own sense. “She’s
  • really very charming. I’ve scarcely known any one more graceful.”
  • “It does me good to hear you say that. The better you like her the
  • better for me.”
  • “I like her very much. She’s all you described her, and into the bargain
  • capable, I feel, of great devotion. She has only one fault.”
  • “What’s that?”
  • “Too many ideas.”
  • “I warned you she was clever.”
  • “Fortunately they’re very bad ones,” said Osmond.
  • “Why is that fortunate?”
  • “_Dame_, if they must be sacrificed!”
  • Madame Merle leaned back, looking straight before her; then she spoke to
  • the coachman. But her friend again detained her. “If I go to Rome what
  • shall I do with Pansy?”
  • “I’ll go and see her,” said Madame Merle.
  • CHAPTER XXVII
  • I may not attempt to report in its fulness our young woman’s response
  • to the deep appeal of Rome, to analyse her feelings as she trod the
  • pavement of the Forum or to number her pulsations as she crossed the
  • threshold of Saint Peter’s. It is enough to say that her impression was
  • such as might have been expected of a person of her freshness and her
  • eagerness. She had always been fond of history, and here was history
  • in the stones of the street and the atoms of the sunshine. She had an
  • imagination that kindled at the mention of great deeds, and wherever she
  • turned some great deed had been acted. These things strongly moved her,
  • but moved her all inwardly. It seemed to her companions that she talked
  • less than usual, and Ralph Touchett, when he appeared to be looking
  • listlessly and awkwardly over her head, was really dropping on her an
  • intensity of observation. By her own measure she was very happy; she
  • would even have been willing to take these hours for the happiest she
  • was ever to know. The sense of the terrible human past was heavy to her,
  • but that of something altogether contemporary would suddenly give it
  • wings that it could wave in the blue. Her consciousness was so mixed
  • that she scarcely knew where the different parts of it would lead her,
  • and she went about in a repressed ecstasy of contemplation, seeing often
  • in the things she looked at a great deal more than was there, and yet
  • not seeing many of the items enumerated in her Murray. Rome, as Ralph
  • said, confessed to the psychological moment. The herd of reechoing
  • tourists had departed and most of the solemn places had relapsed into
  • solemnity. The sky was a blaze of blue, and the plash of the fountains
  • in their mossy niches had lost its chill and doubled its music. On the
  • corners of the warm, bright streets one stumbled on bundles of flowers.
  • Our friends had gone one afternoon--it was the third of their stay--to
  • look at the latest excavations in the Forum, these labours having been
  • for some time previous largely extended. They had descended from the
  • modern street to the level of the Sacred Way, along which they wandered
  • with a reverence of step which was not the same on the part of each.
  • Henrietta Stackpole was struck with the fact that ancient Rome had been
  • paved a good deal like New York, and even found an analogy between the
  • deep chariot-ruts traceable in the antique street and the overjangled
  • iron grooves which express the intensity of American life. The sun had
  • begun to sink, the air was a golden haze, and the long shadows of broken
  • column and vague pedestal leaned across the field of ruin. Henrietta
  • wandered away with Mr. Bantling, whom it was apparently delightful to
  • her to hear speak of Julius Caesar as a “cheeky old boy,” and Ralph
  • addressed such elucidations as he was prepared to offer to the attentive
  • ear of our heroine. One of the humble archeologists who hover about
  • the place had put himself at the disposal of the two, and repeated his
  • lesson with a fluency which the decline of the season had done nothing
  • to impair. A process of digging was on view in a remote corner of the
  • Forum, and he presently remarked that if it should please the _signori_
  • to go and watch it a little they might see something of interest. The
  • proposal commended itself more to Ralph than to Isabel, weary with much
  • wandering; so that she admonished her companion to satisfy his curiosity
  • while she patiently awaited his return. The hour and the place were much
  • to her taste--she should enjoy being briefly alone. Ralph accordingly
  • went off with the cicerone while Isabel sat down on a prostrate column
  • near the foundations of the Capitol. She wanted a short solitude, but
  • she was not long to enjoy it. Keen as was her interest in the rugged
  • relics of the Roman past that lay scattered about her and in which the
  • corrosion of centuries had still left so much of individual life, her
  • thoughts, after resting a while on these things, had wandered, by a
  • concatenation of stages it might require some subtlety to trace, to
  • regions and objects charged with a more active appeal. From the Roman
  • past to Isabel Archer’s future was a long stride, but her imagination
  • had taken it in a single flight and now hovered in slow circles over
  • the nearer and richer field. She was so absorbed in her thoughts, as she
  • bent her eyes upon a row of cracked but not dislocated slabs covering
  • the ground at her feet, that she had not heard the sound of approaching
  • footsteps before a shadow was thrown across the line of her vision. She
  • looked up and saw a gentleman--a gentleman who was not Ralph come back
  • to say that the excavations were a bore. This personage was startled as
  • she was startled; he stood there baring his head to her perceptibly pale
  • surprise.
  • “Lord Warburton!” Isabel exclaimed as she rose.
  • “I had no idea it was you. I turned that corner and came upon you.”
  • She looked about her to explain. “I’m alone, but my companions have just
  • left me. My cousin’s gone to look at the work over there.”
  • “Ah yes; I see.” And Lord Warburton’s eyes wandered vaguely in the
  • direction she had indicated. He stood firmly before her now; he had
  • recovered his balance and seemed to wish to show it, though very kindly.
  • “Don’t let me disturb you,” he went on, looking at her dejected pillar.
  • “I’m afraid you’re tired.”
  • “Yes, I’m rather tired.” She hesitated a moment, but sat down again.
  • “Don’t let me interrupt you,” she added.
  • “Oh dear, I’m quite alone, I’ve nothing on earth to do. I had no
  • idea you were in Rome. I’ve just come from the East. I’m only passing
  • through.”
  • “You’ve been making a long journey,” said Isabel, who had learned from
  • Ralph that Lord Warburton was absent from England.
  • “Yes, I came abroad for six months--soon after I saw you last. I’ve been
  • in Turkey and Asia Minor; I came the other day from Athens.” He managed
  • not to be awkward, but he wasn’t easy, and after a longer look at the
  • girl he came down to nature. “Do you wish me to leave you, or will you
  • let me stay a little?”
  • She took it all humanely. “I don’t wish you to leave me, Lord Warburton;
  • I’m very glad to see you.”
  • “Thank you for saying that. May I sit down?”
  • The fluted shaft on which she had taken her seat would have afforded a
  • resting-place to several persons, and there was plenty of room even for
  • a highly-developed Englishman. This fine specimen of that great class
  • seated himself near our young lady, and in the course of five minutes he
  • had asked her several questions, taken rather at random and to which, as
  • he put some of them twice over, he apparently somewhat missed catching
  • the answer; had given her too some information about himself which was
  • not wasted upon her calmer feminine sense. He repeated more than once
  • that he had not expected to meet her, and it was evident that the
  • encounter touched him in a way that would have made preparation
  • advisable. He began abruptly to pass from the impunity of things
  • to their solemnity, and from their being delightful to their being
  • impossible. He was splendidly sunburnt; even his multitudinous beard had
  • been burnished by the fire of Asia. He was dressed in the loose-fitting,
  • heterogeneous garments in which the English traveller in foreign lands
  • is wont to consult his comfort and affirm his nationality; and with
  • his pleasant steady eyes, his bronzed complexion, fresh beneath its
  • seasoning, his manly figure, his minimising manner and his general air
  • of being a gentleman and an explorer, he was such a representative of
  • the British race as need not in any clime have been disavowed by those
  • who have a kindness for it. Isabel noted these things and was glad she
  • had always liked him. He had kept, evidently in spite of shocks, every
  • one of his merits--properties these partaking of the essence of great
  • decent houses, as one might put it; resembling their innermost fixtures
  • and ornaments, not subject to vulgar shifting and removable only by
  • some whole break-up. They talked of the matters naturally in order;
  • her uncle’s death, Ralph’s state of health, the way she had passed her
  • winter, her visit to Rome, her return to Florence, her plans for the
  • summer, the hotel she was staying at; and then of Lord Warburton’s own
  • adventures, movements, intentions, impressions and present domicile. At
  • last there was a silence, and it said so much more than either had said
  • that it scarce needed his final words. “I’ve written to you several
  • times.”
  • “Written to me? I’ve never had your letters.”
  • “I never sent them. I burned them up.”
  • “Ah,” laughed Isabel, “it was better that you should do that than I!”
  • “I thought you wouldn’t care for them,” he went on with a simplicity
  • that touched her. “It seemed to me that after all I had no right to
  • trouble you with letters.”
  • “I should have been very glad to have news of you. You know how I hoped
  • that--that--” But she stopped; there would be such a flatness in the
  • utterance of her thought.
  • “I know what you’re going to say. You hoped we should always remain good
  • friends.” This formula, as Lord Warburton uttered it, was certainly flat
  • enough; but then he was interested in making it appear so.
  • She found herself reduced simply to “Please don’t talk of all that”; a
  • speech which hardly struck her as improvement on the other.
  • “It’s a small consolation to allow me!” her companion exclaimed with
  • force.
  • “I can’t pretend to console you,” said the girl, who, all still as
  • she sat there, threw herself back with a sort of inward triumph on
  • the answer that had satisfied him so little six months before. He was
  • pleasant, he was powerful, he was gallant; there was no better man than
  • he. But her answer remained.
  • “It’s very well you don’t try to console me; it wouldn’t be in your
  • power,” she heard him say through the medium of her strange elation.
  • “I hoped we should meet again, because I had no fear you would attempt
  • to make me feel I had wronged you. But when you do that--the pain’s
  • greater than the pleasure.” And she got up with a small conscious
  • majesty, looking for her companions.
  • “I don’t want to make you feel that; of course I can’t say that. I only
  • just want you to know one or two things--in fairness to myself, as it
  • were. I won’t return to the subject again. I felt very strongly what I
  • expressed to you last year; I couldn’t think of anything else. I tried
  • to forget--energetically, systematically. I tried to take an interest in
  • somebody else. I tell you this because I want you to know I did my duty.
  • I didn’t succeed. It was for the same purpose I went abroad--as far
  • away as possible. They say travelling distracts the mind, but it didn’t
  • distract mine. I’ve thought of you perpetually, ever since I last saw
  • you. I’m exactly the same. I love you just as much, and everything I
  • said to you then is just as true. This instant at which I speak to you
  • shows me again exactly how, to my great misfortune, you just insuperably
  • charm me. There--I can’t say less. I don’t mean, however, to insist;
  • it’s only for a moment. I may add that when I came upon you a few
  • minutes since, without the smallest idea of seeing you, I was, upon
  • my honour, in the very act of wishing I knew where you were.” He had
  • recovered his self-control, and while he spoke it became complete. He
  • might have been addressing a small committee--making all quietly and
  • clearly a statement of importance; aided by an occasional look at a
  • paper of notes concealed in his hat, which he had not again put on. And
  • the committee, assuredly, would have felt the point proved.
  • “I’ve often thought of you, Lord Warburton,” Isabel answered. “You may
  • be sure I shall always do that.” And she added in a tone of which she
  • tried to keep up the kindness and keep down the meaning: “There’s no
  • harm in that on either side.”
  • They walked along together, and she was prompt to ask about his sisters
  • and request him to let them know she had done so. He made for the moment
  • no further reference to their great question, but dipped again into
  • shallower and safer waters. But he wished to know when she was to leave
  • Rome, and on her mentioning the limit of her stay declared he was glad
  • it was still so distant.
  • “Why do you say that if you yourself are only passing through?” she
  • enquired with some anxiety.
  • “Ah, when I said I was passing through I didn’t mean that one would
  • treat Rome as if it were Clapham Junction. To pass through Rome is to
  • stop a week or two.”
  • “Say frankly that you mean to stay as long as I do!”
  • His flushed smile, for a little, seemed to sound her. “You won’t like
  • that. You’re afraid you’ll see too much of me.”
  • “It doesn’t matter what I like. I certainly can’t expect you to leave
  • this delightful place on my account. But I confess I’m afraid of you.”
  • “Afraid I’ll begin again? I promise to be very careful.”
  • They had gradually stopped and they stood a moment face to face. “Poor
  • Lord Warburton!” she said with a compassion intended to be good for both
  • of them.
  • “Poor Lord Warburton indeed! But I’ll be careful.”
  • “You may be unhappy, but you shall not make _me_ so. That I can’t allow.”
  • “If I believed I could make you unhappy I think I should try it.” At
  • this she walked in advance and he also proceeded. “I’ll never say a word
  • to displease you.”
  • “Very good. If you do, our friendship’s at an end.”
  • “Perhaps some day--after a while--you’ll give me leave.”
  • “Give you leave to make me unhappy?”
  • He hesitated. “To tell you again--” But he checked himself. “I’ll keep
  • it down. I’ll keep it down always.”
  • Ralph Touchett had been joined in his visit to the excavation by Miss
  • Stackpole and her attendant, and these three now emerged from among the
  • mounds of earth and stone collected round the aperture and came into
  • sight of Isabel and her companion. Poor Ralph hailed his friend with joy
  • qualified by wonder, and Henrietta exclaimed in a high voice “Gracious,
  • there’s that lord!” Ralph and his English neighbour greeted with the
  • austerity with which, after long separations, English neighbours greet,
  • and Miss Stackpole rested her large intellectual gaze upon the sunburnt
  • traveller. But she soon established her relation to the crisis. “I don’t
  • suppose you remember me, sir.”
  • “Indeed I do remember you,” said Lord Warburton. “I asked you to come
  • and see me, and you never came.”
  • “I don’t go everywhere I’m asked,” Miss Stackpole answered coldly.
  • “Ah well, I won’t ask you again,” laughed the master of Lockleigh.
  • “If you do I’ll go; so be sure!”
  • Lord Warburton, for all his hilarity, seemed sure enough. Mr. Bantling
  • had stood by without claiming a recognition, but he now took occasion
  • to nod to his lordship, who answered him with a friendly “Oh, you here,
  • Bantling?” and a hand-shake.
  • “Well,” said Henrietta, “I didn’t know you knew him!”
  • “I guess you don’t know every one I know,” Mr. Bantling rejoined
  • facetiously.
  • “I thought that when an Englishman knew a lord he always told you.”
  • “Ah, I’m afraid Bantling was ashamed of me,” Lord Warburton laughed
  • again. Isabel took pleasure in that note; she gave a small sigh of
  • relief as they kept their course homeward.
  • The next day was Sunday; she spent her morning over two long
  • letters--one to her sister Lily, the other to Madame Merle; but in
  • neither of these epistles did she mention the fact that a rejected
  • suitor had threatened her with another appeal. Of a Sunday afternoon
  • all good Romans (and the best Romans are often the northern barbarians)
  • follow the custom of going to vespers at Saint Peter’s; and it had been
  • agreed among our friends that they would drive together to the great
  • church. After lunch, an hour before the carriage came, Lord Warburton
  • presented himself at the Hôtel de Paris and paid a visit to the two
  • ladies, Ralph Touchett and Mr. Bantling having gone out together. The
  • visitor seemed to have wished to give Isabel a proof of his intention to
  • keep the promise made her the evening before; he was both discreet and
  • frank--not even dumbly importunate or remotely intense. He thus left
  • her to judge what a mere good friend he could be. He talked about his
  • travels, about Persia, about Turkey, and when Miss Stackpole asked him
  • whether it would “pay” for her to visit those countries assured her they
  • offered a great field to female enterprise. Isabel did him justice, but
  • she wondered what his purpose was and what he expected to gain even by
  • proving the superior strain of his sincerity. If he expected to melt
  • her by showing what a good fellow he was, he might spare himself the
  • trouble. She knew the superior strain of everything about him, and
  • nothing he could now do was required to light the view. Moreover
  • his being in Rome at all affected her as a complication of the wrong
  • sort--she liked so complications of the right. Nevertheless, when, on
  • bringing his call to a close, he said he too should be at Saint Peter’s
  • and should look out for her and her friends, she was obliged to reply
  • that he must follow his convenience.
  • In the church, as she strolled over its tesselated acres, he was the
  • first person she encountered. She had not been one of the superior
  • tourists who are “disappointed” in Saint Peter’s and find it smaller
  • than its fame; the first time she passed beneath the huge leathern
  • curtain that strains and bangs at the entrance, the first time she found
  • herself beneath the far-arching dome and saw the light drizzle down
  • through the air thickened with incense and with the reflections of
  • marble and gilt, of mosaic and bronze, her conception of greatness rose
  • and dizzily rose. After this it never lacked space to soar. She gazed
  • and wondered like a child or a peasant, she paid her silent tribute to
  • the seated sublime. Lord Warburton walked beside her and talked of Saint
  • Sophia of Constantinople; she feared for instance that he would end
  • by calling attention to his exemplary conduct. The service had not yet
  • begun, but at Saint Peter’s there is much to observe, and as there is
  • something almost profane in the vastness of the place, which seems meant
  • as much for physical as for spiritual exercise, the different figures
  • and groups, the mingled worshippers and spectators, may follow their
  • various intentions without conflict or scandal. In that splendid
  • immensity individual indiscretion carries but a short distance. Isabel
  • and her companions, however, were guilty of none; for though Henrietta
  • was obliged in candour to declare that Michael Angelo’s dome suffered
  • by comparison with that of the Capitol at Washington, she addressed
  • her protest chiefly to Mr. Bantling’s ear and reserved it in its more
  • accentuated form for the columns of the _Interviewer_. Isabel made the
  • circuit of the church with his lordship, and as they drew near the choir
  • on the left of the entrance the voices of the Pope’s singers were borne
  • to them over the heads of the large number of persons clustered outside
  • the doors. They paused a while on the skirts of this crowd, composed
  • in equal measure of Roman cockneys and inquisitive strangers, and while
  • they stood there the sacred concert went forward. Ralph, with Henrietta
  • and Mr. Bantling, was apparently within, where Isabel, looking beyond
  • the dense group in front of her, saw the afternoon light, silvered by
  • clouds of incense that seemed to mingle with the splendid chant, slope
  • through the embossed recesses of high windows. After a while the singing
  • stopped and then Lord Warburton seemed disposed to move off with her.
  • Isabel could only accompany him; whereupon she found herself confronted
  • with Gilbert Osmond, who appeared to have been standing at a short
  • distance behind her. He now approached with all the forms--he appeared
  • to have multiplied them on this occasion to suit the place.
  • “So you decided to come?” she said as she put out her hand.
  • “Yes, I came last night and called this afternoon at your hotel. They
  • told me you had come here, and I looked about for you.”
  • “The others are inside,” she decided to say.
  • “I didn’t come for the others,” he promptly returned.
  • She looked away; Lord Warburton was watching them; perhaps he had heard
  • this. Suddenly she remembered it to be just what he had said to her the
  • morning he came to Gardencourt to ask her to marry him. Mr. Osmond’s
  • words had brought the colour to her cheek, and this reminiscence had not
  • the effect of dispelling it. She repaired any betrayal by mentioning to
  • each companion the name of the other, and fortunately at this moment Mr.
  • Bantling emerged from the choir, cleaving the crowd with British valour
  • and followed by Miss Stackpole and Ralph Touchett. I say fortunately,
  • but this is perhaps a superficial view of the matter; since on
  • perceiving the gentleman from Florence Ralph Touchett appeared to take
  • the case as not committing him to joy. He didn’t hang back, however,
  • from civility, and presently observed to Isabel, with due benevolence,
  • that she would soon have all her friends about her. Miss Stackpole had
  • met Mr. Osmond in Florence, but she had already found occasion to say
  • to Isabel that she liked him no better than her other admirers--than Mr.
  • Touchett and Lord Warburton, and even than little Mr. Rosier in Paris.
  • “I don’t know what it’s in you,” she had been pleased to remark, “but
  • for a nice girl you do attract the most unnatural people. Mr. Goodwood’s
  • the only one I’ve any respect for, and he’s just the one you don’t
  • appreciate.”
  • “What’s your opinion of Saint Peter’s?” Mr. Osmond was meanwhile
  • enquiring of our young lady.
  • “It’s very large and very bright,” she contented herself with replying.
  • “It’s too large; it makes one feel like an atom.”
  • “Isn’t that the right way to feel in the greatest of human temples?” she
  • asked with rather a liking for her phrase.
  • “I suppose it’s the right way to feel everywhere, when one _is_ nobody.
  • But I like it in a church as little as anywhere else.”
  • “You ought indeed to be a Pope!” Isabel exclaimed, remembering something
  • he had referred to in Florence.
  • “Ah, I should have enjoyed that!” said Gilbert Osmond.
  • Lord Warburton meanwhile had joined Ralph Touchett, and the two strolled
  • away together. “Who’s the fellow speaking to Miss Archer?” his lordship
  • demanded.
  • “His name’s Gilbert Osmond--he lives in Florence,” Ralph said.
  • “What is he besides?”
  • “Nothing at all. Oh yes, he’s an American; but one forgets that--he’s so
  • little of one.”
  • “Has he known Miss Archer long?”
  • “Three or four weeks.”
  • “Does she like him?”
  • “She’s trying to find out.”
  • “And will she?”
  • “Find out--?” Ralph asked.
  • “Will she like him?”
  • “Do you mean will she accept him?”
  • “Yes,” said Lord Warburton after an instant; “I suppose that’s what I
  • horribly mean.”
  • “Perhaps not if one does nothing to prevent it,” Ralph replied.
  • His lordship stared a moment, but apprehended. “Then we must be
  • perfectly quiet?”
  • “As quiet as the grave. And only on the chance!” Ralph added.
  • “The chance she may?”
  • “The chance she may not?”
  • Lord Warburton took this at first in silence, but he spoke again. “Is he
  • awfully clever?”
  • “Awfully,” said Ralph.
  • His companion thought. “And what else?”
  • “What more do you want?” Ralph groaned.
  • “Do you mean what more does _she_?”
  • Ralph took him by the arm to turn him: they had to rejoin the others.
  • “She wants nothing that _we_ can give her.”
  • “Ah well, if she won’t have You--!” said his lordship handsomely as they
  • went.
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Portrait of a Lady, by Henry James
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PORTRAIT OF A LADY ***
  • ***** This file should be named 2833-0.txt or 2833-0.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/3/2833/
  • Produced by Eve Sobol
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
  • Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.org/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
  • Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
  • of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.
  • The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
  • To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.